Home

3 - 7PC

Contents

1. Lighter Darker Lighter2 Makes the scanned image lighter than the original Works well with dark print Lighterl Normal Works well with standard typed or printed documents Darkerl Makes the scanned image darker than the original Works well with light print or Darker2 faint pencil markings Sharpness Softest Makes the scanned image softer than the original Softer Normal Does not make the scanned image sharper or softer than the original Sharper Makes the scanned image sharper than the original Sharpest Auto Exposure On Suppresses the background of the original to enhance text on the scanned image Off Does not suppress the background Margin Top Bottom Available Range Specifies the value of the top and bottom margins 0 50 mm 0 0 2 0 inch Margin Left Right Available Range Specifies the value of the left and right margins 0 50 mm 0 0 2 0 inch Margin Middle Available Range Specifies the value of the middle margin 0 50 mm 0 0 2 0 inch TIFF File Format TIFF V6 Sets the TIFF file format to TIFF V6 TTN2 Sets the TIFF file format to TTN2 Image Compression High Sets the image compression level to High Medium Sets the image compression level to Medium Low Sets the image compression level to Low Max E Mail Size Sets the maximum size of e mail that can be sent within the range of 50 K bytes to 16384 K bytes Apply New Settings After you complete the settings click Apply New Se
2. o o o 287 Contents 9 Know Your Printer 289 22 Understanding Your Printer Software Windows Only cos ada 291 Printer Status Window o o e 291 Status Monitor Console o o e e 291 Dell Supplies Management System o o 291 Quick Launch Utility o o o o o o oo oo 292 Address Book Editor o o o e e o 293 ScanButton Manager o 0000 eee ee eee 293 Dell ScanCenter o o o o e 294 23 Understanding Printer Messages 295 24 SPC CWICATONS 2 srra cae arre ina idos 301 Operating System Compatibility 301 Power Supply 00d a i ee 301 DIMENSIONS 205 0 4 act ch oS ra ok EA ee BSS 301 Memory 134 fot rad Ae daa at eke tt eal ee dhe 301 Page Description Language PDL Emulation Operating System and Interface 301 MIB Compatibiliy 0 0 2 00020 eee 302 Environment eis aa a O a a ra ee 302 Cables io AA Me eT et aao e e ide Pa bd 303 Copy Specifications aa aaa a 304 Scanner Specifications aaa aaa a 304 Facsimile Specifications aaa aaa a 305 Maintaining Your Printer oooooooo 307 25 Maintaining Your Printer 309 Determining the Status of Supplies 309 Conserving Supplies o o oo
3. NOTE You must install the fax driver before reading or editing the Address Book entries For more information about Address Book Editor see the Help of Address Book Editor ScanButton Manager The Scan to Application stores the image files in the My Documents folder by default and then you can open them using the related application Use ScanButton Manager to change the output destination of the obtained image files and to select whether to open the image files using the related application 3 Scan nager Configure the image file scanned by the scanner Destination Path i T eeii Mine o Browse V Open the image file Understanding Your Printer Software Windows Only 293 Dell ScanCenter Dell ScanCenter is a PaperPort application that allows you to scan items and send them directly to PaperPort or other programs on your computer without running the PaperPort program first For more information about using Dell ScanCenter refer to PaperPort s Help menu NOTE PaperPort may not be supported depending on the operating systems NOTE PaperPort application is available only on the Software and Documentation disc provided with the printer The licensed software application is not available for download from support dell com elcome to Dell ScanCenter Load your document into the ADF face up or place your document on the scanner glass face down and then press the button of your
4. o o o e e e 223 Loading Print Media When Manual Duplex Printing 224 When Using the Multipurpose Feeder MPF 224 When Using the Priority Sheet Inserter PSI 225 Contents Using the Output Tray Extensi0N o o 226 Printing Copying Scanning and Faxing 227 ES PAM neste Ae parle D tae 229 Tips for Successful Printing 2000002 eae 229 Tips on Storing Print Media o o o 229 Avoiding Paper Jams o o o o oo 229 Sending aJobtoPrint o o 229 Canceling a Print Job o o o 230 Canceling From the Operator Panel o 230 Canceling a Job From the Computer Running Windows 230 Direct Print Using the USB Storage Device 231 Supported File Formats 0 o eee eee eee 231 Printing a File in a USB Memory o o o o 231 Printing a ReportPage o o ee 231 ERE A oy ia ate hh eke geared 233 Loading PaperforCopying 2 000000005 233 PreparingaDocument 2 0 0000 eee 233 Making Copies From the DocumentGlass 233 Making Copies From the ADF 004 235 Setting Copy Opti0MS o o o o 235 Niimb rof Copies sos a A a AS 235 Colore oo da a a ere aad
5. 1 Verify that the correct print media is being used See Supported Paper Sizes on page 208 and Print Media Guidelines on page 203 If not use the print media recommended for the printer The task is complete Is the problem recovered If printing on an envelope go to action 2 If printing on print media other than envelopes contact Dell Check the crease Is the crease within 30 mm of the four edges of the This type of crease is envelope considered normal Your printer is not at fault If the envelope is 220 mm or longer C5 or Envelope 10 go to action 3a If the envelope is shorter than 220 mm Monarch or DL go to action 3b Troubleshooting 347 Action Yes 3a Does the envelope have a flap on the long edge The envelope is Envelope 10 Go to action 4b The envelope is C5 Go to action 4a 3b Load the envelope long edge feed in the MPF with the flap open and facing up For details see When Loading Envelope 10 DL or Monarch on page 216 Is the problem recovered The task is complete Go to action 4b 4a Load the envelope in the MPF with the flap open and facing up For The task is complete Contact Dell details see When Loading C5 on page 217 Is the problem recovered 4b Use a different size envelope The task is complete Contact Dell Is the problem recovered The top margins is incorrect Action Yes No 1
6. Covers S2 Coated S2 Recycled S2 Display Popup Off Does not display a popup menu On Displays a popup menu that prompts the user to set Paper Size and Paper Type when the paper is loaded in the MPF 1 The default for Paper Size varies depending on country specific factory default NOTE For more information on supported paper sizes see Supported Paper Sizes on page 208 Report List Use the Report List menu to print various types of reports and lists NOTE A Password is required to enter the Report List menuwhen Panel Lock Set is setto Enable In this case enter the password you specified and press the y Set button System Settings Purpose To print a list of the information such as the printer name service tag the status of the printer consumables and the network settings Panel Settings Purpose To print a detailed list of all the settings on the operator panel menus 174 Understanding the Printer Menus Job History Purpose To print a detailed list of the print copy fax or scan jobs that have been processed This list contains the last 20 jobs Error History Purpose To print a detailed list of paper jams and fatal errors Color Test Page Purpose To print a page for testing colors Protocol Monitor Purpose To print a detailed list of monitored protocols Address Book Purpose To print the list of all addresses stored as Ad
7. Francais Italiano Deutsch Espa ol Nederlands Dansk Norsk Svenska Understanding the Printer Menus 199 Panel Lock Function This feature prevents unauthorized users from changing settings made by the administrator However you can select settings for individual print jobs using the printer driver Enabling the Panel Lock 1 u 0 0d Eh W N K Press the El Menu button Press the V button until System is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Admin Menu is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the W button until Secure Settings is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Ensure that Panel Lock is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Ensure that Panel Lock Set is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Enable is highlighted and then press the Y Set button K NOTE The factory default panel password is 0000 NOTE Be sure to remember the password The procedure described below allows you to reset the password but the settings for Address Book and Phone Book are cleared e Turn off the printer Then while holding the El Menu button turn on the printer NOTE If you change the password while Panel Lock is Enable perform steps 1 to 5 Press the V button until Change Password is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Enter the new password and then press
8. NOTE The images used in this manual are those of the Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer unless otherwise mentioned Printer Status Window The Printer Status window alerts you when there is a warning or when an error occurs for example when a paper jam occurs or toner is running low By default the Printer Status window launches only when an error occurs When an error occurs the error message appears on the Printer Status window You can set the Printer Status window to always launch when printing in Printing Status Window Properties You can also check the toner level of your printer Status Monitor Console Use the Status Monitor Console to manage multiple instances of the Status Window for a particular printer Select a printer from the list view or Printer Selection by clicking its name to open a Status Window for a particular printer Dell Supplies Management System You can launch the Dell Supplies Management System dialog box from the All Programs menu or the desktop icon You can order consumables by phone or from the web 1 Click Start gt All Programs gt Dell Printers gt Dell C1765 Color Multifunction Printer gt Dell Supplies Management System The Dell Supplies Management System window appears 2 Select your printer from the Select Printer Model list 3 If you are ordering from the web a Select a web address from the Select Reorder URL list b Click Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site
9. The Server Manager screen appears 2 Under Manage click Add Roles and Features Add Roles and Features Wizard appears 3 Click Next to skip the Before you begin page 4 Ensure that Role based or feature based installation is selected and then click Next 5 Ensure that Select a server from the server pool is selected select the server under Server Pool and then click Next 6 Click Next to skip the Select server roles page 7 Select the Desktop Experience check box under User Interfaces and Infrastructure and then click Next 8 Click Confirmation from the list on the left 9 Select the Restart the destination server automatically if required check box and then click Install 10 Restart the computer 354 Troubleshooting Scanner Driver Printer Utility Problems Problem Action Unable to retrieve the Address Book data from the printer on the Address Book Editor Ensure that your computer and the printer is properly connected with the Ethernet or USB cable Ensure that the printer s power is on Ensure that the printer driver is installed on your computer The Address Book Editor retrieves the Address Book data via the printer driver The TWAIN driver cannot connect to the printer Ensure that your computer and the printer is properly connected with the Ethernet or USB cable Check whether the printer is on Ifthe printer is on reboot it by turning the power switch off and then
10. When the speed dial job specified in the delayed fax or redial exists you cannot change the speed dial number from the operator panel or Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool Storing a Number for Speed Dialing 1 2 3 4 5 6 10 11 12 13 14 Press the El Menu button Press the V button until System is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Admin Menu is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Phone Book is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Ensure that Speed Dial is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the W button until the desired speed dial number between 01 and 99 is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Ensure that Name is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Enter the name and then press the Y Set button Ensure that Phone Number is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Enter the number you want to store using the numeric keypad and then press the Y Set button mo To insert a pause between numbers press the y Redial Pause button appears on the display Ensure that Apply Settings is highlighted and then press the Y Set button When Are You Sure is displayed ensure that Yes is highlighted and then press the Y Set button To store more fax numbers repeat steps 6 to 12 To return to the previous screen press the Back button Sending a Fax Using a Spee
11. Ensure that Copy Defaults is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the W button until the desired menu item is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the gt or V button until the desired setting is highlighted or enter the value using the numeric keypad and then press the Y Set button Repeat steps 5 and 6 as needed To return to the previous screen press the 5 Back button Copying 243 244 Copying Scanning Scanning Overview K NOTE If the Function Enabled setting for Scan is setto On Password you need to enter the four digit password to use the scan function If the Function Enabled setting for Scan is set to Of f the scan function is disabled For details see Function Enabled on page 197 NOTE The images used in this manual are those of the Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer unless otherwise mentioned You can use your Dell C1765nf C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer to turn pictures and text into editable images on your computer PaperPort is a program that allows you to organize find and share all your paper and digital documents and is supplied with your printer NOTE PaperPort may not be supported depending on the operating systems NOTE PaperPort application is available only on the Software and Documentation disc provided with the printer The licensed software application is not available for download from support dell com The resol
12. Kuala Lumpur Makassar Manila Singapore TC 08 00 Taipei TC 4 08 00 Ulaan Baatar TC 4 09 00 Dili Jayapura TC 4 09 00 Pyongyang TC 09 00 Seoul TC 09 00 Tokyo TC 09 00 Yakutsk TC 4 10 00 Sakhalin Vladivostok TC 11 00 Magadan TC 4 12 00 Anadyr Kamchatka Atlantic Ocean TC 04 00 Bermuda TC 04 00 Stanley TC 02 00 South Georgia Island TC 01 00 Azores Scoresbysund TC 01 00 Cape Verde TC Reykjavik Setting Up Your Printer 49 Geographic Region Time Zone Australia TC 08 00 Perth TC 08 45 Eucla TC 09 30 Adelaide TC 09 30 Darwin TC 10 00 Brisbane Lindeman TC 10 00 Hobart Melbourne Sydney TC 10 30 Lord Howe Island Europe TC Dublin Edinburgh Lisbon London TC 01 00 Amsterdam Berlin Rome Stockholm Vienna TC 01 00 Belgrade Bratislava Budapest Prague TC 01 00 Brussels Copenhagen Madrid Paris TC 01 00 Sarajevo Skopje Warsaw Zagreb TC 02 00 Athens Bucharest Istanbul TC 02 00 Helsinki Kiev Riga Sofia TC 02 00 Kaliningrad Minsk TC 03 00 Moscow TC 04 00 Samara Indian Ocean TC 03 00 Antananarivo Comoro Islands Mayotte TC 04 00 Mahe Reunion TC 04 00 Mauritius TC 05 00 Kerguelen Maldive
13. NOTE You can access to the items under Function Enabled only when Panel Lock Set is setto Enable Values COPY On Enables the Copy service Off Disables the Copy service On Password Enables the Copy service but requires a password On Color Password Enables the Copy service with a color mode but requires a password FAX On Enables the Fax service Off Disables the Fax service the printer will not send or receive faxes On Password Enables the Fax services but requires a password to send faxes does not require a password to receive incoming faxes SCAN On Enables the Scan service Off Disables the Scan service On Password Enables the Scan service but requires a password USB Print On Enables the USB Print service Off Disables the USB Print service On Password Enables the USB Print service but requires a password On Color Password Enables the USB Print service with a color mode but requires a password Change Password Sets or changes the password required to use the Copy Scan Fax and USB Print services Understanding the Printer Menus 197 Secure Receive Purpose To specify whether to require a password to print incoming faxes and to set or change the password When Secure Receive Set is set to Enable the printer stores incoming faxes and prints them when the correct password is entered on the operator panel K NOTE You can access to the items under S
14. o 309 10 Contents Storing Print Media o a 309 Storing Consumables 310 Replacing Toner Cartridges o o eee 310 Removing the Toner Cartridges o o 310 Installing a Toner Cartridge o o o 312 Cleaning Inside the Printer o o 313 Cleaning the Color Toner Density CTD Sensor 316 Adjusting Color Registration o eee 317 Performing Auto Adjust o o 317 Printing the Color Registration Chart 318 Determining Values o o 318 Entering Values 2 2 22 o o 319 Cleaning the Scanner 0 0 0 0 000 a 320 Cleaning the ADF Feed Roller 322 26 Clearing JAMS oc eee ii da a a Sa ee 323 Avoiding Jams 28 hod ee a Raa eS A are 323 Identifying the Location of Paper Jams 324 Clearing Paper Jams From the ADF 325 Clearing Paper Jams From the Front ofthe Printer 329 Clearing Paper Jams From the Back of the Printer 330 Clearing Paper Jams From the Output Tray 332 Troubleshooting ienen a ek di Dee 337 27 AFOUDIESHOOUNG serra cera rea daa at 339 Basic Printer Problems o o o o o o o 339 Display Problems o o o o o oo 339 Pr
15. o o ee 144 ER A IA Behe es 145 Printer Maintenance o o 146 System Settings o 146 DateTime seel a a a de OE RR 148 Paper Denia is 148 Adjust Transfer Roller o o o oo o 149 Adjust Fusing UIt a aa bee A 149 Registration Adjustment o o o ee 150 Adjust Altitude z ee idr aai o o 151 Reset Defaults lt 5 a e ta o tc a a o 151 Non Dell Toner coo cocer a ee eee bs 151 Transfer Roller Refresh Mode o o 152 Web Link Customization o o e 152 TCP IP SettingS 0 a A E A es oe 152 Tray Settings ad A A oe AA RES 153 Contents EWS Embedded Web Server or Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 154 Scan Defaults oo o 154 Fax Defaults tema aa A a a eee 156 CopyiDetaults z ey a IA A AA ee ES 157 Fax Settings E A A Ge ee A RA 159 Diagnosis ooo nac ta pio wa Ree Be ee 161 Chart PANE ns cb del Se Mode Shia ahem teh wale ey E 161 Environment SensorInfo o o eee eee 161 Glean DeveloDer Aic oat be eek oa eee Sheek ats 161 RefreshMode 0 0000 eee ee 161 Resetting Defaults o o o o o o eee ee 162 15 Understanding the Printer Menus 163 Defaults Settings ooo iv Ak eo ee ee es a eee 163 Copy Defaults see ay aes Cet BOS BAe ER Rae Bees 163 Scan Defaults 05 c 6 pea ea a See ee 168 Fax Defaults e no na dn a r e aa a ee
16. A A A 4 A 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 Entering Values The Tool Box Using the Tool Box enter the values that you found in the color registration chart to make adjustments 1 Click Start gt All Programs gt Dell Printers Dell C1765 Color Multifunction Printer gt Tool Box K NOTE The Select Printer window appears in this step when multiple printer drivers are installed on your computer In this case click Dell C1765nf Color Multifunction Printer or Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer listed in Printer Name and then click OK The Tool Box opens 2 Click the Printer Maintenance tab Select Registration Adjustment from the list at the left side of the page The registration adjustment page is displayed Clear the On check box for Auto Registration Adjustment Select the value with the straight line and then click Apply New Settings 6 Click Start next to Print Color Regi Chart The color registration chart is printed with the new values 7 Adjust the values for every color until the lines at 0 are the straightest If a line is not the straightest at 0 determine the value and adjust the printer again AN CAUTION After printing the color registration chart do not turn off the printer until the printer motor has stopped running Maintaining Your Printer 319 Cleaning the Scanner Keeping the scanner clean helps ensure the best po
17. Bi ADBEMGIK gs ke dane eid ee a etek hee kc eae e 359 Dell Technical Support Policy 359 Online Services o o 359 Warranty and Return Policy 360 Recycling Information o o o o 360 Contacting Dell o o oo ee 360 New Zealand PTC200 Warnings o 361 General warning o oaa 361 Contents 2 11 1 Compliance testing 6 8 7 Functional tests 361 4 5 1 Off hook line impedance o 361 4 9 3 Non voice equipment o o o 361 5 6 1 General requirements automatic dialling devices 361 5 5 5 Userinstructions ooa ioaea ooo 361 8 1 7 User Instructions automatic call set up 361 8 2 1 b Call answering ee 361 USA Canada Wi Fi Warnings o 362 FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION INTERFERENCE STATEMENT E A TR NN 362 Labeling requirements o o o 362 RF exposure Warning o o o 362 Canada Industry Canada IC Notices 362 Radio Frequency RF Exposure Information 363 Canada avis d Industry Canada IC 363 Informations concernant l exposition aux fr quences radio RF 363 Canada IC statement e 363 ease e lea deal 365 Contents 13 14 Contents Before Beginning Notes Cautions and
18. Receive Mode Displays the fax receiving mode Auto Rec Fax Displays the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode after receiving an incoming call Auto Rec Fax Tel Displays the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode after the external telephone receives an incoming call Auto Rec Ans Fax Displays the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode after the external answering machine receives an incoming call Line Monitor Displays the volume of the line monitor which audibly monitors a transmission through the internal speaker until a connection is made Ring Tone Volume Displays the volume of the ring tone which indicates that an incoming call is a telephone call through the internal speaker when Receive Mode is set to Telephone Fax Line Type Displays the line type Tone Pulse Displays the dialing type Resend Delay Displays the interval between transmission attempts Redial Attempts Displays the number of redial attempts Redial Delay Displays the interval between redial attempts Junk Fax Setup Displays whether to reject faxes sent from unwanted numbers Remote Receive Displays whether to receive faxes by pressing a remote receive code on the external telephone Remote Rev Tone Displays the remote receive code to start Remote Receive Fax Header Displays whether to print the information o
19. Removing the Toner Cartridges 1 Open the toner access cover 310 Maintaining Your Printer 2 Pinch the cartridge firmly as shown in the illustration AN WARNING Always pull the cartridge out slowly so you do not spill any toner 3 Pull the toner cartridge out Maintaining Your Printer 311 Installing a Toner Cartridge 1 Unpack a new toner cartridge of the desired color and shake it five to six times to distribute the toner evenly Y NOTE Ensure that the color of the new toner cartridge matches that on the handle before replacing it Y NOTE Handle the toner cartridge carefully to avoid spillage of the toner 2 Remove the tape from the toner cartridge ea 3 Adjust the toner cartridge to the associated cartridge holder and then insert it firmly by pressing near the center of the label until the cartridge clicks 312 Maintaining Your Printer 4 Close the toner access cover Cleaning Inside the Printer AN WARNING To prevent electric shock always turn off the printer and disconnect the power cable from the grounded outlet before performing maintenance 1 Confirm that the printer is not in operation and open the toner access cover Maintaining Your Printer 313 2 Pinch the cartridge firmly as shown in the illustration 4 Pull the other three cartridges out as well 5 Pull the cleaning rod out 314 Maintaining Your Printer 6 Insert the cleaning rod fully into the ho
20. o o o 44 7 Setting Up Your Printer 00 47 Setting Initial Settings on the OperatorPanel 47 Printer Setup Using the Software and Documentation Disc 51 8 Setting the IP AddresS 0 ooo o o ooo o 53 Assigning an IP Address o ee 53 The Operator Panel o o e a e 53 The Tool Boxes oe od ra e A ea a a es 54 Verifying the IP Settings cee eee eee 55 The Operator Panel o o e es 55 The System Settings Report 00002 55 The Ping Gommand as si ad a a 55 Yu LOGGING Paper crias dd ts 57 Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder MPF 57 Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter PSI 62 10 Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows A Secale settee octet ne te ep dey ee tados Note te 65 Identifying Printer Driver Pre install Status 65 Changing the firewall settings before installing your printer 65 Direct ConnectionSetup 0 0 00 eee eee 65 For installing host based printerdriver 200 65 For installing XML Paper Specification XPS printer driver 66 Network Connection Setup o eee eee ee ens 68 Network Printer Setup on a Local Network 68 Network Printer Setup on a Remote Network 72 Conten
21. you need to enter the four digit password to use the fax function If the Function Enabled setting for Fax is set to Of the fax function is disabled For details see Function Enabled on page 197 NOTE Ifthe Panel Lock Set is setto Enable you need to enter the four digit password to enter the Admin Menu Configuring Fax Initial Settings Y NOTE The following settings can be configured also using Advance Tools on Easy Setup Navigator Setting Your Country You need to set the country where your printer is used for using the fax service on the printer u Oo FP WwW N EZ Press the E Menu button Press the V button until System is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the W button until Admin Menu is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Fax Settings is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Country is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button to select the country where the printer is used and then press the Y Set button Ensure that Are You Sure is displayed press the W button to select Yes and then press the Y Set button The printer restarts automatically to apply the settings NOTE In case of either one when you configure the country setting the information which is registered to the device is initialized Setting the Printer ID In most countries you are required by law to indicate
22. 113 191 Modem Speed 111 118 187 271 Monarch 208 Monarch LEF 208 MPF Extension 25 Multiple Up 309 Multiple Up 109 115 167 240 Multipurpose Feeder MPF 25 324 N NCR 204 Network 176 Network Connection Setup 68 Network Firmware Version 107 Network Type 122 127 New Password 114 No carbon required 204 No of Sheets 107 Non Dell Toner 112 121 151 196 Number of Copies 235 Numeric keypad 92 94 0 OCR 204 One Touch Dial button 91 Online Help 100 102 Online Services 359 Operating System Compatibility 301 Operation 302 Operator Panel 25 91 Button 91 Optical character recognition 204 Order Supplies 30 Order Supplies at 100 102 Original Type 109 115 165 238 273 OS 301 Out of Paper Tone 108 113 Output Result 107 Output Tray 106 Output Tray Extension 226 Owner 107 P Panel Alert Tone 108 113 Panel Language 95 108 113 199 Panel Lock 197 200 Panel Lock Set 109 Panel Settings 112 174 Panel Settings Page 95 Paper 203 Characteristics 203 Curl 203 Fiber Content 204 Grain Direction 203 Moisture Content 203 Smoothness 203 Weight 203 Paper Chute 26 Paper Density 111 118 148 192 Paper Feed Roller 26 Appendix 369 Paper jam location 324 Paper Size 208 Paper Trays 106 Paper Type 209 Paper Used 133 Paper Width Guides 25 Parts name 25 PDL 301 Peer to Peer 82 Phone Book 176 Phone C
23. Address Book Printer Information Tray Settings E Mail Alert Set Password Online Help Order Supplies at www dell com supplies Contact Dell Support a support dell com Dell C1765nfw Color MEP IPVA TEA IPv6 Link Local Address Wie s3 jiny 1 Location Contact Person English Fax E Mail Server Address Address Book FAX Group E Mail Group E Mail Default Setup ola Address List to 001 020 021 040 041 050 061 080 1081 099 ID Namo Phone Number E Mail Addross 004 Not in Usa Create 002 Not in Use Create 003 Not in Usa Create 004 Not in Usa Create 005 Not in Use Create 006 Not in Usa Create 007 Not in Usa Create 008 Not in Usa Create 009 Not in Usa Create 010 Not in Use Create 014 Not in Usa Create 012 Not in Use Create Scanning 265 6 1 8 Click Create E exp ar wr 2a detsuttasp iang en us 2 BS x de a76sntw Color meP Printer Status epi Color MFP voor 7 y IPy6 Link Local Address a fie S45 2 s Printer Jobs arian Contact Pe n Printer Settings dis Print Server Settings Print Volume English ARSS Book Fax E Mail Server Address Printer Information Address Book FAX Group E Mail Group E Mail Default Setup Tray Settings E Mail Alert Address Book 1D Fax Speed Dial 001 New R
24. Letter 8 5x11 in Y Y Legal 8 5x14 in Y Y Folio 8 5x13 in Y Y Executive 7 25 x 10 5 in Y Y Custom 2 Y Y 1 You can place the originals in a long edge feed direction or in a short edge feed direction The following illustration shows SEF and LEF The arrow mark in the illustration shows the orientation of the paper loading NOTE Not available when the XML Paper Specification XPS Printer Driver is used 2 Custom width 76 2 mm 3 00 inches to 215 9 mm 8 50 inches The maximum width for envelope DL LEF 220 0 mm 8 66 inches Custom length 127 0 mm 5 00 inches to 355 6 mm 14 00 inches The maximum length for envelope Monarch LEF 98 4 mm 3 87 inches 3 Only the administrator user can set the custom size from the printer driver 4 Be sure to fully insert the envelope until it stops Otherwise print media that is loaded on the MPF will be fed SEF LEF DN DN 208 Print Media Guidelines Supported Paper Types Media Multipurpose Feeder MPF Priority Sheet Inserter PSI Plain Y Y Plain Side 2 Plain Thick Plain Thick Side 2 Recycled Recycled Side 2 Label Covers Covers Side 2 Envelope k kikiki klk lt lt Coated Coated Side 2 Y lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt gt lt Values marked by an asterisk are the factory default menu settings Paper Type Sp
25. Low Sets the volume of the ring tone Medium High Line Type Purpose To select the line type Values PSTN Sets the line type to PSTN PBX Sets the line type to PBX Tone Pulse Purpose To select the dialing type Values Tone Sets the dialing type to Tone Pulse 10pps Sets the dialing type to Pulse 10 pulse per second 182 Understanding the Printer Menus Resend Delay Purpose To specify the interval between transmission attempts within the range of 3 to 255 seconds The default is 8 seconds Redial Attempts Purpose To specify the number of redial attempts to make when the destination fax number is busy within the range of 0 to 9 If you enter 0 the printer will not redial The default is 3 Redial Delay Purpose To specify the interval between redial attempts within the range of 1 to 15 minutes The default is 1 minute Junk Fax Setup Purpose To reject faxes sent from unwanted numbers by accepting faxes only from the fax numbers registered in the Phone Book Values Off Does not reject faxes sent from unwanted numbers On Rejects faxes sent from unwanted numbers NOTE Ensure to specify Fax Number before using Junk Fax Setup Remote Receive Purpose To receive a fax by pressing a remote receive code on the external telephone after picking up the handset of the telephone Values Off Does not receive a fax by pressing a remote receive
26. Print Quality Problems Y NOTE In this section some procedures that use the Tool Box can also be performed using the operator panel or Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool For information on how to use the operator panel and Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool see Understanding the Printer Menus on page 163 and Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool on page 97 The output is too light Action Yes 1 The toner cartridges may be low or need to be replaced Confirm the The task is complete amount of toner in each toner cartridge a Check the toner level in the Status tab in the Status Monitor b Replace the toner cartridges as necessary Is the problem recovered Go to action 2 Verify that the print media is not damp and the correct print mediais The task is complete used See Supported Paper Types on page 209 If not use the print media recommended for the printer Is the problem recovered Go to action 3 Verify that the Paper Type setting in the printer driver matches the print The task is complete media you loaded a On the Paper Output tab in Printing Preferences of the printer driver check the Paper Type setting b Load dry not damp and corrected print media and then click Print Test Page in Printer properties of the printer driver Is the problem recovered Go to action 4 Disable the Toner Saving Mode in the printer driver The task is complete a On the Graph
27. Read Leam about access control and permissions aD Coses Gam 11 Click OK Y NOTE To add sub folders create new folders in the shared folder you have created Example Folder name MyShare Second level folder name MyPic Third level folder name John You should now see MyShare MyPic John in your directory After you created a folder go to Configuring the Printer Settings on page 259 For Windows XP Home Edition 1 Create a folder in the desired directory on your computer Example of folder name MyShare 2 Right click on the folder and then select Properties 3 Click on the Sharing tab and then select Share this folder on the network 4 Enter a shared name in the Share name box Y NOTE Write down this shared name because you will use this name in the next setting procedure 254 Scanning MyShare Properties General Sharing Customize Local sharing and security To share this folder with other users of this computer only drag it to the Shared Documents folder To make this folder and its subfolders private so that only you have access select the following check box Make this folder private Network sharing and security E To share this folder with both network users and other users of this computer select the first check box below and type a share name Y Share this folder on the network Share name M yShare O Allow network users to change my fi
28. Sending the Scanned File on the Network on page 263 Sending the Scanned File on the Network 1 Load the document s face up with top edge in first into the ADE OR Scanning 263 0 A Y N Place a single document face down on the document glass For details about loading a document see Loading an Original Document on the ADF on page 272 Press the gt Scan button Press the V button until Scan to Network is highlighted and then press the V Set button Ensure that Scan to is highlighted press the Y Set button Press the V button to select Computer Network or Server FTP or Search Address book and then press the Y Set button Computer Network Stores the scanned image on the computer by using the SMB protocol Server FTP Stores the scanned image on the server by using the FTP protocol Search Address Book Select the server address registered in Address Book Press the YW button to select the destination to store the scanned file in and then press the Y Set button Press the gt Start button to send the scanned files Scanning to USB Storage Device The Scan to USB Memory feature allows you to scan documents and save the scanned data to a USB storage device To sc 1 ao oo a Ww 264 an documents and save them follow the steps below Insert the USB storage device into the USB port on your printer Load the document s face up with top edge in first into the ADE OR Place a single d
29. Status Messager Specifies whether to enable the Status Messager 1 This item is available only when the printer is connected with a wired network 126 Dell M Printer Configuration Web Tool Wireless LAN Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer only Purpose To configure wireless network settings To connect the printer with a wireless network be sure to disconnect the Ethernet cable NOTE Once wireless LAN is activated wired LAN protocol will be disabled NOTE Values marked by an asterisk are the factory default menu settings Values Wireless Settings Wireless LAN Specifies whether to enable wireless connection SSID Specifies the name that identifies the wireless network using up to 32 alphanumeric characters Network Type Specifies the network type from either Ad Hoc or Infrastructure MAC Address Displays the MAC address of the wireless network setting of the printer Link Channel Displays the channel number of the wireless connection of the printer Link Quality Displays the quality of the wireless network connection of the printer Security Settings Encryption Select the security method from the list No Security Specifies No Security to configure the wireless setting without specifying a security method from WEP WPA PSK TKIP WPA2 PSK AES and Mixed Mode PSK WEP 64 Bit ASCII 5 Bytes Specifies the WEP 64 Bit ASCII to use through the wireless network WEP 128
30. Thule TC 03 30 St John s TC 03 00 Brasilia Cayenne Paramaribo TC 03 00 Buenos Aires TC 03 00 Greenland TC 03 00 Miquelon TC 02 00 Noronha Antarctica TC 03 00 Montevideo TC 04 00 Palmer Archipelago Santiago TC 03 00 Rothera TC 03 00 Syowa TC 06 00 Mawson Vostok TC 07 00 Davis TC 10 00 Dumont d Urville a ee a ee I oo oo TC 08 00 Casey TC 12 00 McMurdo 48 Setting Up Your Printer Geographic Region Time Zone Asia TC 02 00 Amman TC 02 00 Beirut TC 02 00 Damascus TC 02 00 Jerusalem TC 02 00 Nicosia TC 02 00 Palestine TC 03 00 Aden Baghdad Qatar Riyadh TC 03 30 Tehran TC 04 00 Baku TC 04 00 Dubai Muscat Tbilisi TC 04 00 Yerevan TC 4 04 30 Kabul TC 4 05 00 Aqtau Aqtobe Ashgabat Samarkand TC 4 05 00 Ekaterinburg TC 4 05 00 Karachi TC 4 05 30 Colombo Kolkata TC 05 45 Kathmandu TC 4 06 00 Almaty Bishkek Dhaka Thimphu TC 4 06 00 Novosibirsk Omsk TC 06 30 Yangon Rangoon TC 4 07 00 Bangkok Ho Chi Minh Hovd Jakarta TC 07 00 Krasnoyarsk TC 4 08 00 Chongqing Hong Kong Shanghai TC 08 00 Irkutsk TC 4 08 00
31. To add sub folders create new folders in the shared folder you have created Example Folder name MyShare Second level folder name MyPic Third level folder name John You should now see MyShare MyPic John in your directory After you created a folder go to Configuring the Printer Settings on page 259 For Windows XP Professional Edition 1 Create a folder in the desired directory on your computer Example of folder name MyShare and double click the folder 2 Select Folder Options from Tools File Edit View Favorites RMN Help Map Network Drive lt a a Disconnect Network Drive x Synchronize File and Folder Tasks Folder Options Make a new folder 9 Publish this Folder to the Web EZ Share this folder 3 Click View tab and then clear the checkbox of Use simple file sharing Recommended Folder Options General View File Types Offline Files Folder views A You can apply the view such as Details or Tiles that q you are using for this folder to all folders Apply to All Folders Reset All Folders Advanced settings Do not show hidden files and folders Show hidden files and folders Hide extensions for known file types Hide protected operating system files Recommended Launch folder windows in a separate process Remember each folder s view settings Restore previous folder windows at logon Show Control Panel in My Computer Y Show encrypted or compr
32. Turn off and turn on the printer The Tool Box EZ 1 5 NOTE When you use IPv6 Mode for network printing the Tool Box cannot be used to assign an IP address Click Start gt All Programs gt Dell Printers gt Dell C1765 Color Multifunction Printer gt Tool Box Y NOTE The Select Printer dialog box opens in this step when multiple printer drivers are installed on your computer In this case click the name of Dell C1765nf Color Multifunction Printer or Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer listed in Printer Name and then click OK The Tool Box opens Click the Printer Maintenance tab Select TCP IP Settings from the list at the left side of the page The TCP IP Settings page is displayed Select the mode from IP Address Mode and then enter the values in IP Address Subnet Mask and Gateway Address Press the Apply New Settings button to take effect The IP address is assigned to your printer To verify the setting open the web browser on any computer connected to the network and enter the IP address into the address bar on the browser If the IP address is set up correctly the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool displays in your browser You can also assign the IP address to the printer when installing the printer drivers with installer When you use the Network Installation feature and the Get IP Address is set to Auto IP on the operator panel menu you can set the IP address from 0 0 0 0 to the desired IP address o
33. What are you looking for Find it here e Drivers for my printer Software and Documentation disc e My User s Guide ES S A The Software and Documentation disc contains setup video documentation and drivers for your printer You can use the disc to install re install drivers or access your setup video and documentation Readme files may be included on your disc to provide last minute updates about technical changes to your printer or advanced technical reference material for experienced users or technicians How to use my printer Quick Reference Guide e Safety information Important Information e Warranty information WARNING Read and follow all safety instructions in the mportant Information prior to setting up and operating your printer Finding Information 21 What are you looking for Find it here How to set up my printer Setup diagram Troubleshooting Express Service Code and Service Tag Service Tag Express Service Code XXXXXXX 000 000 000 00 The Express Service Code and Service Tag are located inside the side door of your printer e Latest drivers for my printer Go to support dell com e Answers to technical service and support support dell com provides several online tools including questions Solutions Troubleshooting hints and tips articles from technicians and e Documentation for my printer online courses e Upgrades Upgrade information f
34. When you use the USB connection and do not use the wireless connection you need to disable the wireless LAN 180 Understanding the Printer Menus Fax Settings Use the Fax Settings menu to configure the basic fax settings Z NOTE Values marked by an asterisk are the factory default menu settings Receive Mode Purpose To select the default fax receiving mode Values Telephone Automatic fax reception is turned off You can receive a fax by picking up the handset of the external telephone and then pressing the remote receive code FAX Automatically receives faxes Telephone Fax When the printer receives an incoming fax the external telephone rings for the time specified in Auto Rec TEL FAX and then the printer automatically receives a fax If an incoming call is not a fax the printer beeps from the internal speaker indicating that the call is a telephone call Ans Machine Fax The printer can share a telephone line with an answering machine In this mode the printer will monitor the fax signal and pick up the line if there are fax tones If the phone communication is using serial transmission in your country such as Germany Sweden Denmark Austria Belgium Italy France and Switzerland this mode is not supported DRPD Before using the Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection DRPD option a distinctive ring service must be installed on your telephone line by the telephone company After the telephone compan
35. and then enter a hostname and a port number if you have a list of one or more proxy servers If you have an IP address that does not use a proxy enter the IP address of your printer in the No Proxy for edit box e Select the Automatic proxy configuration URL check box After setting the language and proxy enter lt http nnn nnn nnn nnn gt the IP address of your printer in the URL entry field of the browser to activate the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool Setting Up From Operator Panel You can launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool only when EWS is set to Enable the factory default on the operator panel Check the operator panel setting if you cannot launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool For more information see Understanding the Printer Menus on page 163 Starting the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool To launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool enter the IP address of your printer in your web browser Cola Oe rma p mox e If you do not know the IP address of your printer print the printer settings report or display the TCP IP Settings page which lists the IP address For details about how to find your printer s IP address see Verifying the IP Settings on page 55 Overview of the Menu Items Use the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool for Printer Status Use the Printer Status menu to get feedback on the printer status When a toner cartridge is running low click the order suppli
36. and then press the Y Set button 5 Press the V button until On is highlighted and then press the vA Set button Enter the fax number of the remote fax machine using the numeric keypad e If the document is loaded on the ADE press the gt Start button Ifthe document is not loaded on the ADE press the gt Start button press the W button until the desired setting appears and then press the Y Set button Y NOTE Press the X Cancel button and the Y Set button to cancel the fax job at any time while sending the fax Confirming Transmissions When the last page of your document has been sent successfully the printer beeps and returns to the standby mode If something goes wrong while sending your fax an error message appears on the display If you receive an error message press the X Cancel button to clear the message and try to send the document again You can set your printer to print a confirmation report automatically after each fax transmission For more information see Printing a Report on page 287 Automatic Redialing If the number you have dialed is busy or there is no answer when you send a fax the printer will automatically redial the number every minute based on the number set in the redial settings To change the time interval between redials and the number of redial attempts see Available Fax Settings Options on page 270 K NOTE The printer will not automatically redial a number that was busy wh
37. indiquer le nombre maximal de terminaux qu peuvent tre raccord s une interface t l phonique La terminaison d une interface peut consister en une combinaison quelconque de dispositifs la seule condition que la somme d indices d quivalence de la sonnerie de tous les dispositits n exc de pas cing Appendix 363 364 Appendix Index Numerics 100Base TX Full Duplex 126 100Base TX Half Duplex 126 l0Base T Full Duplex 126 l0Base T Half Duplex 126 A A4 208 A5 208 About printer 25 AC All Clear button 92 Address Book 100 102 112 133 175 Address Book Editor 293 ADF Cover 26 28 324 ADF Glass 320 Ad Hoc 127 Adjust Altitude 111 120 151 196 Adjust ColorRegi 194 Adjust Fusing Unit 111 119 149 193 Adjust Transfer Roller 111 119 149 193 Adjusting Color Registration 317 Admin Menu 176 Administrator Password 132 Alert Tone 108 113 190 All Tones 108 113 Altitude 302 Ans Machine Fax 270 Answer Machine Fax 117 Appendix 359 Apply New Settings 103 Asset Tag Number 106 Authenticate Error Trap 131 Auto Clear Alert Tone 108 113 Auto Exposure 109 110 115 116 166 170 240 Auto Log Print 108 113 191 Auto Rec Ans FAX 181 270 Auto Rec Fax 181 270 Auto Rec TEL FAX 181 270 Auto Receive Answer Fax 110 117 Auto Receive Fax 110 117 Auto Receive Tel Fax 110 117 Auto Regi Adjust 194 Auto Registration Adjustment 111 119 Auto Reset
38. or router refer to the manual supplied with the product NOTE A Password is required to enter Admin Menu when Panel Lock Set is setto Enable In this case enter the password you specified and press the y Set button Press the E Menu button Press the V button until System appears and then press the Y Set button Press the W button until Admin Menu appears and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Network appears and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until WPS appears and then press the Y Set button Ensure that Push Button Control appears and then press the Y Set button Ensure that Yes appears and then press the Y Set button Ensure that Press WPS Button on WPS Router is displayed and start the WPS PBC on the wireless LAN access point Registrar or router within two minutes When the WPS operation is successful and the printer is rebooted wireless LAN connection setting is completed Connecting Your Printer 39 WPS PIN The PIN code of WPS PIN can only be configured from the operator panel NOTE WPS PIN is available only when the wireless LAN access point Registrar or router supports WPS PIN NOTE A Password is required to enter Admin Menu when Panel Lock Set is setto Enable In this case enter the password you specified and press the y Set button 1 Press the El Menu button 2 Press the V button until System appears and then press the Y Set
39. runs out of paper Off indicates that the tone is disabled Auto Clear Alert Tone Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted 5 seconds before the printer performs auto clear Off indicates that the tone is disabled All Tones Displays the volume of all the alert tones Off indicates that all the tones are disabled Job Time Out Displays the amount of time that the printer waits for data to arrive from the computer Panel Language Displays the language used on the operator panel Disable printing with larger paper size Displays whether to disable printing if the paper size set in the printer driver and the paper size set in the tray of the printer does not match the paper set in the tray is larger Auto Log Print Displays whether to automatically print a job history report after every 20 jobs mm inch Displays the measurement unit used after the numeric value on the 108 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool operator panel Secure Settings Panel Lock Set Displays whether to limit access to Admin Menu with a password Software Download Displays whether to enable download of firmware updates Copy Service Lock Set Displays whether to enable the Copy service or to require a password to use the service Scan Service Lock Set Displays whether to enable the Scan service or to require a password to use the service Fax Service Lock Set Displays whether to enable the
40. screen appears If necessary click Print Test Page to print a test page Personal Installation A personal printer is a printer attached to your computer or a print server using a USB If your printer is attached to a network and not your computer see Network Connection Setup on page 68 For installing XML Paper Specification XPS printer driver NOTE Download and install the XPS printer driver at support dell com NOTE The XPS driver is supported on the following operating systems Windows Vista Windows Vista 64 bit Edition Windows 7 Windows 7 64 bit Edition Windows 8 Windows 8 64 bit Edition Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2008 64 bit Edition Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows Server 2012 Windows Vista or Windows Vista 64 bit Edition 1 oo wn OO oO Eh 0 DY _ So 11 12 Extract the zip file you downloaded to your desired location Click Start gt Control Panel Hardware and Sound gt Printers Click Add a printer Click Add a local printer Select the port connected to this product and then click Next Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box Click Browse and then select the extracted folder in step 1 Click OK Select your printer name and click Next To change the printer name enter the printer name in the Printer name box To use this printer as the default printer select the check box displayed under the Printer name Click Next Installation starts If the Use
41. 0 01 Eb QQ N Reboot the printer by turning the power switch off and then on Specifying the Fax Settings Changing the Fax Settings Options 1 Press the El Menu button Press the V button until System is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Admin Menu is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Fax Settings is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until the desired menu item is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the gt or W button until the desired setting is highlighted or enter the value using the numeric keypad Press the Y Set button to save the selection If necessary repeat steps 5 to 7 oo wn OO Cl ah WwW DY To return to the previous screen press the Back button Faxing 269 Available Fax Settings Options You can use the following settings options for configuring the fax system Option Description Receive Mode Telephone Automatic fax reception is turned off You can receive a fax by picking up the handset of the external telephone and then pressing the remote receive code Fax Automatically receives faxes Telephone Fax When the printer receives an incoming fax the external telephone rings for the time specified in Auto Rec TEL FAX and then the printer automatically receives a fax If an incoming call is not a fax the printer beeps from the internal speaker indicatin
42. 172 Printfrom USB DefaultS o oo e eee eee 173 Tray Settings n airas ana e e tia dad lso BS Le da deL 173 AAA O A Remi et AS De ae as ihe 173 Report List oc ia rd eee ie Ree dod AAA 174 System SettidgS o o 174 Panel SettingS 2 044 44008044800 bee dade eed ed 174 JObiHistory nce oo t ead ede Pelee pe beh Mace ay bles 175 Error Histon es von ease Ak kor ea a ey eo eek 175 Color TestPage 34 aaa eS a Red R REY ASS 175 Protocol Montor sieaa daca te eh ae ae ey Be ee ae eee 175 Address Booka ooo e ha ee e eee 175 FaxGACtVIty aes vos seer geet coheed Geet eat dd is ad 175 Printing a Report List Using the Operator Panel 175 Printing a Report List Using the Tool BOX 175 Admin Ment seis a ra Rd he OE os ek 176 PHONG BOOK aa trad fe hake cee ls El da Ment Riad pte BNE a ah tee ch age 176 INGIWOLK 5 tote fhe BOR thn A A ee 176 Fax Settings al sik ac tose ee oe Ne Sie Ak iets gee kB ee hoe E 181 System Settings d 4 5 a3 ue rs we a 2A hol en 188 Maintenance iss sels are tren he ae ie a eh a oe alg eee 192 Secure Settings 6 ccc e a ee ea ee 197 Scan to E Mail aaa 198 WSBsSettings ia dt a E ETE de dl e E o do EULA 199 Contents 5 Panel Language ui ias o a 199 Panel Lock Function o o o o o oo o 200 Enabling the Panel Lock o o o o o o e 200 Disabling the Panel Lock o o o o o oo o e 200 Resetting Defal
43. 252 Configuring the Printer Settings on page 259 Sending the Scanned File on the Network on page 263 Confirming a Login name and Password When using SMB The Scan to Computer Server feature requires a user login account with a valid and non empty password for authentication Confirm a login user name and password CO S If you do not use a password for your user login you need to create a password on your User Login Account with the following procedure For Windows Vista and Windows 7 1 Click Start gt Control Panel 2 Click User Accounts and Family Safety 3 Click User Accounts 4 Click Create a password for your account and add in a password for your user login account Scanning 251 For Windows 8 and Windows Server 2012 1 Right click the bottom left corner of the screen and then click Control Panel 2 Click Change PC settings 3 Click Users 4 Click Create a Password and add in a password for your user login account For Windows XP 1 Click start gt Control Panel gt User Accounts 2 Click Change an account 3 Select your account 4 Click Create a password and add in a password for your user login account For Windows Server 2008 1 Click Start gt Control Panel 2 Double click User Accounts 3 Click Create a password for your account and add in a password for your user login account For Windows Server 2008 R2 1 Click Start gt Control Panel 2 Select User Acc
44. 276 Example dd eo Gade teh e Meee than ae ee cl aie ea 276 Receiving a Fax o o 280 About Receiving Modes o o e 280 Loading Paper for Receiving Faxes o 280 Receiving a Fax Automatically inthe Fax Mode 280 Receiving a Fax Manually inthe Telephone Mode 280 Receiving a Fax Automatically in the Telephone Fax or Ans Machine Fax Mode Tunia eee eb aa bake eA ew See oo ee Sada OE es 280 Receiving a Fax Manually Using an External Telephone 280 Receiving Faxes Using the DRPD Mode 281 Receiving Faxes in the Memory o o o o 281 Polling RECEWE ooo ida A a eed 281 Automatic Dialing 2 2 ahaaa aa a 282 Speed Dialing coccion ee ee 282 Storing a Number for Speed Dialing 282 Sending a Fax Using a Speed Dial 282 Group Dialing 0 a a a 283 Setting Grotip Dial co ori a ar 283 Editing Group Dial o o o o o 283 Sending a Fax Using Group Dialing Multi address Transmission 284 Printing an Address Book List 0 o 284 Other Ways to Fax o ee 285 Using the Secure Receiving Mode o 285 Using an Answering Machine o o o 286 Using a Computer Modem o o e 286 Printing a Report 0 200002 eee ee 287 Changing Fax Defaults
45. Bit ASCII 13 Bytes Specifies the WEP 128 Bit ASCII to use through the wireless network WEP 64 Bit Hex 10 Bytes Specifies the WEP 64 Bit Hex to use through the wireless network WEP 128 Bit Hex 26 Bytes Specifies the WEP 128 Bit Hex to use through the wireless network WPA PSK TKIP Specifies the WPA PSK TKIP to use through the wireless network WPA2 PSK AES Specifies the WPA2 PSK AES to use through the wireless network Mixed Mode PSK Specifies the Mixed Mode PSK to use through the wireless network Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 127 WEP Key 1 Enter the WEP key when WEP is selected from Encryption Re enter WEP Key 1 Enter the WEP key 1 again to confirm WEP Key 2 Enter the WEP key when WEP is selected from Encryption Re enter WEP Key 2 Enter the WEP key 2 again to confirm WEP Key 3 Enter the WEP key when WEP is selected from Encryption Re enter WEP Key 3 Enter the WEP key 3 again to confirm WEP Key 4 Enter the WEP key when WEP is selected from Encryption Re enter WEP Key 4 Enter the WEP key 4 again to confirm Transmit Key Specifies the transmit key type from the list Pass Phrase Specifies the passphrase Re enter Pass Phrase Enter the passphrase again to confirm 1 This item is available only when the Infrastructure mode is selected for Network Type TCP IP Purpose To configure the IP address subnet mask and
46. Chart Click to print a chart to check for ghost printing 4 Colors Configuration Chart Click to print bands of yellow magenta cyan and black with varying density MO Chart Click to print charts to check for the binding Alignment Chart Click to print a chart and then check for proper alignment of the print image on the paper Drum Refresh Configuration Chart Click to print a chart to check the light fatigue of the drum unit Environment Sensor Info Purpose To output the internal environment sensor information of the printer to Result by clicking Get Environment Sensor Info Clean Developer Purpose To rotate the developer motor and stir the toner in the toner cartridge Values Clean Developer Click Start to stir the toner Refresh Mode Purpose Understanding the Tool Box Menus 161 To use up a toner cartridge when you need to replace it before the end of its life or to stir the toner in a new toner cartridge NOTE Using the Refresh Mode consumes extra toner Values Toner Refresh Mode Yellow Click to clean the toner in the yellow toner cartridge Magenta Click to clean the toner in the magenta toner cartridge Cyan Click to clean the toner in the cyan toner cartridge Black Click to clean the toner in the black toner cartridge Resetting Defaults After executing this function and rebooting the printer the menu parameters or data are reset to
47. Color Multifunction Printer unless otherwise mentioned Overview NOTE This web tool is available only when the printer is connected to a network One of the features of the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool is the E Mail Alert Setup which sends an e mail to you or the key operator when the printer needs supplies or intervention Dell C1765nfw Color MFP IPv4 4 Printer Status IPv6 Link Local Address RE gt a Printer Jobs pS Contact Person Printer Settings ai Print Server Settings Print Volume English Adk Beek Printer Status Printer Information Printer Status Printer Events Printer Information Tray Settings en Printer Status Refresh E Mail Alert Set Password Cyan Cartridge Level OK Online Help poe Magenta Cartridge Level OK Order Supplies at www dell com supplies Yellow Cartridge Level OK Contact Dell Support at Black Cartridge Level OK support dell com Paper Trays Status Capacity Size Multipurpose Feeder Paper 150 sheets Letter 8 5 x 11 Output Tray Status Capacity Output Tray 0K 150 sheets To fill out printer inventory reports requiring the asset tag number of all the printers in your area use the Printer Information feature in the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool Enter the IP address of each printer on the network to display the asset tag number The Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool feature also allows you to chan
48. Cover Page Sets whether to attach a cover page to faxes DRPD Pattern Sets the DRPD setting from Pattern 1 to Pattern 7 DRPD is a service provided by some telephone companies Sent Fax Forward Sets whether to forward incoming faxes to a specified destination Fax Forward Number Specifies the fax number of the destination to which incoming faxes will be forwarded Prefix Dial Specifies whether to set a prefix dial number Prefix Dial Number Sets a prefix dial number of up to five digits This number dials before any auto dial number is started It is useful for accessing the Private Automatic Branch Exchange PABX Discard Size Sets whether to discard text or images at the bottom of a fax page when the entire page does not fit onto the output paper Selecting Auto Reduction automatically reduces the fax page to fit it onto the output paper and does not discard any images or text at the bottom of the page ECM Sets whether to enable the ECM To use the ECM the remote machines must also support the ECM Modem Speed Specifies the fax modem speed when a fax transmission or reception error occurs Fax Activity Sets whether to automatically print a fax activity report after every 50 incoming and outgoing fax communications Fax Transmit Sets whether to print a transmission report after every fax transmission or only when an error occurs Fax Broadcast Sets whether to print a transmis
49. E Mail Alert Dell C1765nfw Color MFP IPv4 Toit aa ot IPv6 Link Local Address rf Location Contact Person Print Server Settings English ha Printer Status Printer Status Printer Events Printer Information Printer Status 5 Click the Server Address tab 6 Select any unused number and click Create Refresh EXIT Printer Status Printer Jobs Printer Settings Print Server Settings Print Volume Address Book Printer Information Tray Settings E Mail Alert Set Password Online Help Order Supplies at www dell com supplies Contact Dell Support at support dell com Dell C1765nfw Color MFP IPv i IPv6 Link Local Address 4g is AAP Location Contact Person Engish y bal c17esntw Color MFP Fax E Mail Server Address Server Address Addiess Listo Server Address ID Name Server Address 01 Not in Use Create 02 Not in Use Create 03 Not in Use Croato 04 Not in Use Create 05 Not in Use Create 06 Not in Use Create ornat in Use rae 08 Not in Use Create 09 Not in Use Create 410 Not in Use Create 11 Not in Use Create 12 Not in Use Create The Server Address page appears Scanning 259 Server Address 10 01 New Registration 1 Name e g PeterShare Sharedfolder 2 Server Type FTP SMB
50. FTP Rp Serer Address Server Path SMB Server Address Share Name Server Path 3 Server Address e g myPC 10000000000 4 Share Name e g SMB Share Sharedfolder 5 sewer Path e g FTP pub pub share SMB finance finance Peter finance Peter Sales 6 Server Port Number FTP 21 5000 65635 SMB 139 5000 65535 7 Login Name e g FTP anonymous Peter SMB Peter Domain Peter 8 Login Password 9 Re enter Password To fill in the fields enter the information as follows 1 Name Enter a friendly name that you want it to appear on the Server address book 2 Server Type Select SMB if you store the document in a shared folder of your computer Select FTP if you use a FTP server 3 Server Address Enter a server name or IP address of your computer or the FTP server that you have shared out IPv4 and IPv6 are both supported The following are examples e For FTP Server name myhost example com myhost host name example com domain name IP address IPv4 192 168 1 100 e For SMB Server name myhost IP address IPv4 192 168 1 100 4 Share Name For SMB only On the Windows operating system enter the share name of the folder to store the scanned document on the recipient computer On the Mac OS enter the folder name to store the scanned document on the recipient computer 260 Scanning 5 Server Path For SMB To store the scanned document in the share folder directly without creating a
51. Fax Automatically receives faxes Telephone Fax When the printer receives an incoming fax the external telephone rings for the time specified in Auto Receive Fax Tel and then the printer automatically receives a fax If an incoming call is not a fax the printer beeps from the internal speaker indicating that the call is a telephone call Answer The printer can share a telephone line with an answering machine In this mode Machine the printer will monitor the fax signal and pick up the line if there are fax tones Fax If the phone communication is using serial transmission in your country such as Germany Sweden Denmark Austria Belgium Italy France and Switzerland this mode is not supported DRPD Before using the Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection DRPD option a distinctive ring service must be installed on your telephone line by the telephone company After the telephone company has provided a separate number for faxing with a distinctive ring pattern configure the fax setup to monitor for that specific ring pattern Auto Receive Fax Sets the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode after receiving an incoming call Auto Receive Tel Fax Sets the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode after the external telephone receives an incoming call Auto Receive Answer Fax Sets the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode after the external answering ma
52. Install From Disk dialog box Click Browse then select the extracted folder in step 1 and then click OK Select your printer name and click Next To change the printer name enter the printer name in the Printer name box and then click Next To use this printer as the default printer select the Set as the default printer check box Installation starts If the User Account Control dialog box appears click Continue Z NOTE If you are an administrator on the computer click Continue otherwise contact your administrator to continue the desired action As the driver installation is completed click Print a test page to print a test page Click Finish Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 64 bit Edition Y NOTE You must log in as an administrator 1 2 3 4 5 Extract the zip file you downloaded to your desired location Click Start gt Control Panel Hardware and Sound gt Printers Click Add a printer Click Add a network wireless or Bluetooth printer Select your printer or click The printer that I want isn t listed When you select your printer go to step 8 When you click The printer that I want isn t listed go to step 6 Select Add a printer using a TCP IP address or hostname and then click Next Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows 69 10 11 12 13 14 Select TCP IP Device from Device type and enter the IP address for Hostname or IP address and then click Next If
53. Letter 85x 11 1 Dell C1765nfw Color MFP Displays the printer model name 2 IP Address Displays the IP address of your printer 3 Location Displays the location of the printer The location can be changed in the Basic Information on the Print Server Settings page 4 Contact Person Displays the administrator name of the printer The name can be changed in the Basic Information on the Print Server Settings page 5 Printer Bitmap Shows the bitmap image of the printer The Printer Status menu appears in the right frame when you click the image Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 101 Left Frame The left frame is located on the left side of all pages The menu titles displayed in the left frame are linked to corresponding menus and pages You can go to the corresponding page by clicking their characters The following menus are displayed in the left frame 1 1 1 1 a P BEX Bci caer Printer Status Printer Settings Print Server Settings Print Volume N 4 J Printer Jobs scat NT AI Address Book Tr Ponterintormation a Tey Settings 8 NS E Mail Alert 9 Set Password A Online Help OF ow Supplies at www dell comisupplies 1 A Contact Dell Support 3 Dell C1765nfw Color MFP IPv4 Sk 20 Printer Status Printer Events Printer Information Printer Status EGG refresh Cyan Cartridge Level OK Magenta Cartridge Leve
54. MPF extension backward until it stops and then pinch the length guide and slide it backward until it touches print media 60 Loading Paper 11 12 Select the paper type from the printer driver if the loaded print media is not standard plain paper If a user specified print media is loaded in the MPF you must specify the paper size setting by using the printer driver Loading Paper 61 Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter PSI 1 Open the front cover 3 Before loading the print media flex the sheets back and forth and then fan them Straighten the edges of the stack on a level surface 62 Loading Paper 4 Load print media on the PSI with the top edge first and with the recommended print side facing up 6 Select the paper type from the printer driver if the loaded print media is not standard plain paper If a user specified print media is loaded in the PSI you must specify the paper size setting by using the printer driver Loading Paper 63 64 Loading Paper Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows K NOTE The images used in this manual are those of the Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer unless otherwise mentioned Identifying Printer Driver Pre install Status Before installing the printer driver on your computer check the IP address of your printer by performing one of the procedures in Verifying the IP Settings on page 55 Changing the firewall
55. Menus on page 139 Troubleshooting Click to open the Troubleshooting Guide which allows you to resolve issues by yourself Address Book Editor Click to open the Address Book Editor which allows you to create and edit Address Book entries ScanButton Manager Click to open the ScanButton Manager which allows you to specify how the ScanButton Manager behaves for scan events that the device generates Dell ScanCenter 7 Click to open the Dell ScanCenter 1 Troubleshooting Guide is the Portable Document Format PDF file This item needs software to view the document 2 Dell ScanCenter may not be displayed depending on the operating systems 292 Understanding Your Printer Software Windows Only Address Book Editor 1B Address Book Editor rel C1765nfw Color MEP file Edit View loo Help Ll a e amp xX o co sa foe 1 b Address Books D Type D Name Register Updated On BS Device Address Book m FevE Meil ria 4 ee y Server o a PC Fax Address Book gt re te y qe a Ae un wh AE ey Firar paee ce i de 001 1D Group Name m Members in Group A E PAR Ln de I Read the Device Address Book entries from the printer to the Address Book Editor and read the PC Fax Address Book entries from the PC to the Address Book Editor Allows you to edit a selected Address Book entry in the edit dialog box Deletes a selected Address Book entry 4 Displays Address Book entries
56. OR Place a single document face down on the document glass and close the document cover For details about loading a document see Loading an Original Document on the ADF on page 272 Press the B Copy button Press the W button until Reduce Enlarge is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button to select the desired settings and then press the Y Set button mm series Y NOTE Values marked by an asterisk are the factory default menu settings 200 A5 gt A4 141 A5 gt B5 122 100 B5 gt A5 81 A4 gt A5 70 50 inch series 200 Stmt gt Lgl 154 Stmt gt Ltr 129 100 Lgl gt Ltr 78 Ldgr gt Ltr 64 50 NOTE You can also use the numeric keypad to input the desired zoom ratio from 25 to 400 or press the gt button to enlarge the zoom ratio or press the lt button to reduce the zoom ratio in 1 intervals 5 Press the gt Start button to begin copying Copying 237 Doc ument Size To specify the default document size 1 5 Load the document s face up with top edge in first into the ADE OR Place a single document face down on the document glass and close the document cover For details about loading a document see Loading an Original Document on the ADF on page 272 Press the GB Copy button Press the V button until Document Size is highlighted and then press
57. PSK AES Mixed mode PSK Select to configure the wireless setting with the encryption type of Mixed mode PSK Mixed mode PSK automatically selects the encryption type from either WPA PSK TKIB WPA PSK AES or WPA2 PSK AES PassPhrase Specifies the passphrase of alphanumeric characters Entry from 8 to 63 WPA PSK TKIP Select to configure the wireless setting with the security method of WPA PSK TKIP PassPhrase Specify the passphrase of alphanumeric characters Entry from 8 to 63 Understanding the Printer Menus 177 WPA2 PSK AES Select to configure the wireless setting with the security method of WPA2 PSK AES or WPA PSK AES PassPhrase Entry Specify the passphrase of alphanumeric characters from 8 to 63 WEP Specifies the WEP key to use through the wireless network For 64bit keys up to 10 hexadecimal characters can be entered For 128bit keys up to 26 hexadecimal characters can be entered Specifies the transmit key from WEP Key 1 WEP Key 2 WEP Key 3 and WEP Key 4 Transmit Key Ad hoc Select to configure the wireless setting without the access point such as a wireless router No Security Specify No Security to configure the wireless setting without specifying the security method from WEP WEP Specifies the WEP key to use through the wireless network For 64bit keys up to 10 hexadecimal characters can be entered For 128bit keys up to 26 hexadecimal characters
58. Print a test page to print a test page To use this printer as the default printer select the Set as the default printer check box Click Finish Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows 71 Use the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool to monitor the status of your network printer without leaving your desk You can view and or change the printer settings monitor toner level and acknowledge the timing of ordering replacement consumables You can click the Dell supplies link for ordering supplies Z NOTE The Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool is not available when the printer is directly connected to a computer or a print server To launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool type the printer s IP address in your web browser The printer configuration appears on the screen You can set up the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool to send you an e mail when the printer needs supplies or intervention To set up e mail alerts 1 Launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 2 Click E Mail Alert link 3 Under E Mail Server Settings enter the Primary SMTP Gateway Reply Address and your or key operator s e mail address in the e mail list box 4 Click Apply New Settings NOTE Connection pending until printer sends an alert is displayed on the SMTP server until an error occurs Network Printer Setup on a Remote Network Before Installation Before you start remote installation perform the following procedure
59. Purpose To delete the server address entries registered on the Server Address page The following items are in the dialog box that appears when you click Delete on the Server Address top page Values ID Displays the selected server ID Name Displays the name assigned for the server ID Server Address Displays the server address registered under the server ID Apply New Settings Click this button to apply the new settings Back Click this button to return to the top page Tray Settings Use the Tray Settings menu to set the paper size and type of paper loaded in the Multipurpose Feeder MPF Values MPF Paper Type Sets the type of paper loaded in the MPF MPF Paper Size Sets the size of paper loaded in the MPE MPF Custom Size Y Sets the length of custom size paper loaded in the MPF MPF Custom Size X Sets the width of custom size paper loaded in the MPF Display Popup Sets whether to display a popup menu that prompts the user to set Paper Type and Paper Size when the paper is loaded in the MPE Apply New Settings Click this button to apply the new settings Restore Settings Click this button to restore the previous settings 138 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool Understanding the Tool Box Menus The Tool Box allows you to view or specify the system settings You can also diagnose the system settings by using the Tool Box The Tool Box consists of the Printer Setti
60. Rec Ans FAX to specify the time for the TAD When the TAD picks up the call the printer monitors and takes the line if fax tones are received and then starts receiving the fax If the answering device is off the printer automatically goes into the Fax after the ring tone sounds for a predefined time Using a Computer Modem E oa 0 E SS I Line Printer Telephone Answering Device Phone To the Internet Computer If you want to use your computer modem for faxing or for a dial up Internet connection connect the computer modem directly to the back of your printer with the TAD as shown above Set your printer to the Ans Machine Fax mode and set Auto Rec Ans FAX to specify the time for the TAD Turn off the computer modem s fax receive feature Do not use the computer modem if your printer is sending or receiving a fax Follow the instructions provided with your computer modem and fax application to fax via the computer modem 286 Faxing Printing a Report The following reports may be useful when using fax Address Book This list shows all the addresses currently stored in the memory of the printer as Address Book information Fax Activity This report shows information about the faxes you recently received or sent Protocol Monitor This report shows information about the faxes you recently received or sent Procedures 1 2 3 4 Press
61. Settings under Local Area Network LAN settings in the Connections tab 3 You can configure the LAN settings in one of the following ways e Clear the Use a proxy server for your LAN check box under Proxy server e Click Advanced and then specify the IP address of your printer in the Do not use proxy server for addresses beginning with field under Exceptions After setting the language and proxy enter lt http nnn nnn nnn nnn gt the IP address of your printer in the URL entry field of the browser to activate the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool For Firefox Setting Up the Display Language 1 Select Options from the Tools menu 2 Click Choose in the Content tab 3 Specify the display language in order of preference in the Languages in order of preference list For example English en or English United States en us e Ttalian it e Spanish es e German de e French fr e Dutch nl e Norwegian no e Swedish sv e Danish da 98 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool Setting the IP Address of the printer to Non Proxy 1 Select Options from the Tools menu 2 Click Advanced tab 3 Click Network on the Options dialog box 4 Click Connection Settings 5 You can configure the LAN settings in one of the following ways e Select the No Proxy check box if you do not want to use a proxy e Select the Auto detect proxy settings for this network check box Select the Manual proxy configuration check box
62. Setup 2 Double click the Dell C1765 Installer icon and follow the on screen instructions to connect the computer and the printer NOTE If the Software and Documentation disc does not automatically launch try the following steps For Windows XP Windows Vista Windows 7 Windows Server 2003 Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2 1 Click Start gt All Programs for Windows Vista and Windows 7 gt Accessories for Windows Vista and Windows 7 gt Run 2 Type D setup exe where D is the drive letter of the optical drive and then click OK For Windows 8 and Windows Server 2012 1 Point to the bottom right corner of the screen and then click Search gt Type Run in the search box click Apps and then click Run 2 Type D setup exe where D is the drive letter of the optical drive and then click OK Setting Up Your Printer 51 52 Setting Up Your Printer Setting the IP Address Assigning an IP Address An IP address is a unique number that consists of four sections that are delimited by a period and can include up to three digits in each section for example 111 222 33 44 You can select the IP mode from Dual Stack Pv4 and IPv6 If your network supports both IPv4 and IPv6 select Dual Stack VAN CAUTION Assigning an IP address that is already in use can cause network performance issues NOTE Assigning an IP address is considered as an advanced function and is normally done by a syste
63. Sharpest Makes the copy sharper than the original Sharper Normal Does not make the copy sharper or softer than the original Softer Makes the copy softer than the original Softest 5 Press the gt Start button to begin copying Copying 239 Auto Exposure To suppress the background of the original to enhance text on the copy 1 2 3 4 5 Load the document s face up with top edge in first into the ADE OR Place a single document face down on the document glass and close the document cover For details about loading a document see Loading an Original Document on the ADF on page 272 Press the GB Copy button Press the V button until Auto Exposure is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the W button until On is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the gt Start button to begin copying Multiple Up To print two original images to fit onto one sheet of paper 1 MO A a o NI Vt fT vy il NAM e Auto ID Copy Manual Automatically Always prints two Reduces the pages in the reduces the pages sides ofthelDcard custom size depending to fit in one page in one page in the on the setting of the original size by Reduce Enlarge 100 menu Load the document s face up with top edge in first into the ADE OR Place a single document face down on the document glass and close t
64. Supplies Alerts Specifies whether to receive an e mail alert for consumables Paper Handling Alerts Specifies whether to receive an e mail alert for paper handling and or service calls E Mail List 2 Sets acceptable e mail addresses for the e mail alert feature using up to 255 alphanumeric characters Select Alerts for List 2 Supplies Alerts Specifies whether to receive an e mail alert for consumables Paper Handling Alerts Specifies whether to receive an e mail alert for paper handling and or service calls Bonjour mDNS Purpose To configure the detailed settings for Bonjour Values Host Name Specifies the host name up to 63 alphanumeric characters and dash The original setting will remain valid if nothing is entered Printer Name Specifies the printer name up to 63 alphanumeric characters and symbol sets 130 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool SNMP Purpose To configure the detailed settings of SNMP Values Community Name Community Name Read only Specifies the community name to access read only data using up to 31 alphanumeric characters The original setting will remain valid if nothing is entered Characters entered for community name in the previous settings will not be displayed on the screen The default Read Community is public Re enter Community Name Read only Enter the community name to access read only data again to confirm
65. This item is displayed when the Ethernet cable is disconnected and Wi Fi is setto On TCP IP Purpose To configure TCP IP settings The change takes effect after the printer is turned off and then on Values IP Mode Dual Stack Uses both IPv4 and IPv6 to set the IP address IPv4 Mode Uses IPv4 to set the IP address IPv4 Get IP Address AutoIP Automatically sets the IP address BOOTP Uses BOOTP to set the IP address RARP Uses RARP to set the IP address DHCP Uses DHOP to set the IP address Panel Enables the IP address entered on the operator panel IP Address Manually sets the IP address allocated to the printer Subnet Mask Manually sets the subnet mask Gateway Address Manually sets the gateway address Protocol Purpose To enable or disable each protocol The change takes effect after the printer is turned off and then on Values LPD Disable Disables the Line Printer Daemon LPD port Enable Enables the LPD port Port9100 Disable Disables the Port9100 port Enable Enables the Port9100 port WSD Disable Disables the Web Services on Devices WSD port Enable Enables the WSD port SNMP Disable Disables the Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP UDP port Enable Enables the SNMP UDP port E Mail Alert Disable Disables the E Mail Alert feature Enable Enables the E Mail Alert feature Understanding the Printer Menus 179 EWS Disable Disables an a
66. To store the scanned image on a network server or on a computer Values Computer Network Stores the scanned image on a computer using the Server Message Block SMB protocol Server FTP Stores the scanned image on a server using the FTP protocol File Format Purpose To specify the file format to save the scanned image Values PDF TIFF JPEG Color Purpose To set whether to scan in color or in black and white Values Black amp White Scans in black and white mode Color Scans in color mode Color Button Set Purpose To assign color mode to the color mode switch button Values B amp W Button Black amp White Scans in black and white when Black amp White is selected for a color mode Grayscale Scans in gray scale when Black amp White is selected for a color mode Color Button Color Scans in color when Color is selected for a color mode Color Photo Scans in color Photo when Color is selected for a color mode This is suitable for photographic images 168 Understanding the Printer Menus Resolution Purpose To specify the default scan resolution Values 200 x 200dpi 300 x 300dpi 400 x 400dpi 600 x 600dpi Document Size Purpose To specify the default document size Values A4 210 x 297 mm A5 148 x 210 mm B5 182 x 257 mm Letter 8 5 x 11 Folio 8 5 x 13 Legal 8 5
67. Tool Display of EWS On Turns on the display of the server settings for the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool Off Turns off the display of the server settings for the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool Apply New Settings After you complete the settings click Apply New Settings to apply the changes Restart printer to apply new settings Click Restart printer to apply new settings to apply the changes Scan Defaults Purpose To create your own default Scan settings Values Scan To Network Computer Stores the scanned image on a computer using the Server Message Block SMB Network protocol Server FTP Stores the scanned image on a server using the FTP protocol File Format TIFF Saves the scanned image in TIFE PDF Saves the scanned image in PDE JPEG Saves the scanned image in JPEG Color Black amp White Scans in black and white mode GrayScale Scan in grayscale mode Color Scans in color mode Color Photo Scans in color mode This is suitable for photographic images Resolution 200 Scans an image at 200dpi 300 Scans an image at 300dpi 400 Scans an image at 400dpi 600 Scans an image at 600dpi Document Size A4 Sets the document size to A4 A5 Sets the document size to A5 B5 Sets the document size to B5 Letter Sets the document size to Letter Folio Sets the document size to Folio Legal Sets the document size to Legal Executive Sets the document size to Executive 154 Understanding the Tool Box Menus
68. Windows XP Windows XP 64 bit Edition Windows Server 2003 Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition 1 On the Windows desktop of the client computer double click My Network Places 2 Locate the host name of the server computer and then double click the host name 3 Right click the shared printer name and then click Connect File Edit view Favorites Tools Help O O Psh Es Foes Ei Address YiXp eng Network Tasks ta SharedDocs 2 Add a network place A View network connections ll 7 eLo prin Create Shortcut Scheduled Tasks Q Set up a home or small qa office network Properties lt Set up a wireless network for a home or small office ay View workgroup computers 3 Showicons for networked UPnP devices Other Places y Mshome My Computer ES My Documents Shared Documents Ry Printers and Faxes Wait for the driver information to be copied from the server computer to the client computer and for a new printer object to be added to the Printers and Faxes folder The time taken to copy varies based on the network traffic Close My Network Places 4 Print a test page to verify installation a Click start Start for Windows Server 2003 Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition gt Settings for Windows XP Windows XP 64 bit Edition gt Printers and Faxes b Select the printer you have installed c Click File gt Properties d On the General tab click Print Test Page When a test page is prin
69. Wireless Error Ga fast found within the specified time 016 920 System Setup Fail WPS Connection failure Security setting Wireless Error of the wireless LAN access point or router 016 921 System Setup Fail is WEB which is unsupported on WPS l You can enable disable the Wi Fi settings For more information see Wi Fi Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer only on page 180 Operator Panel 93 Using the Numeric Keypad to Enter Characters As you perform various tasks you may need to enter names and numbers For example when you set up your printer you p gt you enter your name or your company name and telephone number When you store speed dial or group dial numbers you may also need to enter the corresponding names e When prompted to enter a letter press the appropriate button until the correct letter appears on the display For example to enter the letter O press 6 Each time you press 6 the display shows a different letter M N O and finally 6 To enter additional letters repeat the first step Press the Y Set button when you are finished Keypad Letters and Numbers Assigned numbers letters or characters A lt 1 abcABC2 defDEF 3 ghiGHI4 jkIJKLS mnoMNO6 pqrsPQRS7 tuvTUV8 wxyzWXYZ9 Oo oOo co ajl om A wy N 0 Ft 1 Fie ee p27 bpace AR 0 La Changing Numbers or Names If
70. a fax page to fit it onto the output paper ECM Purpose To set whether to enable the Error Correction Mode ECM To use the ECM the remote machines must also support the ECM Values Off Disable the ECM On Enables the ECM 186 Understanding the Printer Menus Modem Speed Purpose To specify the fax modem speed when a fax transmission or reception error occurs Values 2 4 Kbps 4 8 Kbps 9 6 Kbps 14 4 Kbps 33 6 Kbps Fax Activity Purpose To set whether to automatically print a fax activity report after every 50 incoming and outgoing fax communications Values Auto Print Automatically prints a fax activity report after every 50 incoming and outgoing fax communications No Auto Print Does not automatically print a fax activity report Fax Transmit Purpose To set whether to print a transmission report after every fax transmission or only when an error occurs Values Print Always Prints a transmission report after every fax transmission Print On Error Prints a transmission report only when an error occurs Print Disable Does not print a transmission report after a fax transmission Fax Broadcast Purpose To set whether to print a transmission report after every fax transmission to multiple destinations or only when an error Occurs Values Print Always Prints a transmission report after every fax transmission Print On Error Prints a t
71. a network server or on a computer File Format Displays the file format to save the scanned image Color Displays whether to scan in color or in black and white Resolution Displays the default scan resolution Document Size Displays the default document size Lighter Darker Displays the default scan density level Sharpness Displays the default sharpness level Auto Exposure Displays whether to suppress the background of the original to enhance text on the scanned image Margin Top Bottom Displays the value of the top and bottom margins Margin Left Right Displays the value of the left and right margins Margin Middle Displays the value of the middle margin TIFF File Format Displays the selected TIFF file format TIFF V6 or TTN2 Image Compression Displays the image compression level Max E Mail Size Displays the maximum size of e mail that can be sent Fax Defaults Resolution Displays the resolution level to be used for fax transmission Lighter Darker Displays the default density level to be used for fax transmission Delayed Start Displays the fax transmission start time Fax Settings Receive Mode Displays the fax receiving mode Auto Receive Fax Displays the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode after receiving an incoming call Auto Receive Tel Fax Displays the interval at which the printer goes into the
72. address of the printer in your web browser je EEE E D ROX Ce GY ue tes Dell C1765nfw Color MFP Printer Status Printer Jobs 4S 2 gt IPv6 Link Local Address beth TEL Location Contact Person Printer Settings i j Print Server Settings Print Volume Engish Address Book i Printer Status Printer Information Printer Status Printer Events Printer Information Tray Settings P a Printer Status E Refresh E Mail Alert Set Password Cyan Cartridge Level OK Online Help EN Magenta Cartridge Level OK Order Supplies at www dell com supplies Yellow Cartridge Level OK Contact Dell Support at id Black Cartridge Level OK support dell com Paper Trays Status Capacity Size Multipurpose Feeder AddPaper 150sheets Letter 8 5 x 11 Output Tray Status Capacity Output Tray OK 50 sheets E 3 Click Print Server Settings 4 Click Print Server Settings tab 5 Click Wireless LAN 6 Change the wireless setting of the printer 7 Reboot the printer 8 Change the wireless settings on your computer or access point accordingly Y NOTE To change the wireless settings on your computer refer to the manuals provided with the wireless adapter or if your computer provides a wireless adapter tool change the wireless settings using that tool 42 Connecting Your Printer Connecting the Telephone Line NOTE Do not connect your printer directly to a Digital
73. an asterisk are the factory default menu settings Color Purpose To set whether to make copies in color or in black and white Values Black amp White Prints in black and white mode Color Prints in color mode Collated Purpose To sort the copy job Values Uncollated Does not sort the copy job Collated Sorts the copy job Auto Automatically determines which output mode for the copy job Understanding the Printer Menus 163 Reduce Enlarge Purpose To set the default copy reduction enlargement ratio Values mm series 200 A5 gt A4 141 A5 gt B5 122 100 B5 gt A5 81 A4 gt A5 70 50 inch series 200 Stmt gt Lgl 154 Stmt gt Ltr 129 100 Lgl gt Ltr 78 Ldgr gt Ltr 64 50 NOTE You can also use the numeric keypad to input the desired zoom ratio from 25 to 400 or press gt to enlarge the zoom ratio or press lt to reduce the zoom ratio in 1 intervals NOTE This item is available only when Multiple Up is setto Of f or Manual 164 Understanding the Printer Menus Document Size Purpose To specify the default document size Values A4 210 x 297 mm A5 148 x 210 mm B5 182 x 257 mm Letter 8 5 x 11 Folio 8 5 x 13 Legal 8 5 x 14 Executive 7 25 x 10 5 1 The default for Document Size varies depending on country sp
74. an incorrect name or number is entered press the lt Backspace button to delete the last digit or character Then enter the correct number or character Inserting a Pause For some telephone systems it is necessary to dial an access code and listen for a second dial tone A pause must be entered in order for the access code to function For example enter the access code 9 and then press the Y Redial Pause button before entering the telephone number appears on the display to indicate when a pause is entered 94 Operator Panel Printing a Panel Settings Page The panel settings page shows current settings for the printer menus For details about how to print a panel settings report see Understanding the Printer Menus on page 163 Changing the Language To display a different language on the operator panel The Operator Panel 1 Press the El Menu button 2 Press the Y button until System is highlighted and then press the Y Set button 3 Press the Y button until Panel Language is highlighted and then press the Y Set button 4 Press the Y button until the desired language is highlighted and then press the Y Set button The Tool Box 1 Click Start gt All Programs gt Dell Printers gt Dell C1765 Color Multifunction Printer gt Tool Box NOTE For details about starting the Tool Box see Starting the Tool Box on page 139 The Tool Box opens Click the Printer Maintenance tab Select System Settings from th
75. auto clear Off indicates that the tone is disabled All Tones Displays the volume of all the alert tones Off indicates that all the tones are disabled Job Time Out Displays the amount of time that the printer waits for data to arrive from the computer Fault Time Out Displays the time taken by the printer before it cancels jobs that stop abnormally Panel Language Displays the language used on the operator panel Auto Log Print Displays whether to automatically print a job history report after every 20 jobs Disable printing with larger paper size Displays whether to disable printing if the paper size set in the printer driver and the paper size set in the tray of the printer does not match the paper set in the tray is larger mm inch Displays the measurement unit used after the numeric value on the operator panel Date amp Time Date Format Displays the default date format Time Format Displays the default time format 24H or 12H Time Zone Displays the default time zone Set Date Displays the date setting Set Time Displays the time setting Paper Density Plain Displays the paper density of plain paper Label Displays the paper density of labels Adjust Transfer Roller Plain Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller for plain paper Plain Thick Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller for thick plain paper Recycled Displ
76. avoid jams flatten them as shown below when loading them in the PSI 222 Loading Print Media NOTE If envelopes are still not fed correctly add some bending to the flap of the envelopes as shown in the following illustration The amount of the bending shall be 5 mm 0 20 inches or less Y NOTE To confirm the correct orientation of each print media such as envelopes see the instruction on the Envelope Paper Setup Navigator on the printer driver Loading Letterhead Load the letterhead in the printer with the print side facing up Ensure that the title on the letterhead enters the printer first Loading Print Media 223 Loading Print Media When Manual Duplex Printing Y NOTE When printing on curled paper straighten the paper and then insert it into the feeder When you start manual duplex printing the instruction window appears Note that the window cannot be reopened once it is closed Do not close the window until duplex printing is complete Manual duplex printing can be done using the MPF or PSI When Using the Multipurpose Feeder MPF 1 First print the even pages rear sides For a six page document rear sides are printed in the order of page 6 page 4 then page 2 Ready Error LED blinks and the message appears on the operator panel when the even pages finish printing 2 After the even pages are printed remove the paper stack from the output tray and set them as they are with the blank sid
77. best output on all paper types If you see mottles on the print output try to increase the voltage If you see white spots on the print output try to decrease the voltage K NOTE The print quality changes depending on the values you select for this item Values Plain Available Range 3 3 Plain Thick Available Range 3 3 Recycled Available Range 3 3 Covers Available Range 3 3 Coated Available Range 3 3 Envelope Available Range 3 3 Label Available Range 3 3 Apply New Settings After you complete the settings click Apply New Settings to apply the changes Adjust Fusing Unit Purpose To specify the optimum temperature settings for printing for the fusing unit To decrease the temperature set negative values To increase set positive values The default settings may not give the best output on all paper types When the printed paper has curled try to decrease the temperature When the toner does not fuse on the paper properly try to increase the temperature K NOTE The print quality changes depending on the values you select for this item Values Plain Available Range 3 3 Plain Thick Available Range 3 3 Recycled Available Range 3 3 Covers Available Range 3 3 Coated Available Range 3 3 Understanding the Tool Box Menus 149 Envelope Available Range 3 3 Label Available Range 3 3 Apply N
78. button until Panel appears and then press the Y set button oo nr oOo hh Y BD Press the lt button and ensure that Get IP Address appears Press the V button until IP Address appears and then press the Y set button _ bh The cursor is located at the first three digits of the IP address 12 Enter the value of the IP address using the numeric keypad 13 Press the gt button The next three digits are highlighted 14 Repeat step 12 and step 13 to enter all of the digits in the IP address and then press the Y set button 15 Press the lt button and ensure that IP Address appears Setting the IP Address 53 16 Press the V button until Subnet Mask appears and then press the Y set button The cursor is located at the first three digits of the subnet mask 17 Enter the value of the subnet mask using the numeric keypad 18 Press the gt button The next three digits are highlighted 19 Repeat step 17 and step 18 to set subnet mask and then press the Y set button 20 Press the lt button and ensure that Subnet Mask appears 21 Press the V button until Gateway Address appears and then press the Y set button The cursor is located at the first three digits of the gateway address 22 Enter the value of the gateway address using the numeric keypad 23 Press the gt button The next three digits are highlighted 24 Repeat step 22 and step 23 to set gateway address and then press the Y set button 25
79. cover For details about loading a document see Loading an Original Document on the ADF on page 272 Press the GB Copy button Press the V button until Margin Top Bottomis highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V or A button or enter the desired value using the numeric keypad and then press the Y Set button Y NOTE Values marked by an asterisk are the factory default menu settings 4 mm 0 2 inch Specify the value in increments of 1 mm 0 1 inch Available Range 0 50 mm 0 0 2 0 inch 5 Press the gt Start button to begin copying Margin Left Right To specify the left and right margins of the copy 1 Load the document s face up with top edge in first into the ADE OR Place a single document face down on the document glass and close the document cover For details about loading a document see Loading an Original Document on the ADF on page 272 Copying 241 2 3 4 5 Press the B Copy button Press the V button until Margin Left Right is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the W or A button or enter the desired value using the numeric keypad and then press the Y Set button K NOTE Values marked by an asterisk are the factory default menu settings 4 mm 0 2 inch Specify the value in increments of 1 mm 0 1 inch Available Range 0 50 mm 0 0 2 0 inch Press the gt Start button to begin copying Margin Middle To specif
80. edge of the sheet It is recommended that zone coating of the adhesive is done at least 1 mm 0 04 inches away from edges Adhesive material contaminates your printer and could void your warranty WARNING Otherwise a jam occurs in the printer and contaminate your printer and your cartridges with adhesive As a result could void your printer and cartridge warranties Storing Print Media For proper print media storage the following guidelines help avoid media feeding problems and uneven print quality For best results store print media in an environment where the temperature is approximately 21 C 70 F and the relative humidity is 40 Store cartons of print media on a pallet or shelf rather than directly on the floor If you store individual packages of print media out of the original carton ensure that they rest on a flat surface so that the edges do not buckle or curl Do not place anything on top of the print media packages Print Media Guidelines 207 Identifying Print Media and Specifications This section provides information on supported paper sizes types and specification Supported Paper Sizes Multipurpose Feeder MPF Priority Sheet Inserter PSI A4 210x297 mm Y Y B5 182x257 mm Y Y A5 148x210 mm Y Y C5 162x229 mm Y Y Monarch 3 875x7 5 in Y Y Monarch LEF 7 5x3 875 in Y y Envelope 10 4 125x9 5 in Y DL 110x220 mm Y DL LEF 220x110 mm Y y
81. fax receive mode after the external telephone receives an incoming call Auto Receive Answer Fax Displays the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode after the external answering machine receives an incoming call Line Monitor Displays the volume of the line monitor which audibly monitors a transmission through the internal speaker until a connection is made Ring Tone Volume Displays the volume of the ring tone which indicates that an incoming call is a telephone call through the internal speaker when Receive Mode is set to Telephone Fax Line Type Displays the line type Tone Pulse Displays the dialing type Resend Delay Displays the interval between transmission attempts Redial Attempts Displays the number of redial attempts Redial Delay Displays the interval between redial attempts Junk Fax Setup Displays whether to reject faxes sent from unwanted numbers Remote Receive Displays whether to receive faxes by pressing a remote receive code on the external telephone Remote Receive Tone Displays the remote receive code to start Remote Receive Fax Header Displays whether to print the information of sender on the header of faxes Fax Header Name Displays the name of sender to be printed on the header of faxes 110 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool Fax Number Displays the fax number to be printed on the header of faxes Fax Cover Pa
82. following illustration shows where paper jams may occur along the print media path Scanner Unit Fusing Unit Levers Rear Cover ADF Cover Front Cover Multipurpose Feeder MPF Sl Oo oy A jJ Nj gt 324 Clearing Jams Clearing Paper Jams From the ADF When a document jams while it passes through the Automatic Document Feeder ADF remove jams in the following procedure AN WARNING Before performing any of the following procedures read and follow the safety instructions in the mportant Information AN WARNING To prevent electric shock always turn off the printer and disconnect the power cable from the grounded outlet before performing maintenance AN WARNING To avoid burns do not clear paper jams immediately after printing The fusing unit becomes extremely hot during use Z NOTE To resolve the error displayed on the operator panel you must clear all print media from the print media path 1 Open the ADF cover 2 Remove the jammed document by carefully pulling it in the direction of the arrow shown in the following illustration Clearing Jams 325 3 If you find it difficult to pull the document open the document feeder tray 326 Clearing Jams 6 Close the ADF cover and then load the documents back into the ADE Z NOTE Ensure that you adjust the document guides before printing a Legal size document 7 Ifyou cannot remove the jammed document from the docu
83. highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Date Time is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Date Format is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until the desired format is highlighted and then press the Y Set button To return to the previous screen press the 4 Back button Setting Sounds Speaker Volume 1 Press the El Menu button 2 Press the V button until System is highlighted and then press the Y Set button 3 Press the V button until Admin Menu is highlighted and then press the Y Set button 4 Press the V button until Fax Settings is highlighted and then press the Y Set button 5 Press the V button until Line Monitor is highlighted and then press the Y Set button 6 Press the V button until the desired volume is highlighted and then press the Y Set button 268 Faxing 7 Reboot the printer by turning the power switch off and then on Ringer Volume 1 Press the E Menu button Press the V button until System is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Admin Menu is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Fax Settings is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Ring Tone Volume is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until the desired volume is highlighted and then press the Y Set button u
84. if you want a balance between energy consumption and a shorter warm up period The printer automatically returns to the standby mode from the Sleep mode when it receives data from the computer You can also return the printer to the standby mode by pressing any button on the operator panel 2 Disable printing with larger paper size is available only in the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool and the Tool Box Date Time Purpose To set the date and time and regional time zone of the printer Values Date Format Specifies the date format yy mm dd mm dd yy or dd mm yy Time Format Specifies the time format 12H or 24H Time Zone Specifies the time zone Set Date Specifies the current date Set Time Specifies the current time Apply New Settings After you complete the settings click Apply New Settings to apply the changes Paper Density Purpose To specify the paper density Values Plain Light Specifies the paper density of plain paper Normal Label Light Specifies the paper density of labels Normal Apply New Settings After you complete the settings click Apply New Settings to apply the changes 148 Understanding the Tool Box Menus Adjust Transfer Roller Purpose To specify the optimum voltage settings for printing for the transfer roller To decrease the voltage set negative values To increase set positive values The default settings may not give the
85. initial setup for the printer Maintenance Use the Maintenance menu to initialize NVM non volatile memory configure the plain paper quality adjustment settings and configure the security settings Y NOTE Values marked by an asterisk are the factory default menu settings F W Version Purpose To display the version of the controller Service Tag Purpose To display the service tag of the printer Express Code Purpose To display the express service code of the printer Paper Density Purpose To specify the paper density Values Plain Light Normal Label Light Normal 192 Understanding the Printer Menus Adjust Transfer Roller Purpose To specify the optimum voltage settings for printing for the transfer roller To decrease the voltage set negative values To increase the voltage set positive values The default settings may not give the best output on all paper types If you see mottles on the print output try to increase the voltage If you see white spots on the print output try to decrease the voltage NOTE The print quality changes depending on the values you select for this item Values Plain 0 Available Range 3 3 Plain Thick 0 Available Range 3 3 Covers 0 Available Range 3 3 Coated 0 Available Range 3 3 Label 0 Available Range 3 3 Recycled 0 Available Range 3
86. method for outgoing e mail SMTP Login User Specifies the SMTP login user Up to 63 alphanumeric characters periods hyphens underscores and at symbols can be used If specifying more than one address separate them using commas SMTP Login Password Specifies the SMTP account password using up to 31 alphanumeric characters Re enter SMTP Login Password Enter the SMTP account password again to confirm Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 129 POP3 Server Address Specifies the POP3 server address in IP address format of aaa bbb ccc ddd or as a DNS host name using up to 63 characters POP3 Port Number Specifies the POP3 server port number This must be 110 or between 5000 and 65535 POP User Name Specifies the POP3 account user name Up to 63 alphanumeric characters periods hyphens underscores and at symbols can be used If specifying more than one address separate them using commas POP User Password Specifies the POP3 account password using up to 31 alphanumeric characters Re enter POP User Password Enter the password again to confirm Reply Address Designates the reply e mail address sent with each e mail alert SMTP Server Connection Displays the status of the SMTP server connection E Mail Alert Settings E Mail List 1 Sets acceptable e mail addresses for the e mail alert feature using up to 255 alphanumeric characters Select Alerts for List 1
87. number from the Phone Book Enter the text you want to search and then press the Set button Press the gt button to select the recipients I e Press the Y Redial Pause button to redial e Press the f Speed Dial button Enter the speed dial number between 01 and 99 using the numeric keypad and then press the Y Set button Faxing K NOTE Before you use the One Touch Dial button you need to register a number for the speed dial For more information on how to store the number see Automatic Dialing on page 282 5 Press the gt Start button When you are using the document glass the display prompts you for another page Press the V button to select Yes or No and then press the Y Set button 6 The number is dialed and then the printer begins sending the fax when the remote fax machine is ready NOTE Press the X Cancel button to cancel the fax job at any time while sending the fax Sending a Fax Manually 1 Load the document s face up with top edge in first into the ADE OR Place a single document face down on the document glass and close the document cover For details about loading a document see Loading an Original Document on the ADF on page 272 Press the lt amp Fax button Adjust the document resolution to suit your fax needs For more information see Resolution on page 273 If you need to change the contrast see Lighter Darker on page 274 Press the V button until OnHook is highlighted
88. or change the password that is required to access the setup parameters of the printer from the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool This page can also be displayed by clicking Set Password in the left frame NOTE If you forgot your password initialize NVM non volatile memory to restore the password to the default NULL See Reset Print Server on page 132 NOTE When you change the password to lock the operator panel set the password from Panel Lock Set in the Printer Settings Values Administrator Password Sets the password using up to 10 alphanumeric characters The password will appear as asterisks in the field when it is entered Re enter Administrator Enter the password again to confirm Password 132 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool IP Filter 1Pv4 Purpose To specify the IP address and subnet mask to be permitted or denied access to the printer Values Address Specifies the IP addresses that are permitted or denied access to the printer Enter a numeric value between 0 and 255 in each field Address Mask Specifies the subnet mask that are permitted or denied access to the printer Enter a numeric value between 0 and 255 in each field Active Mode Permit Permits printing from specified network address Reject Rejects printing from specified network address Disable Disables the IP Filter feature for the specified IP address Print Volume Use the Print Volume menu to verif
89. previous screen press the Back button To receive faxes in the DRPD you need to set the menu to DRPD mode see Available Fax Settings Options on page 270 Your printer provides seven DRPD patterns If this service is available from your telephone company ask your telephone company which pattern you need to select to use this service Receiving Faxes in the Memory Since your printer is a multi tasking device it can receive faxes while you are making copies or printing If you receive a fax while you are copying printing or run out of paper or toner your printer stores incoming faxes in the memory Then as soon as you finish copying printing or re supply the consumables the printer automatically prints the fax Polling Receive You can receive faxes from the remote fax machine when you want to receive it 1 Press the lt gt Fax button 2 Pressthe V button until Polling Receive is highlighted and then press the Y Set button 3 Press the V button until On is highlighted and then press the Y Set button 4 Enter the fax number of the remote machine and then press the Y Set button Faxing 281 5 NOTE For information on how to enter the fax number of the remote machine see Sending a Fax Manually on page 275 or Sending a Fax Automatically on page 274 Press the gt Start button Automatic Dialing Speed Dialing You can store up to 99 frequently dialed numbers in speed dial locations 01 99
90. printer waits for data to arrive from the computer Available Range 5 300sec Understanding the Printer Menus 189 Date amp Time Purpose To set the date and time and regional time zone of the printer Values Set Date Specifies the current date Set Time Specifies the current time Date Format yy mm dd Specifies the date format mm dd yy dd mm yy Time Format 12H Specifies the time format 24H Time Zone Specifies the time zone 1 The defaultfor Date Format varies depending on country specific factory default Alert Tone Purpose To configure settings for tones emitted by the printer during operation or when a warning message appears Values Panel Select Tone Off Does not emit a tone when the operator panel input is correct Low Emits a tone at the specified volume when the operator panel input is correct Medium High Panel Alert Tone Off Does not emit a tone when the operator panel input is incorrect Low Emits a tone at the specified volume when the operator panel input is incorrect Medium High Auto Clear Alert Off Does not emit a tone before the printer performs auto clear Low Emits a tone at the specified volume 5 seconds before the printer performs auto clear Medium High Job Tone Off Does not emit a tone when a job is complete Low Emits a tone at the specified volume when a job is complete Medium High Alert Tone Off Does not emit a to
91. range of 0 mm to 50 mm 0 0 to 2 0 inch Margin Left Right Sets the value of the left and right margins within the range of 0 mm to 50 mm 0 0 to 2 0 inch Margin Middle Sets the value of the middle margin within the range of 0 mm to 50 mm 0 0 to 2 0 inch Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 115 Scan Defaults Purpose To create your own default scan settings Y NOTE Values marked by an asterisk are the factory default menu settings Values Scan To Network Computer Stores the scanned image on a computer using the Server Message Block SMB Network protocol Server FTP Stores the scanned image on a server using the FTP protocol File Format Sets the file format to save the scanned image Color Sets whether to scan in color or in black and white Resolution Sets the default scan resolution Document Size Sets the default document size Lighter Darker Sets the default scan density level Sharpness Sets the default sharpness level Auto Exposure Sets whether to suppress the background of the original to enhance text on the scanned image Margin Top Bottom Sets the value of the top and bottom margins within the range of 0 mm to 50 mm 0 0 to 2 0 inch Margin Left Right Sets the value of the left and right margins within the range of 0 mm to 50 mm 0 0 to 2 0 inch Margin Middle Sets the value of the middle margin within the range of 0 mm to 50 mm 0 0
92. scanned document with the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool or Address Book Editor The following items are required to use the Scan to Server Computer feature e Using SMB To transfer data via SMB your computer must run on one of the following operating systems that includes folder sharing For Mac OS X a shared user account is required on the Mac OS X e Windows XP e Windows Vista e Windows 7 e Windows 8 e Windows Server 2003 e Windows Server 2008 e Windows Server 2008 R2 e Windows Server 2012 e MacOSX 10 4 10 5 10 6 e Using FTP To transfer data via FTP one of the following FTP servers and an account to the FTP server login name and password are required e Windows XP FTP service of Microsoft Internet Information Server 3 0 4 0 or Internet Information Services 5 0 5 1 e Windows Vista Windows 7 Windows Server 2003 Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2 FTP service of Microsoft Internet Information Services 6 0 e Windows 8 and Windows Server 2012 FTP service of Microsoft Internet Information Services 8 0 250 Scanning e MacOSX FTP service of Mac OS X 10 4 2 10 4 4 10 4 8 10 4 9 10 4 10 10 4 11 10 5 10 6 10 7 For information on how to configure the FTP service contact your system administrator Follow the procedure below to use the Scan to Server Computer feature Confirming a Login name and Password on page 251 Specifying a Destination to Store the Document on page
93. server ID Name Allows you to view or change the server name assigned to the server ID or enter a new server name Server Type FTP Select this to store scanned documents on a server via the FTP protocol SMB Select this to store scanned documents on a computer via the Server Message Block SMB protocol Server Address Allows you to view or edit the server address registered under the server ID or enter a new server address Share Name Allows you to view or edit the assigned shared name or enter a new shared name when Server Type is set to SMB Server Path Allows you to view or edit the assigned server path or enter a new path Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 137 Server Port Number Allows you to view or edit the assigned server port number or enter a new port number If you leave the text box blank the default port number FTP 21 SMB 139 will be used Login Name Allows you to view or edit the login name that is required to access the selected protocol or enter a new login name Login Password Allows you to view or edit the password that is required to access the selected protocol or enter a new password Re enter Password Enter the password again to confirm Apply New Settings Click this button to apply the new settings Restore Settings Click this button to restore the previous settings Back Click this button to return to the top page Server Address Delete
94. setting of the MPE Custom Size Y Displays the length of custom size paper loaded in the MPF Custom Size X Displays the width of custom size paper loaded in the MPE Display Popup Displays whether to use a popup menu that prompts the user to set Paper Type and Paper Size when the paper is loaded in the MPF Understanding the Tool Box Menus 143 Defaults Settings Purpose To display the default scan fax and copy settings of the printer Values Scan Defaults Scan To Network Displays whether to store scanned image on a network server or on a computer File Format Displays the file format to save the scanned image Color Displays whether to scan in color or in black and white Resolution Displays the default scan resolution Document Size Displays the default document size Lighter Darker Displays the default scan density level Sharpness Displays the default sharpness level Auto Exposure Displays whether to suppress the background of the original to enhance text on the scanned image Margin Top Bottom Displays the value of the top and bottom margins Margin Left Right Displays the value of the left and right margins Margin Middle Displays the value of the middle margin TIFF File Format Displays the TIFF file format Image Compression Displays the image compression level Max E Mail Size Displays the maximum size of e mail th
95. settings before installing your printer If you are running one of the following operating systems you must change the firewall settings before installing the Dell printer software e Microsoft Windows XP Windows Vista e Windows 7 e Windows 8 e Windows Server 2008 e Windows Server 2008 R2 e Windows Server 2012 K NOTE For Windows XP Service Pack 2 or 3 must be installed The following procedure uses Windows 7 as an example 1 Insert the Software and Documentation disc into your computer Click Start gt Control Panel Select System and Security Click Allow a program through Windows Firewall 2 3 4 5 Click Change settings gt Allow another program 6 Check Browse 7 D setup exe where D is the drive letter of the optical drive in the File name text box and then click Open 8 Click Add and then click OK Direct Connection Setup For installing host based printer driver 1 Insert the Software and Documentation disc into your computer to start Dell Printer Setup 2 Click Install Printer Driver and Software 3 Select Personal Installation and then click Next 4 Follow the on screen instructions to connect the computer and the printer with a USB cable and then turn on the printer The Plug and Play installation starts and the installation software proceeds to the next page automatically Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows 65 5 Click Finish to exit the wizard when the Ready to Print
96. the User Account Control Continue dialog box appears click Continue Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box Click Browse then select the extracted folder in step 1 and then click OK Select your printer name and click Next To change the printer name enter the printer name in the Printer name box and then click Next To use this printer as the default printer select the Set as the default printer check box Installation starts If you do not share your printer select Do not share this printer If you share your printer select Share this printer so that others on your network can find and use it Click Next As the driver installation is completed click Print a test page to print a test page Click Finish Windows Server 2008 R2 1 2 3 4 5 oo N 0 10 11 12 13 Extract the zip file you downloaded to your desired location Click Start gt Devices and Printers Click Add a printer Click Add a network wireless or Bluetooth printer Select your printer or click The printer that I want isn t listed K NOTE When you click The printer that I want isn t listed Find a printer by name or TCP IP screen appears where you can find your printer using your printer name or TCP IP If the User Account Control dialog box appears click Yes K NOTE If you are an administrator on the computer click Yes otherwise contact your administrator to continue the desired action Click Have Dis
97. the V button until Network appears and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Wireless Setup appears and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Manual Setup appears and then press the Y Set button Enter the SSID and then press the Y Set button Select the network mode from Infrastructure and Ad hoc depending on your environment and then press the Y Set button If you select Infrastructure proceed to step 9 If you select Ad hoc proceed to step 10 Select the encryption type from No Security Mixed mode PSK WPA PSK TKIP WPA2 PSK AES or WEP If you do not set security for your wireless network e Press the V button until No Security appears and then press the Y Set button To use Mixed mode PSK WPA PSK TKIB or WPA2 PSK AES encryption a Press the V button until Mixed mode PSK WPA PSK TKIB or WPA2 PSK AES appears and then press the Y Set button b Enter the passphrase and then press the Y Set button K NOTE A passphrase is an encryption key for WPA and WPA2 encryption which consists of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters It may be described as a key on some access points or routers For details refer to the manual supplied with the access point or router To use WEP encryption a Pressthe V button until WEP appears and then press the Y Set button b Enter the WEP key and then press the Y Set button c Press the V button to highlight the desired transmit
98. the Y Set button Press the W button to select the desired settings and then press the Y Set button K NOTE Values marked by an asterisk are the factory default menu settings A4 210 x 297 mm A5 148 x 210 mm B5 182 x 257 mm Letter 8 5 x 11 Folio 8 5 x 13 Legal 8 5 x 14 Executive 7 25 x 10 5 1 The default for Document Size varies depending on country specific factory default Press the gt Start button to begin copying Original Type To select the copy image quality 1 238 Load the document s face up with top edge in first into the ADE OR Place a single document face down on the document glass and close the document cover For details about loading a document see Loading an Original Document on the ADF on page 272 Press the GB Copy button Press the V button until Original Type is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button to select the desired settings and then press the Y Set button K NOTE Values marked by an asterisk are the factory default menu settings Text Suitable for documents with text Text amp Photo Used for documents with both text and photos Photo Suitable for documents with photos Press the gt Start button to begin copying Copying Lighter Darker To adjust the contrast to make the copy lighter or darker than the original 1 Load
99. the current date Set Time Specifies the current time 1 The default for Date Format varies depending on country specific factory default Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 121 Web Link Customization Purpose To specify a link used for ordering consumables which can be accessed from Order Supplies at in the left frame Values Select Reorder URL Select the Regular or Premier web address to be linked to Order Supplies at in the left frame Regular Displays the regular web address http accessories us dell com sna that can be linked to Order Supplies at in the left frame Premier Displays the premier web address http premier dell com that can be linked to Order Supplies at in the left frame Print Server Settings Use the Print Server Settings menu to set the type of printer interface and necessary conditions for communications The following tabbed pages are displayed in the top of the right frame Print Server Reports The Print Server Reports tab contains the Print Server Setup Page and E Mail Alert Setup Page Print Server Setup Page Purpose To verify the current settings of TCP IP Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol and printing ports On this page you can only verify the settings of items If you want to change the settings go to the pages in the Print Server Settings tab Values Ethernet Ethernet Settings Displays the current se
100. the operator panel to improve the status of the wireless connection Values Connection Good Indicates good signal strength Acceptable Indicates marginal signal strength Low Indicates insufficient signal strength No Reception Indicates that no signal is received SSID Displays the name that identifies the wireless network Encryption Type Displays the encryption type Y NOTE This item is displayed when the Ethernet cable is disconnected and Wi Fi is set to On Wireless Setup Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer only Purpose To configure the wireless network interface Values Select Access Select the access point from the list WEP Key Entry When you select an access point using WEP as the security method enter the WEP key For 64bit keys up to 10 hexadecimal characters can be entered For 128bit keys up to 26 hexadecimal characters can be entered PassPhrase Entry When you select an access point using WPA WPA2 or Mixed as the encryption type enter the passphrase of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters Manual Setup Enter Network Specify a name to identify the wireless network Up to 32 alphanumeric SSID characters can be entered Infrastructure Select when you configure the wireless setting through the access point such as a wireless router No Security Specify No Security to configure the wireless setting without specifying a security method from WEP WPA PSK TKIB and WPA2
101. the print media recommended for the printer Is the problem recovered The task is complete Contact Dell 344 Troubleshooting Ghosting ABC ABC Action Yes 1 Adjust the transfer bias The task is complete a Launch the Tool Box and click Chart Print on the Diagnosis tab b Click Ghost Configuration Chart The ghost configuration chart is printed c Launch the Tool Box and click Transfer Roller Refresh Mode on the Printer Maintenance tab d Check the check box next to On and then click Apply New Settings e Click Chart Print on the Diagnosis tab f Click Ghost Configuration Chart The ghost configuration chart is printed Is the problem recovered Go to action 2 2 The print media surface may be uneven Try changing the Paper Type The task is complete setting in the printer driver For example change the plain paper to thick a On the Paper Output tab in Printing Preferences of the printer driver change the Paper Type setting Is the problem recovered Go to action 3 3 Adjust the fusing unit temperature The task is complete a Launch the Tool Box and click Adjust Fusing Unit on the Printer Maintenance tab b Adjust the fixing temperature by turning up the value for your printing media c Click Apply New Settings d Click close box to exit Tool Box Is the problem recovered Go to action 4 4 Ifyou use non recommended print media use the print med
102. then press the gt button to select or deselect the speed dial number Press the Y Set button c Press the V button until Apply settings is highlighted and then press the Y Set button d WhenAre You Sure is displayed ensure that Yes is highlighted and then press the Y Set button To delete the group dial a Press the lt gt Backspace button b Ensure that Are You Sure is displayed press the W button to select Yes and then press the Y Set button NOTE When you delete the last speed dial in a group the group itself is not deleted If you want to edit another group dial number or enter a new group dial number repeat steps 5 to 9 To return to the previous screen press the Back button Sending a Fax Using Group Dialing Multi address Transmission You can use group dialing for broadcasting or delayed transmissions Follow the procedure of the desired operation For Delayed transmission see Specifying the Fax Settings on page 269 You can use one or more group numbers in one operation Then continue the procedure to complete the desired operation Your printer automatically scans the document loaded in the Automatic Document Feeder or on the document glass into the memory The printer dials each of the numbers included in the group Printing an Address Book List You can check your automatic dial setting by printing a speed dial list 1 2 3 4 Press the E Menu button Press the V button unti
103. to action 3b Is the problem recovered 3b Fan the print media The task is complete Contact Dell Is the problem recovered A document jam occurs in the Automatic Document Feeder ADF if scanning of multiple sheet document is cancelled while scanning is in progress Action Yes 1 Clear the jam See Clearing Paper Jams From the ADF on page 325 Is the problem recovered The task is complete Contact Dell Troubleshooting 351 Copy Problem Problem Action A document loaded in the ADF cannot be copied Ensure that the ADF cover is firmly closed Fax Problems Problem Action The printer is not working there is no display and the buttons are not working Unplug the power cord and plug it in again Ensure that there is power to the electrical receptacle No dial tone sounds Check that the phone line is connected properly See Connecting the Telephone Line on page 43 Check that the phone socket in the wall is working by plugging in another phone The numbers stored in the memory do not dial correctly Ensure that the numbers are stored in the memory correctly Print a Address Book list The document does not feed into the printer Ensure that the document is not wrinkled and you are putting it in correctly Check that the document is of the right size not too thick or thin Ensure that the ADF cover is firmly closed Fa
104. to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help CAUTION Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the grantee of this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Labeling requirements This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation RF exposure warning This equipment must be installed and operated in accordance with provided instructions and the antenna s used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons and must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter End users and installers must be provide with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance Canada Industry Canada IC Notices This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 and RSS 210 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 thi
105. to the standby mode press the E Menu button When a fax is received in the secure receiving mode your printer stores it into memory and the Job Status screen displays Secure Receive to let you know that there is a fax stored Y NOTE If you change the password while Secure Receive Set is Enable perform steps 1 to 5 Press the V button until Change Password is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Enter the new password and then press the Y Set button To print received documents 1 2 3 4 Press the E Menu button Press the V button until Job Status is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the W button until Secure Receive is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Enter the password and then press the Y Set button The faxes stored in memory are printed To turn the secure receiving mode off 1 2 3 Access the Secure Receive Set menu by following steps to 6 in To turn the secure receiving mode on Press the V button until Disable is highlighted and then press the Y Set button To return to the previous screen press the Back button Faxing 285 Using an Answering Machine gt To the wall Printer Line Telephone Answering Device Phone jack You can connect a telephone answering device TAD directly to the back of your printer as shown above Set your printer to the Ans Machine Fax mode and set Auto
106. vary on the wireless LAN access point Registrar or router For information about WPS operation on the wireless LAN access point Registrar or router refer to the manual supplied with the product NOTE For more information on the WiFi Wi Fi WPS button see Status of Wi Fi WPS Button Backlight Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer only on page 93 If a problem occurs or error messages are displayed on the operator panel see Wireless Problems Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer only on page 356 1 Press and hold the Wi Fi WPS button on the printer for 2 seconds Ensure that the Wi Fi WPS button starts to flash and Press WPS Button on WPS Router appears on the operator panel 2 Start the WPS operation on the wireless LAN access point Registrar or router within two minutes 3 When the WPS operation is successful and the printer is rebooted wireless LAN connection setting is completed Connecting Your Printer WPS PBC Operator Panel Menu You can start WPS PBC Wi Fi Protected Setup Push Button Configuration from the operator panel Es Es Y u Oo A OO N NOTE WPS PBC is available only when the wireless LAN access point Registrar or router supports WPS PBC NOTE Before starting WPS PBC confirm the position of the WPS button button name may vary on the wireless LAN access point Registrar or router For information about WPS operation on the wireless LAN access point Registrar
107. x64 Home Basic and Windows 7 x64 Home Premium Windows 8 Windows 8 x64 Windows 8 Pro Windows 8 x64 Pro and Windows Server 2012 is not supported _ Insert the Software and Documentation disc provided with the printer in your computer The Dell Printer Setup file launches automatically N Click Install Printer Driver and Software The Choose an installation type screen appears Aa w Select Network Installation and then click Next Select Remote Installation and then click Next 5 Enter the Administrator user name and password of the client computer then select the clients or servers and then click Next Y NOTE If you are running any of the following operating systems a Windows Security Alert is displayed Windows Vista Windows Vista 64 bit Edition Windows 7 Windows 7 64 bit Edition Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2008 64 bit Edition Windows Server 2008 R2 64 bit Edition To continue installing the host based printer driver click Unblock or Allow access for Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7 6 Check if the printer to be installed is listed in Select Printer and then click Next K NOTE If the printer to be installed is not listed in Select Printer try the following steps Click Refresh to update the information Click Add Printer and then enter a port name any alphanumeric string of your choosing and an existing IP address for the printer 7 Select the required items on Software
108. 0085 264 Sending an E Mail with the Scanned Image 265 Setting an E Mail Address Book o 265 Sending an E Mail With the Scanned File 266 ZP TA sas 267 Configuring Fax Initial Settings lt lt 267 Setting YourCountry 2 0 0 0 0 ee ee 267 Setting the Printer ID 22 03 2 oe sce ra bee 267 Setting the Time andDate 0 0 0 0 0000 0G 268 Changing the Clock Mode 000000 eee 268 Setting Sounds 268 Speaker Volume sci ca a we ae ee ee eS 268 Ringer Volume cce 00 A A 269 Specifying the Fax Settings 2 0 2 ee 269 Changing the Fax Settings Options 200 269 Available Fax Settings Options o o o 270 Sending akax s lt sce A A a T k 272 Loading an Original Document on the ADF 272 Loading an Original Document on the Document Glass 272 Contents ResolUtiON oi da a AAA 213 Original Type arne rr Mare dle a a ta poe ae a 273 Lighter Darker coord ee ee 274 Sending a Fax Automatically o o 274 Sending a Fax Manually o o o o o 275 Confirming Transmissions 0 0000 ee eee nee 275 Automatic Redialing o o eee ee 215 Sending a Delayed Fax o eee eee 216 Sending a Fax from the Driver Direct Fax
109. 1 Push the rear cover release handle and open the rear cover 330 Clearing Jams 2 Lift up the levers 3 Remove any jammed paper from the back of the printer 4 Lower the levers to their original position Clearing Jams 331 5 Close the rear cover Clearing Paper Jams From the Output Tray AN WARNING Before performing any of the following procedures read and follow the safety instructions in the mportant Information AN WARNING To prevent electric shock always turn off the printer and disconnect the power cable from the grounded outlet before performing maintenance AN WARNING To avoid burns do not clear paper jams immediately after printing The fusing unit becomes extremely hot during use NOTE To resolve the error displayed on the operator panel you must clear all print media from the print media path 1 Push the rear cover release handle and open the rear cover 332 Clearing Jams 2 Lift up the levers 3 Remove any jammed paper from the back of the printer If no paper is found in the paper path face the front of the printer and check the output tray Clearing Jams 333 5 Remove any jammed paper out of the output tray 6 Lower and close the scanner unit 7 Lower the levers to their original position 334 Clearing Jams 8 Close the rear cover Clearing Jams 335 336 Clearing Jams Troubleshooting ZF ODE SOCIA 339 337 338 Trouble
110. 108 113 189 Auto SSID Setup 40 Automatic Document Feeder ADF 25 28 Automatic Redialing 275 Avoiding Jam 229 323 B B amp W Color LED 92 B5 208 Back button 92 Backspace button 92 Base memory 301 Basic Information 125 Basic Printer Problems 339 Blue plug 43 Bonjour mDNS 123 126 130 C C5 208 Cable 303 Cancel button 92 Canceling a job 230 Appendix 365 Canceling a Job From the Computer Running Windows 230 Carbonless copy paper 204 CCP 204 Chart Print 161 Clean Developer 120 161 194 Clearing Paper Jam 323 From ADF 325 From Back of the Printer 330 From Front of the Printer 329 From Output Tray 332 Clock Mode 268 Clock Settings 112 121 Coated 111 119 149 193 Collated 109 115 163 236 Color 109 110 115 116 163 168 236 Color Balance 166 Color Button Set 168 Color Mode button 92 Color Registration Adjustment 120 Color Registration Chart 318 Color Test Page 175 Community Name 131 Completed Jobs 99 107 Connecting Printer 35 Connection specification 35 303 Connection type 35 303 Conserving supplies 309 Contact Dell Support at 100 102 Contact Person 101 Contacting Service 356 Contacts button 91 Control Panel Tone 108 113 Copy button 91 Copy Color Balance 109 115 Copy Defaults 109 115 157 Copy Problem 352 Copy Service Lock Set 109 114 366 Appendix Copy Settings 109 115 Country 111 118 271 Cov
111. 200 Scan From Bi Document Glass a image Type e 24 bit Full Color Y Scan Size E Letter 8 5 x 117 som Resolution A 300 dpi y ocou CON oop Can Favorites Default All Defaults W 2550 px H 3300 px Size 24 08MB Heb Port Preview Scan J Close Select the desired properties from the Image Quality and Image Options tabs Click Scan to start scanning Follow the on screen instructions to edit the picture after it is copied to your computer Scanning Using the Windows Image Acquisition WIA Driver Your printer also supports the WIA driver for scanning images WIA is one of the standard components provided by Windows XP and later operating systems and works with digital cameras and scanners Unlike the TWAIN driver the WIA driver allows you to scan an image and easily manipulate those images without using additional software NOTE Ensure that the printer is connected to the computer using the USB cable 1 2 Load the document s face up with top edge in first into the ADE OR Place a single document face down on the document glass For details about loading a document see Loading an Original Document on the ADF on page 272 Start the drawing software such as Paint for Windows 248 Scanning NOTE When you use Windows Vista or Windows Server 2008 use Windows Photo Gallery instead of Paint 3 Click File gt F
112. 236 Collatedie 2 s a ds dr Lo a con te val Loi oie EL 236 Reduce Enlarge 2 E a Aa E e ae a A A a a a e a 237 Document Size ii fe s o a a ea eek a A 238 Original Type es costra rara a Bh a a a 238 Lighter Darker ce es ceea ia ae n E a a D e E A 239 SOAFPNESS lt a tas oe ke Ra ee pas ad 239 AUtO EXPOSURE ecg LAA ae ee ek Goa ee 240 Multiples UD 40 oc ae a A NS a do a ed 240 Margin Top Bottom 2 e o 241 Margin Left Right 2 0 ee 241 Margin Middle 2 o e e o 242 Contents 7 Changing the Default Settings o 243 A wes fe oe ek te bat bees be aad ae 245 Scanning Overview 2 0 0 0 ce ee 245 Scanning From the Operator Panel Scan to Application 246 Scanning from the Operator Panel ScantoWSD 247 Printer Setup for Scan to WSD o o 247 Procedures for WSD Scan oonan aaa 247 Scanning Using the TWAIN Driver naaa aaa a 247 Scanning Using the Windows Image Acquisition WIA Driver 248 Scanning to a PC or Server via SMB FTP 249 OVERVIEWS 000 once ie da a 249 Confirming a Login name and Password 251 Specifying a Destination to Store the Document 252 Configuring the Printer Settings 0 000000 259 Sending the Scanned File onthe Network 263 Scanning to USB Storage Device 02
113. 3 Envelope 0 Available Range 3 3 Adjust Fusing Unit Purpose To specify the optimum temperature settings for printing for the fusing unit To decrease the temperature set negative values To increase the temperature set positive values The default settings may not give the best output on all paper types When the printed paper has curled try to decrease the temperature When the toner does not fuse on the paper properly try to increase the temperature NOTE The print quality changes depending on the values you select for this item Values Plain 0 Available Range 3 3 Plain Thick 0 Available Range 3 3 Covers 0 Available Range 3 3 Coated 0 Available Range 3 3 Understanding the Printer Menus 193 Label 0 Available Range 3 3 Recycled 0 Available Range 3 3 Envelope 0 Available Range 3 3 Auto Regi Adjust Purpose To specify whether to automatically adjust color registration Values Off Does not automatically adjust color registration On Automatically adjusts color registration Adjust ColorRegi Purpose To automatically adjust color registration Color registration adjustment need to be made during the initial setup of the printer or when the printer is moved to a different location K NOTE This item is available only when Auto Regi Adjust is setto Off Values Aut
114. 34 710 034 711 034 712 034 713 034 714 034 715 034 716 034 717 034 718 034 719 034 720 034 721 034 722 034 723 034 724 034 725 034 726 034 727 034 750 034 751 034 752 034 753 034 754 034 755 034 756 034 757 034 758 034 759 034 760 034 761 034 762 034 763 034 764 034 765 298 Understanding Printer Messages Error Code What you can do 034 766 034 767 034 768 062 321 Turn off the printer and then on If this does not solve the problem contact Dell See Contacting Dell on page 360 062 790 Press the Y Set button 075 100 Check and clear the paper path load the specified paper and then press the Y Set button See Clearing Paper Jams From the Front of the Printer on page 329 075 921 Load paper for the second side odd pages and press the Y Set button See Figure Loading Print Media When Manual Duplex Printing on page 224 077 100 Check and clear the paper path See Clearing Jams on page 323 077 101 077 102 Check and clear the paper path See Clearing Paper Jams From the Back of the Printer on page 330 077 104 Check and clear the paper path See Clearing Jams on page 323 077 105 077 300 Close the rear cover 077 900 Check and clear the paper path See Clearing Paper Jams From the Output Tray on page 332 077 901 Check and clear the paper path See Clearing Jams on page 323 091 402 Turn off the printer and then on If this d
115. 97 mm 11 69 inches ADF 355 6 mm 14 inches Paper size Letter A4 Legal Resolution Standard 8 pels mm 203 pels inch x 3 85 lines mm 98 lines inch 200 dpi x 100 dpi Fine 8 pels mm 203 pels inch x 7 7 lines mm 196 lines inch 200 dpi x 200 dpi Super Fine 8 pels mm 203 pels inch x 15 4 lines mm 391 lines inch 200 dpi x 400 dpi Ultra Fine 16 pels mm 406 pels inch x 15 4 lines mm 391 lines inch 400 dpi x 400 dpi User Memory 2 MB Halftone 256 levels Specifications 305 306 Specifications Maintaining Your Printer 25 Maintaining US 309 26 Clearing Sos 323 307 308 Maintaining Your Printer Periodically your printer requires you to complete certain tasks to maintain optimum print quality If several people are using the printer you may want to designate a key operator to maintain your printer Refer printing problems and maintenance tasks to this key operator NOTE The images used in this manual are those of the Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer unless otherwise mentioned Determining the Status of Supplies If your printer is connected to the network the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool can provide instant feedback on remaining toner levels Type the printer s IP address in your web browser to view this information To use the E Mail Alert feature that notifies you when the printer requires new supplies type your name or the name of the k
116. Community Name Read Write Specifies the community name to access read and write data using up to 31 alphanumeric characters The original setting will remain valid if nothing is entered Characters entered for community name in the previous settings will not be displayed on the screen The default Read Write Community is private Re enter Community Name Read Write Enter the community name to access read and write data again to confirm Community Name Trap Specifies the community name used for trap up to 31 alphanumeric characters The original settings will remain valid if nothing is entered Characters entered for community name in the previous settings will not be displayed on the screen The default Trap Community is NULL Re enter Community Name Trap Enter the community name used for trap again to confirm Trap Notification 1 4 Trap Address Type Select the trap address type from the list Selecting Off clears the settings in Trap Address Port Number and Notify and does not notify trap occurrence Selecting IPv4 or IPv6 allows you to enter Trap Address Trap Address Specifies the IP address and IP socket in the following format e IPv4 Specifies the IP address and IP socket in the nnn nnn nnn nnn mmmmm format Each section of nnn is a variable value between 0 and 255 Note that values 127 and 224 254 are not valid for the first three digits only The IP socket mmmmm is a varia
117. DF on page 272 Press the gt Scan button Press the V button until Scan to Application is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Configure the scanning settings as necessary Press the gt Start button The selected application window opens on your computer a Ff Ww N Y NOTE If the following dialog box appears on your computer select Dell C1765 MFP Scan Button Manager and then click OK This event is sent when push scan Select the program to launch for this action aj Windows Fax and Scan Application A de i Acquire Manage and Route images from gt c s Scan Capt ure pictures and other images from a sc Dell C1765 MFP ScanButton Manager Dell C1765 MFP ScanButton Manage m NOTE Once you check the Always use this program for this action check box when selecting Dell C1765 MFP Scan Button Manager the selected application is automatically used without displaying the program selection window NOTE You must use ScanButton Manager on your computer to change the settings for scanning For details see Quick Launch Utility on page 292 246 Scanning Scanning from the Operator Panel Scan to WSD If the printer is connected to a computer via network using Web Services on Devices WSD you can use the Scan to WSD function to send scanned images to a computer NOTE To use Scan to WSD you need to setup connection using WSD K NOTE WSD is supported only o
118. DF Cover 2 Ethernet Port 3 USB Port 4 Wall Jack Connector 5 Phone Connector 6 Power Connector 7 Rear Cover 8 Transfer Roller 9 Paper Chute 10 Paper Feed Roller 11 Transfer Belt 12 Levers 13 Security Slot 26 Aboutthe Printer Space Requirements Place the printer at a location such that there is adequate space for using the printer feeder and covers 100 mm 3 94 inches 596 mm 23 46 inches 262 5 mm 10 33 inches 379 mm 14 92 inches 339 mm 13 35 inches 292 5 mm 11 52 inches rant CAUTION To avoid irregular screen image or malfunctioning of your printer avoid placing the printer in direct sunlight with the front cover opened Aboutthe Printer 27 Automatic Document Feeder ADF ADF Cover Document Guides Document Glass Blowl rm Document Feeder Tray Operator Panel For more information on the operator panel see Operator Panel on page 91 28 About the Printer Securing the Printer To protect your printer from theft you can use the optional Kensington lock Attach the Kensington lock to the security slot on your printer Security slot For details see the operating instructions supplied with the Kensington lock About the Printer 29 Ordering Supplies You can order consumables from Dell on the Internet when using a networked printer Enter the IP address of your printer in your web browser launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool and clic
119. Dell C1765nf C1765nfw Color MFP Dell Supplies Management System window appears c Enter the Service Tag and then click OK If you order by phone call the number that appears in the Order by Phone section Understanding Your Printer Software Windows Only 291 Quick Launch Utility Using the Quick Launch Utility window you can open the Status Window Tool Box Troubleshooting Address Book Editor ScanButton Manager and Dell ScanCenter To use the Quick Launch Utility select to install the Ouick Launch Utility when you install the Dell software To open the Quick Launch Utility window 1 Click Start gt All Programs gt Dell Printers gt Dell C1765 Color Multifunction Printer gt Quick Launch Utility The Quick Launch Utility dialog box opens Quick Launch Utility 3 Support Tools AJO Utility Status Window Tool Box Troubleshooting I Quick Launch Utility E Support Tools AIO Utility Address Book ScanButton Dell Editor Manager ScanCenter Settings 2 The Quick Launch Utility window provides six buttons Status Window Tool Box Troubleshooting Address Book Editor ScanButton Manager and Dell ScanCenter To exit click X at the top right of the window For details click Help of each application Status Window Click to open the Printer Status window See Printer Status Window on page 291 Tool Box Click to open the Tool Box See Understanding the Tool Box
120. Do not use ink jet paper in this printer 1 Open the front cover Loading Print Media 211 2 Pull the PSI out 212 Loading Print Media 5 Adjust the paper width guides to their maximum 6 Before loading the print media flex the sheets back and forth and then fan them Straighten the edges of the stack on a level surface Loading Print Media 213 8 Adjust the width guides until they rest lightly against the edges of the stack of print media K NOTE Depending on the size of print media first slide the MPF extension backward until it stops and then pinch the length guide and slide it backward until it touches print media 214 Loading Print Media 10 Insert the PSI into the printer and then align the PSI to the marking on the paper tray 11 Select the paper type from the operator panel if any print media other than plain print media is loaded Ifa user specified print media is loaded in the MPF you must specify the paper size setting by using the operator panel Y NOTE For standard size papers adjust the guides first and then set papers Loading Print Media 215 Loading an Envelope in the Multipurpose Feeder MPF K NOTE When you print on envelopes be sure to specify the envelope setting on the printer driver If not specified the print image will be rotated 180 degrees When Loading Envelope 10 DL or Monarch Load envelopes with the side to be printed on facing up the flap s
121. Ensure that the margins are set correctly on the application being used The task is complete Contact Dell Is the problem recovered 348 Troubleshooting Color registration is out of alignment ABC DEF Action Yes 1 Execute auto color registration adjustment The task is complete a Launch the Tool Box and click Registration Adjustment on the Printer Maintenance tab b Clear the On check box for Auto Registration Adjustment c Click Start next to Auto Correct Is the problem recovered Go to action 2 2 Clean the CTD sensor The task is complete a Clean the CTD sensor See Cleaning the Color Toner Density CTD Sensor on page 316 b Launch the Tool Box and click Registration Adjustment on the Printer Maintenance tab c Clear the On check box for Auto Registration Adjustment d Click Start next to Auto Correct Is the problem recovered Go to action 3 3 Print the color registration chart and manually correct the color The task is complete registration a Click Registration Adjustment on the Printer Maintenance tab b Clear the On check box for Auto Registration Adjustment c Click Start next to Print Color Regi Chart The color registration chart is printed d Select the value with the straight line See Adjusting Color Registration on page 317 for details e Click Apply New Settings f Click Start next to Print Color Regi Chart to print the color registration chart ag
122. Fax service or to require a password to use the service Print from USB Displays whether to enable the USB Print service or to require a password to use the service Secure Receive Set Displays whether to require a password to print incoming faxes Copy Defaults Color Displays whether to make copies in color or in black and white Reduce Enlarge Displays the default copy reduction enlargement ratio Original Type Displays the default document type Document Size Displays the default document size Lighter Darker Displays the default copy density level Sharpness Displays the default sharpness level Auto Exposure Displays whether to suppress the background of the original to enhance text on the copy Copy Color Balance Color Balance Red Displays the color balance level of red Color Balance Green Displays the color balance level of green Color Balance Blue Displays the color balance level of blue Gray Balance Displays the gray balance level Copy Settings Multiple Up Displays whether to enable the Multiple Up feature Collated Displays whether to sort the copy job Margin Top Bottom Displays the value of the top and bottom margins Margin Left Right Displays the value of the left and right margins Margin Middle Displays the value of the middle margin Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 109 Scan Defaults Scan To Network Displays whether to store scanned image on
123. P server Manual DNS Server Address Displays the DNS server address IPv6 Manual DNS Server Address Displays the DNS server address LPD Port Status Displays the port status Connection Time Out Displays the connection time out period Bonjour mDNS Port Status Displays the port status Port9100 Port Status Displays the port status Port Number Displays the port number Connection Time Out Displays the connection time out period HTTP Port Status Displays the port status Port Number Displays the port number Simultaneous Connections Displays the number of connections received simultaneously by the client Connection Time Out Displays the connection time out period WSD Port Status Displays the WSD Web Services on Devices port status Port Number Displays the WSD port number Receive Time Out Displays the receive time out period Notification Time Out Displays the notification time out period Maximum Number of TTL Displays the maximum number of TT Ls Maximum Number of Displays the maximum number of notifications Notification SNMP Port Status Displays the port status FTP Client Connection Time Out Displays the connection time out period FTP Passive Displays whether to enable the FTP Passive mode SMB Client Connection Time Out Displays the connection time out period 1 This item is available only when the printer is connected with a wired network 2 This item is
124. Press the E Menu button Press the W button until System is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Admin Menu is highlighted and then press the vd Set button Press the V button until Maintenance is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Adjust ColorRegi is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Ensure that Auto Adjust is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Maintaining Your Printer 317 7 Ensure that Are You Sure is displayed press the V button to select Yes and then press the Y Set button Auto adjust is performed The Tool Box 1 Click Start gt All Programs gt Dell Printers gt Dell C1765 Color Multifunction Printer gt Tool Box NOTE The Select Printer window appears in this step when multiple printer drivers are installed on your computer In this case click Dell C1765nf Color Multifunction Printer or Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer listed in Printer Name and then click OK The Tool Box opens Click the Printer Maintenance tab Select Registration Adjustment from the list at the left side of the page The registration adjustment page is displayed 4 Clear the On check box for Auto Registration Adjustment Click Start next to Auto Correct The color registration is corrected automatically Printing the Color Registration Chart The Tool Box 1 Click Start gt All Programs gt Dell Printers gt Dell C1765 Colo
125. RL Displays a link used for ordering consumables Customization Regular Displays the regular web address http accessories us dell com sna PrinterSeg aspx Premier Displays the premier web address http premier dell com Reports Purpose To print the settings and history information of your printer The reports are printed in the paper size specified in system settings Values System Settings Click to print a detailed list of the system settings Panel Settings Click to print a detailed list of the panel settings Job History Click to print the completed jobs history Error History Click to print the error history Color Test Page Click to print the Color Test Page Address Book List Click to print the list of Personal Address Fax Group and E mail Group stored as Address Book 142 Understanding the Tool Box Menus TCP 1P Settings Purpose To display the current settings of TCP IP Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol protocol Values IP Address Mode Displays the method for acquiring the IP address IP Address Displays the IP address of your printer Subnet Mask Displays the subnet mask Gateway Address Displays the gateway address Tray Settings Purpose To display the paper size and type of paper loaded in the Multipurpose Feeder MPF Values Paper Type Displays the paper type setting of the MPE Paper Size Displays the paper size
126. Regulatory Model Dell C1765nf Dell C1765nfw Dell C1765nf C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer User s Guide Contents Before Beginning 0 eee eee eee 15 A Notes Cautions and Warnings 00000 17 1 Dell C1765nf C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer User s GUIAS etica eed BORE hee ee Ae kaos 19 Conventions 20 2 ees a a ee Pe ee N 19 2 Finding Information 0 000005 21 3 Product Features 6 os ved down ek eee whe ete an pee 23 4 About The Printer ss os aida eA aa etn Se ks 25 Front View eo oo ee PR eee A Ee ee ed 25 Rear MW ahn 22 0404 a bd ad Vow bee ee ea 26 Space Requirements 0 0 0 0 eee eee eee 27 Automatic Document Feeder ADF 28 Operator Panel 06200 E AA o Pe a ee 28 Securing the Printer o o ee 29 Ordering Supplies o o oo 30 AA A A 31 5 Removing Packaging Material 33 6 Connecting Your Printer 35 Connecting Printer to Computer or Network 36 Contents 1 2 Direct Comecti0n 36 EthernetConnection 0 000000 eee nee 36 Wireless Connection Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer Only 37 Reconfiguring the Wireless Setting 42 Connecting the Telephone Line o o 43 Turning On the Printer
127. Selects mode for color or black and white copying Reduce Enlarge Sets the default copy reduction enlargement ratio Custom Reduce Enlarge Sets a custom reduction enlargement ratio within the range of 25 to 400 when Reduce Enlarge is set to Custom Original Type Sets the copy image quality Document Size Sets the default document size Lighter Darker Sets the default copy density level Sharpness Sets the default sharpness level Auto Exposure Sets whether to suppress the background of the original to enhance text on the copy Copy Color Balance Purpose To specify the default color balance level Values Color Balance Red Sets the color balance level of red Color Balance Green Sets the color balance level of green Color Balance Blue Sets the color balance level of blue Gray Balance Sets the gray balance level Copy Settings Purpose To configure the copy settings Z NOTE Values marked by an asterisk are the factory default menu settings Values Multiple Up Off Does not perform multiple up printing Auto Automatically reduces the original pages to fit onto one sheet of paper ID Copy Prints the original pages onto one sheet of paper in the original size Manual Prints the original pages onto one sheet of paper in the size specified in Reduce Enlarge Collated Sets whether to sort the copy job Margin Top Bottom Sets the value of the top and bottom margins within the
128. Sets the document size to Legal Executive Sets the document size to Executive Understanding the Tool Box Menus 157 Lighter Darker Lighter2 Makes the copy lighter than the original Works Lighter well with dark print Normal Works well with standard typed or printed documents Darkerl Makes the copy darker than the original Works Darker2 well with light print or faint pencil markings Sharpness Softest Makes the copy softer than the original Softer Normal Does not make the copy sharper or softer than the original Sharper Makes the copy sharper than the original Sharpest Auto Exposure On Suppresses the background of the original to enhance text on the copy Off Does not suppress the background Color Balance Red Available Range Sets the color balance level of red 2 2 Color Balance Green Available Range Sets the color balance level of green 2 2 Color Balance Blue Available Range Sets the color balance level of blue 2 2 Gray Balance Available Range Sets the gray balance level 2 2 Multiple Up Off Does not perform multiple up printing Auto Automatically reduces the original pages to fit onto one sheet of paper ID Copy Prints the original pages onto one sheet of paper in the original size Manual Prints the original pages onto the one sheet of paper in the size specified in Reduce Enlarge Collated Uncollated Does not sort the
129. Subscriber Line DSL This may damage the printer To use a DSL you will need to use an appropriate DSL filter Contact your service provider for the DSL filter 1 Plug one end of a telephone line cord to the wall jack connector and the other end to an active wall jack Wall jack connector To the wall jack PHONE 2 Remove the blue plug from the phone connector Phone connector 3 To connect a telephone and or answering machine to your printer plug the telephone or answering machine line cord into the phone connector 2 To an external telephone or answering machine Phone connector Connecting Your Printer 43 If the phone communication is serial in your country such as Germany Sweden Denmark Austria Belgium Italy France and Switzerland and you are supplied with a yellow terminator insert the yellow terminator into the IONE phone connector K Yellow terminator Phone connector Turning On the Printer AN WARNING Do not use extension cords or power strips AN WARNING The printer should not be connected to an Uninterruptible Power Supply UPS system 1 Connect the power cable to the power connector on the rear of your printer see Rear View on page 26 2 Connect the other end of the cable to the power source 44 Connecting Your Printer 3 Turm on the printer 4 Follow the on screen instructions in the operator panel to configure the initial settings of you
130. UN Run the Software and Documentation disc on the Macintosh computer Double click the Dell C1765 Installer icon Click Continue on the Introduction screen Confirm the installation location and then click Continue Click Install to perform the standard installation Type the administrator s name and password and then click Install Software Click Continue Installation Click Restart to finish installing the software Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10 5 or Later Version s When Using a USB connection 1 2 3 4 5 6 Turn on the printer Connect the USB cable between the printer and Macintosh computer Open the System Preferences and click Print amp Fax Print amp Scan for Mac OS X 10 7 Click the Plus sign and click Default Select the printer connected via USB from the Printer Name list Name and Print Using are automatically entered Click Add When Using Bonjour 1 2 Turn on the printer Ensure that your Macintosh computer is connected to the network If you use wired connection connect the Ethernet cable between the printer and the network If you use wireless connection ensure that wireless connection is configured properly on your Macintosh computer and printer Open the System Preferences and click Print amp Fax Print amp Scan for Mac OS X 10 7 Click the Plus sign and click Default Click the Plus sign and select the printer from Nearby Printers If there are no print
131. Warnings oocccinnonnnninnnnnninninnnnnnrncnninrnnonons 17 1 Dell C1765nf C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer User s AA O O O eee 19 2 Finding ANO MON dino 21 3 Product RCA tUTOS cosacos debeis 23 4 About the Printer cesssssssssescessessscesssessseesesssssecsessreeeeseeas 25 16 Notes Cautions and Warnings K NOTE A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your printer VAN CAUTION A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem A WARNING A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage personal injury or death Information in this document is subject to change without notice 2012 Dell Inc All rights reserved Reproduction of these materials in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Dell Inc is strictly forbidden Trademarks used in this text De and the DELL logo are trademarks of Dell Inc Microsoft Windows Windows Server Windows Vista and Internet Explorer are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries Macintosh and Mac OS are trademarks of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Adobe is either a registered trademark or a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and or other countries Wi Fi is a registered trademark of the Wi Fi Alliance Wi Fi Protected Setup WPA and WPA2 are tr
132. WhenAre You Sure is displayed ensure that Yes is highlighted and then press the Y Set button 13 To store more group dial numbers repeat steps 6 to 12 14 To return to the previous screen press the Back button Editing Group Dial You can delete a specific speed dial number from a selected group or add a new number to the selected group Press the El Menu button Press the V button until System is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Admin Menu is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Phone Book is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the W button until Group Dial is highlighted and then press the Y Set button 0 Aa O N Faxing 283 10 11 Press the V button until the group dial number that you want to edit is highlighted and then press the Y Set button To change the group dial name a Ensure that Name is highlighted and then press the Y Set button b Enter a new name and then press the Y Set button c Press the V button until Apply settings is highlighted and then press the vA Set button d WhenAre You Sure is displayed ensure that Yes is highlighted and then press the Y Set button To change the speed dial number a Press the V button until Speed Dial No is highlighted and then press the Y Set button b Press the V button until the speed dial number that you want to edit is highlighted and
133. a 64 bit Edition Windows 7 Windows 7 64 bit Edition Windows 8 and Windows 8 64 bit Edition Click Start Control Panel Select System and Maintenance System and Security for Windows 7 Click Administrative Tools Double click Services Click Continue for Windows Vista only Right click Remote Registry and select Start Right click Remote Registry and select Properties 0 JJ SO 0O bh O N Change Startup type to Automatic and then click OK Disable User Account Control NOTE Disabling the User Account Control might leave the system vulnerable to virus attacks NOTE This step is required for Windows Vista Windows Vista 64 bit Edition Windows 7 Windows 7 64 bit Edition Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2008 64 bit Edition Windows Server 2008 R2 For Windows Vista 1 Click Start gt Control Panel 2 Select User Accounts and Family Safety 3 Click User Accounts 4 Click Turn User Account Control on or off 5 Click Continue 6 Clear the Use User Account Control UAC to help protect your computer check box 7 Restart the computer For Windows Server 2008 1 Click Start gt Control Panel 2 Double click User Accounts 3 Click Turn User Account Control on or off 4 Click Continue 5 Clear the Use User Account Control UAC to help protect your computer check box 6 Click OK 7 Restart the computer For Windows Server 2008 R2 1 Click Start gt Control Panel Select User Accounts Click User Accounts Cli
134. a te a 97 Setting Up the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 97 Setting Up From Web Browser 0 o 0002 ee 97 Setting Up From Operator Panel 0 o 99 Starting the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 99 Contents 3 Overview ofthe Menu ltemS 99 Page Display Format o o o 101 Top Frame o a a A ad se eG 101 Lett Frames eo ci a bs 102 Right krame toc ees e A a AS 103 Changing the Settings of the Menu Items 104 Details ofthe Menu lteMS o o o o o e 104 PrintersStatusi s s lo de bse a dt a Lo oe 106 Rrnter Jobs oe a tl cia Bok a ad M A eee 107 Printer Settings 2 206 a A A a et Bes 108 Print Server Settings o 122 Print Volumes coco ic ee A A Hd a oe eee 133 Address BOOK oia oi a ae ea ee AE A 133 Tray Settings o 138 14 Understanding the Tool Box Menus 139 Starting the Tool B0x o ee ee 139 Using the Tool Box to Change the Printer Settings 139 Printer Settings Report 0 140 Printer Information aaa 140 Menu Settings 2 2 2 lt i pee A la ER a 140 NODOS 2k hehe te eran Boy Shed e nd ences gets e a G 142 TCP IP Settings 2 5 Se pscisisne 8 2 Peed oe ee Se eee ea 143 Tray Settings a A ors A ae een ats ded a a 143 Defaults Settings
135. acteristics affect print quality and reliability It is recommended that you follow these guidelines when evaluating new paper stock Weight Both MPF and PSI all feed paper whose weights range from 60 to 163 g m 16 to 44 lb bond grain long Paper lighter than 60 g m 16 Ib may not feed pro erly and could cause paper jams For best performance use 75 pSt 16 y prop paper j P g m 20 Ib bond grain long paper Curl Curl is the tendency of print media to curve at its edges Excessive curl can cause paper feeding problems Curl usually occurs after the paper passes through the printer where it is exposed to high temperatures Storing paper unwrapped even in the feeder can contribute to paper curling prior to printing and cause feeding problems regardless of humidity When printing on curled paper straighten the paper and then insert it into the MPF or PSI Smoothness The degree of paper smoothness directly affects print quality If the paper is too rough the toner does not fuse to the paper properly resulting in poor print quality If the paper is too smooth it can cause paper feeding problems Smoothness between 150 and 250 Sheffield points produces the best print quality Moisture Content The amount of moisture in the paper affects both print quality and the ability of the printer to feed the paper properly Leave the paper in its original packaging until you are ready to use it This limits the exposure of the paper to moistur
136. ademarks of the Wi Fi Alliance XML Paper Specification XPS This product may incorporate intellectual property owned by Microsoft Corporation The terms and conditions upon which Microsoft is licensing such intellectual property may be found at http g0 microsoft com fwlink LinkId 52369 DES This product includes software developed by Eric Young eay Omincom oz au AFS Copyright 2003 Dr Brian Gladman Worcester UK All rights reserved This product uses published AES software provided by Dr Brian Gladman under BSD licensing terms 77F libtitt Copyright O 1988 1997 Sam Leffler and Copyright O 1991 1997 Silicon Graphics Inc JCC Profile Little cms Copyright 1998 2004 Marti Maria Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products Dell Inc disclaims any proprietary interest in trademarks and trade names other than its own Our printer software uses some of the codes defined by the Independent JPEG Group UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT RESTRICTED RIGHTS This software and documentation are provided with RESTRICTED RIGHTS Use duplication or disclosure by the Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph c 1 11 of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252 227 7013 and in applicable FAR provisions Dell Inc One Dell Way Round Rock Texas 78682 USA November 2012 Rev A00 Notes Cauti
137. ailable Fax Settings Options on page 270 You can also receive the fax by pressing the gt Fax button when you hear the fax tones on the external telephone See Receiving a Fax Manually in the Telephone Mode on page 280 Y NOTE Set the dialing system of your external telephone to DTMF Receiving Faxes Using the DRPD Mode The DRPD is a telephone company service which allows a user to use a single telephone line to answer several different telephone numbers The particular number someone uses to call you on is identified by different ringing patterns which consist of various combinations of long and short ringing sounds Before using the Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection option Distinctive Ring service must be installed on your telephone line by the telephone company To set up Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection you will need another telephone line at your location or someone available to dial your FAX number from outside To set up the DRPD 1 Press the E Menu button 2 Pressthe V button until System is highlighted and then press the Y Set button 3 Press the V button until Admin Menu is highlighted and then press the Y Set button 4 Press the V button until Fax Settings is highlighted and then press the Y Set button 5 Press the V button until DRPD Pattern is highlighted and then press the Y Set button 6 Press the V button until the desired menu item is highlighted and then press the Y Set button 7 To retur to the
138. ain g Adjust the values for every color until the lines at 0 are the straightest Is the problem recovered Contact Dell Troubleshooting 349 Protrudent Bumpy paper ABC DEF Action Yes No 1 Clean up the fusing unit The task is complete Contact Dell a Load one sheet of paper on the MPE and then print a solid image all over paper b Load the printed sheet with the side to be printed on facing down and then print a blank sheet of paper Is the problem recovered Jam NOTE In this section some procedures that use the Tool Box can also be performed using the operator panel or Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool For information on how to use the operator panel and Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool see Understanding the Printer Menus on page 163 and Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool on page 97 Misfeed jam Action Yes No 1 Remove the paper from the PSI and then ensure that papers are The task is complete Proceed to the action properly inserted on the MPF corresponding to the Is the problem recovered type of the print media being used e Thick 2a Thin 2b e Envelope 2c If performing manual duplex printing go to action 2d If using paper other than the above or if not performing duplex printing go to action 2e 2a Use thick paper that is 216 gsm or less The task is complete Go to action 3a Is the problem recovered 2b Use thin pape
139. ake automatic calls to the Telecom 111 Emergency Service 5 5 5 User instructions 4 I a charge for local calls is unacceptable the Dial button should NOT be used for local calls Only the 7 digits of the local number should be dialled from your telephone DO NOT dial the area code digit or the 0 prefix 8 1 7 User Instructions automatic call set up b This equipment shall not be set up to make automatic calls to the Telecom 111 Emergency Service 8 2 1 b Call answering When this equipment is set up call answering not within 3 30 sec the telephone or answering machine shall answer incoming call with 3 30sec Appendix 361 USA Canada Wi Fi Warnings Class B FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION INTERFERENCE STATEMENT This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try
140. ame text box 4 5 Click OK If the files are not present in your computer then you will be prompted to insert the server operating system CD For Windows Vista Windows Vista 64 bit Edition 1 Click Start gt Control Panel gt Hardware and Sound gt Printers 2 Right click the printer icon and select Sharing 18 Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows O oo nuy OO E W Click Change sharing options The Windows needs your permission to continue appears Click Continue Select the Share this printer check box and then type a name in the Share name text box Select Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network clients using this printer Click OK For Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2008 64 bit Edition 1 2 3 4 5 6 Click Start gt Control Panel gt Printers Right click the printer icon and select Sharing Click Change Sharing Options if exists Select the Share this printer check box and then type a name in the Share name text box Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network clients using this printer Click OK For Windows 7 Windows 7 64 bit Edition Windows Server 2008 R2 1 2 3 4 5 6 Click Start gt Devices and Printers Right click the printer icon and select Printer properties On the Sharing tab click Change Sharing Options if exists Select the Share this printer check box and then type a name in the Sha
141. and Documentation and then click Install 8 Click Finish to exit this tool Setting Up for Web Services on Devices WSD This section provides information for network printing with WSD the protocol of Microsoft for Windows Vista Windows 7 Windows 8 Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows Server 2012 Adding Roles of Print Services When you use Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 R2 you need to add the roles of print services to the Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 R2 client 76 Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows O For Windows Server 2008 R2 1 Click Start gt Administrative Tools gt Server Manager 2 Select Add Roles from the Action menu 3 Check the Print and Document Services check box on the Server Roles window in the Add Roles Wizard and then click Next Click Next Check the Print Server check box and then click Next Click Install For Windows Server 2008 1 Click Start gt Administrative Tools gt Server Manager Select Add Roles from the Action menu Check the Print Server check box and then click Next 2 3 Check the Print Services check box on the Server Roles window in the Add Roles Wizard and then click Next 4 5 Click Install For Windows Server 2012 1 Click Server Manager of the Start screen 2 Select Add Roles and Features from the Manage menu 3 Click Next on the Before You Begin window gt Select installation type on the Installati
142. and USB cable are disconnected from the printer Ensure that Wi Fi is set to On See Wi Fi Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer only on page 180 Try disabling the firewall on your computer The firewall on your computer may be blocking communication with your printer Cannot setup wireless connection with WPS Ensure that the security setting of the wireless LAN access point or router is WPA Wi Fi Protected Setup or WPA2 WEP is not supported on WPS Cannot setup wireless connection with the Press the WPS button on the wireless LAN access point or router within 2 minutes WPS PBC Wi Fi Protected Setup Push after starting the WPS operation on the printer For details about the wireless LAN Button Configuration access point or router refer to the manual supplied with the wireless LAN access point or router Cannot setup wireless connection with Check if the PIN you have entered on the computer is correct WPS PIN Wi Fi Protected Setup Personal Identification Number Other Problems Problem Action Condensation has occurred inside the This usually occurs within several hours after you heat the room in winter This printer also occurs when the printer is operating in a location where relative humidity reaches 85 or more Adjust the humidity or relocate the printer to an appropriate environment No file is displayed on the operator panel Confirm that there are files with the supported file f
143. and date if loss of power to the printer occurs 1 Press the E Menu button 2 Press the V button until System is highlighted and then press the Y Set button 3 Press the V button until Admin Menu is highlighted and then press the Y Set button 4 Press the V button until System Settings is highlighted and then press the Y Set button 5 Press the V button until Date amp Time is highlighted and then press the Y Set button 6 Ensure that Set Date is highlighted and then press the Y Set button 7 Enter the correct date using the numeric keypad or press the V button to select the correct date Y NOTE If you make a mistake while entering numbers press the lt button to re enter the digit 8 Press the Y Set button when the date on the display is correct 9 Press the V button until Set Time is highlighted and then press the Y Set button 10 Enter the correct time using the numeric keypad or press the V button to select the correct time 11 Press the Y Set button when the time on the display is correct 12 To return to the previous screen press the Back button Changing the Clock Mode You can set the current time using either the 12 hour or the 24 hour format oo JJ O Cd Eh OUN Press the E Menu button Press the V button until System is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Admin Menu is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until System Settings is
144. and then on If this does not solve the problem contact Dell See Contacting Dell on page 360 016 503 Press the Y Set button Check if SMTP server and DNS server are set correctly 016 504 Press the Y Set button Check if user name and password for POP3 server and DNS server are set correctly 016 507 Press the Y Set button Check if user name and password used for SMTP server are set correctly Understanding Printer Messages 295 Error Code What you can do 016 700 Press the Y Set button to cancel the current print job 016 701 016 720 016 744 Press the Y Set button Contact Dell if this message appears repeatedly See Contacting Dell on 016 745 page 360 016 749 Press the Y Set button to cancel the current print job 016 764 Press the V Set button Contact SMTP server administrator 016 766 016 767 Press the Y Set button Check e mail address and try scanning again 016 794 Press the Y Set button to clear the message 016 795 016 797 016 920 Press the Y Set button Execute the operation again according to the operation procedure 016 921 016 981 Press the Set button to cancel the current print job If you are copying using Col lated change the setting to Uncollated and try copying again See Setting Copy Options on page 235 016 985 Press the Y Set button Retry scanning by lowering the resolution setting or changing t
145. at can be sent Fax Defaults Resolution Displays the resolution level to be used for fax transmission Document Type Displays the type of document Lighter Darker Displays the default density level to be used for fax transmission Delayed Start Displays the fax transmission start time Copy Defaults Color Displays whether to make copies in color or in black and white Reduce Enlarge Displays the default copy reduction enlargement ratio Original Type Displays the default document type Document Size Displays the default document size Lighter Darker Displays the default copy density level Sharpness Displays the default sharpness level Auto Exposure Displays whether to suppress the background of the original to enhance text on the copy Color Balance Red Displays the color balance level of red Color Balance Green Displays the color balance level of green Color Balance Blue Displays the color balance level of blue Gray Balance Displays the gray balance level Multiple Up Displays whether to enable the Multiple Up feature Collated Displays whether to sort the copy job Margin Top Bottom Displays the value of the top and bottom margins Margin Left Right Displays the value of the left and right margins Margin Middle Displays the value of the middle margin 144 Understanding the Tool Box Menus Fax Settings Purpose To display the basic fax settings Values
146. available only when the printer is connected with a wireless network Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 123 E Mail Alert Setup Page Purpose To verify the current settings of SMT P POP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol Post Office Protocol used for the e mail feature and e mail alert feature In this page you can only verify the settings of items If you want to change the settings go to the pages in the Print Server Settings tab Values E Mail Alert Setup Page Port Status Displays the port status Primary SMTP Gateway Displays the primary SMTP gateway SMTP Port Number Displays the SMTP port number E Mail Send Authentication Displays the authentication method for outgoing e mail POP3 Server Address Displays the POP3 server address POP3 Port Number Displays the POP3 port number Reply Address Displays the reply e mail address sent with each e mail alert SMTP Server Connection Displays the status of the SMTP server connection E Mail Alert Settings E Mail List 1 Displays the acceptable e mail addresses for the e mail alert feature specified in E Mail List 1 Select Alerts for List 1 Supplies Alerts Displays the e mail alert receive status for consumables Paper Handling Alerts Displays the e mail alert receive status for paper handling Service Call Displays the e mail alert receive status for service calls E Mail List 2 Displays the acceptable e mail addresses for the e mail alert
147. ays the voltage setting of the transfer roller for recycled paper Covers Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller for cover paper Coated Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller for coated paper Envelope Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller for envelopes Label Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller for labels Understanding the Tool Box Menus 141 Adjust Fusing Unit Plain Displays the temperature setting of the Fusing Unit for plain paper Plain Thick Displays the temperature setting of the Fusing Unit for thick plain paper Recycled Displays the temperature setting of the Fusing Unit for recycled paper Covers Displays the temperature setting of the Fusing Unit for cover paper Coated Displays the temperature setting of the Fusing Unit for coated paper Envelope Displays the temperature setting of the Fusing Unit for envelopes Label Displays the temperature setting of the Fusing Unit for labels Auto Registration Adjustment Displays whether to automatically adjust color registration Adjust Altitude Displays the altitude of the location where the printer is installed Non Dell Toner Displays whether to use toner cartridge of another manufacturer Transfer Roller Refresh Displays whether to execute counter measures for Mode curling separating discharge of the paper Web Link Select Reorder U
148. ber of the user E mail Address Displays the e mail address of the user Apply New Settings Click this button to apply the new settings Back Click this button to return to the top page 134 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool FAX Group Top Page Purpose To view the fax group entries registered on the Fax Group page Values GroupID Name Displays a fax group ID and the assigned group name IDs without an entry show Not in Use in the Name column Delete Deletes the entry for the selected group ID Confirm Change Displays a dialog box where you can edit the entry for the selected group ID Create Displays a dialog box where you can create a new entry under the selected group ID FAX Group Confirm Change Create Purpose To view or edit the fax number group entries on the Fax Group page or create a new entry The following items are in the dialog box that appears when you click Confirm Change or Create on the Fax Group top page Values Fax Group ID Displays the selected group ID Name Allows you to view or edit the name assigned for the group ID or enter a new group name FAX Speed Dial Address List to Selecting each button displays a list of entries for the group of speed dial codes indicated on the button ID Name Displays a speed dial code and the names of an entry registered under the speed dial code Speed dial codes without an entry show Not in Use in the Nam
149. ble value between 0 and 65535 e IPv6 Specifies the IP address and IP socket in the XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX MMMMM format Each section of xxxx is a hexadecimal variable value between 0 and ffff The IP socket mmmmm is a variable value between 0 and 65535 Trap Notification 1P Port Number Enter the SNMP trap destination port number Notify Specifies whether to notify trap occurrence Authenticate Error Trap Specifies whether to notify Authenticate Error Trap Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 131 Scan to PC Purpose To specify the client when scanning data Values FTP Client Connection Time Out Sets the connection time out period from 1 to 60 seconds FTP Passive Sets whether to enable the FTP Passive mode SMB Client Connection Time Out Sets the connection time out period from 1 to 60 seconds Reset Print Server Purpose To initialize NVM non volatile memory for the network feature and reboot the printer You can also initialize the NVM of the printer from Reset Defaults in the Printer Settings menu Values Initialize NIC NVRAM Click Start to initialize NVM Network settings will revert to the factory default settings and memory and restart printer reboot the network capability Restart Printer Click Start to reboot the printer Security The Security tab contains the Set Password and IP Filter 1Pv4 pages Set Password Purpose To set
150. button 3 Press the V button until Admin Menu appears and then press the Y Set button 4 Press the V button until Network appears and then press the Y Set button 5 Press the V button until WPS appears and then press the Y Set button 6 Ensure that PIN Code appears and then press the y Set button 7 Write down the displayed 8 digit PIN code or select Print PIN Code The PIN code is printed 8 Ensure that Start Configuration appears and then press the Y Set button 9 Ensure that WPS AP Searching is displayed and enter the PIN code displayed on step 7 into the wireless LAN access point Registrar or router NOTE For WPS operation on the wireless LAN access point Registrar or router refer to the manual supplied with the product 10 When the WPS operation is successful and the printer is rebooted wireless LAN connection setting is completed Auto SSID Setup NOTE A Password is required to enter Admin Menu when Panel Lock Set issetto Enable In this case enter the password you specified and press the V Set button 1 Press the El Menu button 2 Press the V button until System appears and then press the Y Set button 3 Press the V button until Admin Menu appears and then press the Y Set button 4 Press the V button until Network appears and then press the Y Set button 5 Press the V button until Wireless Setup appears and then press the Y Set button The printer automatically searches t
151. button to cancel a copy job at any time while scanning a document 234 Copying Making Copies From the ADF FX CAUTION Do not load more than 35 sheets into the ADF or allow more than 35 sheets to be fed to the ADF output tray The ADF K K 1 3 K output tray should be emptied before it exceeds 35 sheets or your original documents may be damaged NOTE To get the best scan quality especially for gray scale images use the document glass instead of the ADF NOTE A computer connection is not required for copying Load up to 35 sheets of 75 g m 20 Ib documents face up on the ADF with top edge of the documents in first Then adjust the document guides to the correct document size NOTE Ensure that you use the document guides before copying a legal size document Customize the copy settings including the number of copies copy size contrast and image quality For more information see Setting Copy Options on page 235 To clear the settings use the AC All Clear button Press the gt Start button to begin copying NOTE Press the X Cancel button to cancel a copy job at any time while scanning a document Setting Copy Options Set the following options for the current copy job before pressing the gt Start button to make copies Y NOTE The copy options automatically return to their default status after copying Number of Copies To specify the number of copies from to 99 1 Load the docum
152. can be entered Specifies the transmit key from WEP Key 1 WEP Key 2 WEP Key 3 and WEP Key 4 Transmit Key NOTE This item is displayed when the Ethernet cable is disconnected and Wi Fi is setto On WPS Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer only Purpose To configure the wireless network using WPS Values Push Button Control PBC Start No Disables the security method of WPS PBC Yes Configures the wireless setting with the security method of WPS PBC PIN Code Start Configuration Configures the wireless setting using the PIN code assigned automatically by the printer Print PIN Code Prints the PIN code Confirm it when you enter the PIN code to your computer 1 You can also start WPS PBC by pressing and holding the Wi Fi WPS button Y NOTE WPS 2 0 compliant WPS 2 0 works on access points with the following encryption types Mixed mode PSK WPA PSK AES WPA2 PSK AES WPA PSK TKIP Open No Security NOTE This item is displayed when the Ethernet cable is disconnected and Wi Fi is setto On 178 Understanding the Printer Menus Reset Wireless Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer only Purpose To initialize wireless network settings After executing this function and rebooting the printer all wireless network settings are reset to their default values No Does not reset the wireless setting Yes Resets the wireless setting NOTE
153. ccess to Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool embedded in the printer Enable Enables an access to Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool embedded in the printer Bonjour mDNS Disable Disables the Bonjour mDNS Enable Enables the Bonjour mDNS IP Filter Purpose To block data received from certain IP addresses through the wired or wireless network You can set up to five IP addresses The change takes effect after the printer is turned off and then on Values No n Address Sets the IP address for Filter 7 n is 1 5 No n Mask Sets the address mask for Filter z n is 1 5 No n Mode Reject Rejects an access from the specified IP address nis 1 5 Accept Accepts an access from the specified IP address Off Disables the feature for Filter n NOTE This item is only available for LPD or Port 9100 Initialize NVM Purpose To initialize network data stored in NVM non volatile memory After executing this function and rebooting the printer all network settings are reset to their default values Values Yes Initializes network data stored in NVM No Does not initialize network data stored in NVM Wi Fi Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer only Purpose To enable the wireless connection Values Off Disables the wireless connection On Enables the wireless connection NOTE This item is displayed only when the Ethernet cable is disconnected NOTE
154. ched Have nicked edges or bent corners 206 Print Media Guidelines Have rough cockle or laid finishes Labels Your printer can print on many labels designed only for use with laser printers When selecting labels Label adhesives face sheet printable stock and topcoats must be able to withstand temperatures of 205 C 401 F and pressure of 25 pounds per square inch psi Use labels that can be without sealing excessive curling wrinkling or releasing hazardous emissions Do not use label sheets with a slick backing material AN CAUTION Before buying large quantities of any print media it is recommended that you try a sample first When printing on labels Use labels that can withstand temperatures of 205 C 401 F without sealing excessive curling wrinkling or releasing hazardous emissions Set the paper type to Label from the printer driver Do not load labels together with paper in the same tray Do not print within 1 mm 0 04 inches of the die cut Do not print within 1 mm 0 04 inches of the edge of the label of the perforations or between die cuts of the label Do not print a label through the printer more than once Portrait orientation is preferred especially when printing bar codes Do not use labels that have exposed adhesive Use full label sheets Partial sheets may cause labels to peel off during printing resulting in a jam Do not use label sheets that have adhesive to the
155. chine receives an incoming call Line Monitor Sets the volume of the line monitor which audibly monitors a transmission through the internal speaker until a connection is made Ring Tone Volume Sets the volume of the ring tone which indicates that an incoming call is a telephone call through the internal speaker when Receive Mode is set to Telephone Fax Line Type Sets the line type Tone Pulse Sets the dialing type Resend Delay Specifies the interval between transmission attempts Redial Attempts Specifies the number of redial attempts to make when the destination fax number is busy If you enter 0 the printer will not redial Redial Delay Specifies the interval between redial attempts Junk Fax Setup Sets whether to reject faxes sent from unwanted numbers by accepting faxes only from the fax numbers registered in the Phone Book Remote Receive Sets whether to receive a fax by pressing a remote receive code on the external telephone Remote Receive Tone Specifies the remote receive code in two digits to start Remote Receive Fax Header Sets whether to print the information of sender on the header of faxes Fax Header Name Sets the name of sender to be printed on the header of faxes Up to 30 alphanumeric characters can be entered Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 117 Fax Number Sets the fax number of the printer to be printed on the header of faxes Fax
156. choice to scan directly into the selected application 294 Understanding Your Printer Software Windows Only Understanding Printer Messages The printer operator panel displays messages describing the current state of the printer and indicates possible printer problems you must resolve This chapter describes messages their meanings and how to clear the messages NM CAUTION When an error code is displayed the print data remaining on the printer and the information accumulated in the memory of the printer are not secured Error Code What you can do 001 360 003 340 003 356 Turn off the printer and then on If this does not solve the problem contact Dell See Contacting Dell on page 360 005 121 Check and clear the paper path See Clearing Paper Jams From the ADF on page 325 005 301 Close the ADF cover 006 370 007 340 007 371 Turn off the printer and then on If this does not solve the problem contact Dell See Contacting Dell on page 360 009 360 009 361 009 362 009 363 Re install the specified toner cartridge See Installing a Toner Cartridge on page 312 009 654 010 354 010 377 016 315 016 317 016 338 016 344 016 347 016 354 016 355 016 370 016 372 016 374 016 375 016 376 016 377 Turn off the printer and then on If this does not solve the problem contact Dell See Contacting Dell on page 360 016 393 016 395 Turn off the printer
157. cifications Cables Your interconnection cable must meet the following requirements Connection type Connection specifications and symbols 1 Ethernet 10 Base T 100 Base TX 2 USB USB 2 0 o 3 Wall Jack Connector LINE 4 Phone Connector PHONE Specifications 303 Copy Specifications Item Description Copy Resolution Optical 600x600 dots 25 4 mm 1 inch ADF 600x300 dots 25 4mm 1 inch Same for Color Black amp White Copy Speed Color 12 cpm or more Black amp White 15 cpm or more When using the document glass to make sequential copies of a document with pages scanned one by one Color 2 87 cpm or more Black amp White 10 64 cpm or more When using the ADF to make sequential copies of multiple documents Paper Size A4 A5 B5 Executive Letter Folio Legal Monarch DL C5 Envelope 10 Zoom Rate Document glass 25 400 ADF 25 400 Multiple copies 1 99 pages Copy mode Original Type Text Text amp Photo Photo Scanning method Platen Document fixed flatbed scanning method ADF Carriage fixed document feeding scanning method one side scanning Scanner Specifications Item Description Compatibility Tool Without An Interesting Name TWAIN Windows Image Acquisition WIA Scan Resolution TWAIN 75 x 75 to 4800 x 4800 dots 25 4 mm 1 inch WIA 75 100 150 200 300 400 600 dots 25 4 mm 1 inch Reso
158. ck Change User Account Control Settings Move the slider to the bottom and then click OK Click Yes Restart the computer O ol Eh QQ BD 74 Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows For Windows 7 1 u 0 0d Eh W N Click Start gt Control Panel Select User Accounts and Family Safety Click User Accounts Click Change User Account Control Settings Move the slider to the bottom and then click OK Click Yes in User Account Control dialog box Restart the computer Enable Network Discovery and File Sharing for all Public Networks y NOTE This step is required when you use Windows Vista Windows Vista 64 bit Edition Windows 7 Windows 7 64 bit Edition Windows 8 Windows 8 64 bit Edition Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2008 64 bit Edition Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows Server 2012 for the server computer For Windows 7 Windows 7 64 bit Edition Windows Server 2008 R2 1 3 4 Click Start gt Control Panel gt Network and Internet gt Network and Sharing Center gt Change advanced sharing settings To allow your computer to be found on the network and to allow other computers on the network to share the files and folders on your computer click Turn on network discovery Click Save changes If you see the User Account Control dialog box click Yes For Windows Vista Windows Vista 64 bit Edition Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2008 64 bit Edition 1 2 Click S
159. code on the external telephone On Receives a fax by pressing a remote receive code on the external telephone Remote Rcv Tone Purpose To specify the remote receive code in two digits to start Remote Receive Understanding the Printer Menus 183 Fax Header Purpose To print the information of sender on the header of faxes Values Off Does not print the information of sender on the header of faxes On Prints the information of sender on the header of faxes Fax Header Name Purpose To set the name of sender to be printed on the header of faxes Up to 30 alphanumeric characters can be entered Fax Number Purpose To set the fax number of the printer to be printed on the header of faxes Fax Cover Page Purpose To set whether to attach a cover page to faxes Values Off Does not attach a cover page to faxes On Attaches a cover page to faxes 184 Understanding the Printer Menus DRPD Pattern Purpose To provide a separate number for faxing with a distinctive ring pattern Values Pattern1 7 DRPD is a service provided by some telephone companies DRPD Patterns are specified by your telephone company The patterns provided with your printer are shown below Pattern Pattern2 Pattern3 Pattern4 Pattern5 Pattern6 MI ML Pattern7 Ask your telephone company which pattern you need to select to use this serv
160. col 179 Protocol Monitor 175 271 Q Quick Launch Utility 292 Quick Reference Guide 21 R Ready Error LED 91 Rear Cover 26 324 Receive Mode 110 117 181 270 Recommended Paper 204 Recycled 111 119 149 193 194 Recycling Information 360 Re dial Pause button 91 Redial Attempts 110 117 183 270 Redial Delay 110 117 183 270 Reduce Enlarge 109 115 164 237 Re enter Password 114 Refresh 103 Refresh Mode 161 Registration Adjustment 150 Regular 112 Relative humidity 302 Remote Rev Tone 183 270 Remote Receive 110 117 183 270 Remote Receive Tone 110 117 Removing the Toner Cartridges 310 Report Page 231 Reports 112 142 Resend Delay 110 117 183 270 Reset Defaults 121 151 Reset Print Server 132 Reset Wireless 179 Resetting Defaults 162 201 Resolution 110 116 169 172 273 Restore Settings 103 Return Policy 360 Right Frame 103 Ring Tone Volume 110 117 182 270 Ringer Volume 269 S Safety information 21 Scan button 92 Scan Defaults 110 116 154 Scan Service Lock Set 109 114 Scan To Network 110 116 168 Scan to PC 132 ScanButton Manager 293 Scanner Driver Printer Utility Problems 355 Scanner Unit 324 Scanning Problems 353 Secure Receive 114 198 Secure Receive Set 109 114 Secure Settings 109 114 197 Security 132 Security Settings 127 Security Slot 26 Select Reorder URL 112 Selecting Paper 204 Selecting Preprinte
161. copy job Collated Sorts the copy job Auto Automatically determines which output mode for the copy job Margin Top Bottom Available Range Specifies the value of the top and bottom 0 50 mm 0 0 2 0 margins inch Margin Left Right Available Range Specifies the value of the left and right margins 0 50 mm 0 0 2 0 inch Margin Middle Available Range Specifies the value of the middle margin 0 50 mm 0 0 2 0 inch Apply New Settings After you complete the settings click Apply New Settings to apply the changes 158 Understanding the Tool Box Menus Fax Settings Purpose To configure the basic fax settings 1 15 minutes Values Receive Mode Telephone Automatic fax reception is turned off You can receive a fax by picking up the handset of the external telephone and then pressing the remote receive code Fax Automatically receives faxes Telephone Fax When the printer receives an incoming fax the external telephone rings for the time specified in Auto Rec Fax Tel and then the printer automatically receives a fax If an incoming call is not a fax the printer beeps from the internal speaker indicating that the call is a telephone call Ans Machine Fax The printer can share a telephone line with an answering machine In this mode the printer will monitor the fax signal and pick up the line if there are fax tones If the phone communication is using serial transmiss
162. ct this object type Users Groups or Built in security principals Erom this location LK Enter the object names to select examples Click OK K NOTE Click the user login name that you have just entered Select the Full Control check box This will grant you Myself Do not use Everyone as the user login name permission to send the document into this folder Object Types Check Names Scanning 257 13 Permissions for MyShare _ _ _ Share Permissions Group or user names Everyone E Myself XXXX Add al Remove Permissions for Karin Deny Full Control Change Read Click OK Y NOTE To add sub folders create new folders in the shared folder you have created Example Folder name MyShare Second level folder name MyPi c Third level folder name John You should now see MyShare MyPic John in your directory After you created a folder go to Configuring the Printer Settings on page 259 For Mac OS X 10 4 1 2 3 Select Go from the Finder menu and then click Home Double click Public Create a folder Example of folder name MyShare K NOTE Note down the folder name as you need to use this name in the next setting procedure Open System Preferences and then click Sharing 5 Check the File Sharing check box and the Windows Sharing check box For Mac OS X 10 5 10 6 1 Create a folder in the desired director
163. d Dial 1 Load the document s face up with top edge in first into the ADE OR Place a single document face down on the document glass and close the document cover For details about loading a document see Loading an Original Document on the ADF on page 272 To enter the speed dial number do either of the following after pressing the lt gt Fax button e Ensure that Fax to is highlighted and then press the V Set button Press the V button until Speed Dial is highlighted and then press the Y Set button e Press the A Speed Dial button Enter the speed dial number between 01 and 99 using the numeric keypad and then press the Y Set button The corresponding entry s name briefly displays To confirm the name again press the Y Set button Adjust the document resolution to suit your fax needs For more information see Resolution on page 273 282 Faxing If you need to change the contrast see Lighter Darker on page 274 Press the gt Start button The document scans to the memory When you are using the document glass the display prompts you for another page Press the Y button to select Yes to add more documents or to select No to begin sending the fax immediately and then press the Y Set button 7 The fax number stored in the speed dial location is automatically dialed The document is sent when the remote fax machine answers NOTE Using the asterisk in the first digit you can send a docume
164. d Media and Letterhead 205 Selecting Pre Punched Paper 206 Sending a Fax 272 Sending a Fax Automatically 274 Sending a Fax Manually 275 Sending print job 229 Sent Fax Forward 111 118 Server Address 137 Service Code 22 Service Tag 22 192 Set Date 112 Set Password 100 102 132 Set Time 112 Setting Copy Options 235 Setting the IP Address 53 Setting the Printer ID 267 Setting the Time and Date 268 Setting Up Printer 47 Setting Your Country 267 Setup diagram 22 Sharpness 109 110 115 116 166 170 239 SMB Client 123 SNMP 123 126 131 Appendix 371 SNMP UDP 179 Transfer Roller 26 Software and Documentation disc 21 51 Transfer Roller Refresh 195 Software Download 109 114 198 Transfer Roller Refresh Mode 152 Speaker Volume 268 Transmit Key 122 Speed Dial 176 Trap Notification 131 Speed Dial button 92 Tray 1 Custom Size X 112 SSID 122 127 Tray 1 Custom Size Y 112 Start 92 Tray 1 Paper Size 112 Start button 92 Tray 1 Paper Type 112 Status Messager 126 Tray Settings 100 102 112 138 143 153 173 Status Monitor Console 291 TWAIN 247 Status of printer supplies 309 Storage 302 Storage humidity range 302 E nacceptable Paper 204 Storing consumables 310 UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT Storing Print Media 207 229 309 RESTRICTED RIGHTS 17 Subnet Mask 123 128 USB 303 Support USB port 26 35 ing Dell 3 Contacting Dell 360 USB Settings System S
165. d RC Right Cyan within the range of 5 to 5 Clean Developer Purpose To rotate the developer motor and stir the toner in the toner cartridge to use up a toner cartridge when you need to replace it before the end of its life or to stir the toner in a new toner cartridge Values Clean Developer Click Start to stir the toner in the toner cartridge Yellow Toner Refresh Click Start to clean the toner in the yellow toner cartridge Magenta Toner Refresh Click Start to clean the toner in the magenta toner cartridge Cyan Toner Refresh Click Start to clean the toner in the cyan toner cartridge Black Toner Refresh Click Start to clean the toner in the black toner cartridge Adjust Altitude Purpose To specify the altitude of the location where the printer is installed The discharge phenomenon for charging the photo conductor varies with barometric pressure Adjustments are performed by specifying the altitude of the location where the printer is being used K NOTE An incorrect altitude adjustment setting leads to poor printing quality incorrect indication of remaining toner NOTE Values marked by an asterisk are the factory default menu settings Values 0 meter Specifies the altitude of the location where the printer is installed 1000 meters 2000 meters 3000 meters 120 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool Reset Defaults Purpose To initialize NVM non volatile mem
166. d a printer to the list manually You may specify the IP address and port name at this point If you have installed this printer on the server computer select I am setting up this printer on a server check box Y NOTE When using AutolP 0 0 0 0 is displayed in the installer Before you can continue you must enter a valid IP address NOTE You can install the Web Services on Devices WSD printer but the installation of using Windows Server 2008 is not supported K NOTE If you are running any of the following operating systems a Windows Security Alert is displayed e Windows Vista e Windows Vista 64 bit Edition e Windows 7 e Windows 7 64 bit Edition e Windows 8 e Windows 8 64 bit Edition e Windows Server 2008 e Windows Server 2008 64 bit Edition e Windows Server 2008 R2 64 bit Edition e Windows Server 2012 To continue installing the host based printer driver click Unblock or Allow access for Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7 Specify the printer settings and then click Next a Enter the printer name b Ifyou want other users on the network to access this printer select Share this printer with other computers on the network and then enter a share name that users can identify c Ifyou want to set a printer as the default select the Set this printer as default check box Select the software and documentation you want to install and then click Install You can specify folders in which to install the Dell software and docume
167. ddress Book Confirm Change Create Address Book Delete FAX Group Top Page FAX Group Confirm Change Create FAX Group Delete E Mail Group Top Page E Mail Group Confirm Change Create E Mail Group Delete E Mail Default Setup Server Address Server Address Top Page Server Address Confirm Change Create Server Address Delete Tray Settings 1 This item is available only when the printer is connected with a wireless network Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 105 Printer Status Use the Printer Status menu to check the status of consumables hardware and specifications of the printer The following pages are displayed in the Printer Status menu Printer Status Purpose To check the status of the consumables and trays Values Cyan Cartridge Level Magenta Cartridge Level Displays the percentage of toner remaining in each toner cartridge When a cartridge is empty a message appears The text Call or Orderis linked to the Dell Printer Supplies website Yellow Cartridge Level Black Cartridge Level Paper Trays Status Ready Indicates that there is some paper in the tray but the quantity is unknown Add Paper Indicates that there is no paper in the tray Capacity Displays the maximum capacity of the paper tray Size Displays the size of paper in the tray Output Tray Status OK I
168. destination to which incoming faxes will be forwarded Prefix Dial Specifies whether to set a prefix dial number Prefix Dial Num Sets a prefix dial number of up to five digits This number dials before any auto dial number is started It is useful for accessing the Private Automatic Branch Exchange PABX Discard Size Sets whether to discard text or images at the bottom of a fax page when the entire page does not fit onto the output paper Selecting Auto Reduction automatically reduces the fax page to fit it onto the output paper and does not discard any images or text at the bottom of the page ECM Sets whether to enable the ECM To use the ECM the remote machines must also support the ECM Modem Speed Specifies the fax modem speed when a fax transmission or reception error occurs Fax Activity Sets whether to automatically print a fax activity report after every 50 incoming and outgoing fax communications Fax Transmit Sets whether to print a transmission report after every fax transmission or only when an error occurs Fax Broadcast Sets whether to print a transmission report after every fax transmission to multiple destinations or only when an error occurs Protocol Monitor Sets whether to print a protocol monitor report after every fax transmission or only when an error occurs Country Sets the country where the printer is used Prefix Dial NOTE Prefix Dial only supports the environment where you se
169. ding each protocol or the print jobs Job List Purpose To confirm the print jobs that are being processed Click Refresh to update the screen Values ID Displays the job ID Job Name Displays the file name of the job being printed Owner Displays the name of the job owner Host Name Displays the name of the host computer Job Status Displays the status of the job being printed Job Type Displays the type of the job Host 1 F Displays the status of the host interface Job Submitted Time Displays the date when the print job was submitted Completed Jobs Purpose To check the completed jobs Up to 20 latest jobs are displayed Click Refresh to update the screen Values ID Displays the job ID Job Name Displays the file name of the job Owner Displays the name of the job owner Host Name Displays the name of the host computer Output Result Displays the status of the job Job Type Displays the type of the job Impression Number Displays the total number of pages used by the print job No of Sheets Displays the total number of sheets used by the print job Host I F Displays the status of the host interface Job Submitted Time Displays the date when the job was submitted Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 107 Printer Settings Use the Printer Settings menu to display the Printer Settings Report and to configure the printer sett
170. dress Book information Fax Activity Purpose To print the report of faxes you recently received or sent Printing a Report List Using the Operator Panel 1 2 3 4 Press the El Menu button Press the W button until System is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Report List is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until the desired report or list is highlighted and then press the Y Set button The selected report or list is printed Printing a Report List Using the Tool Box 1 2 3 4 Click Start gt All Programs gt Dell Printers Dell C1765 Color Multifunction Printer gt Tool Box NOTE The Select Printer window appears in this step when multiple printer drivers are installed on your computer In this case click Dell C1765nf Color Multifunction Printer or Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer listed in Printer Name and then click OK The Tool Box opens Click the Printer Settings Report tab Select Reports from the list at the left side of the page The Reports page is displayed Click the button for the desired report or list The report or list is printed Understanding the Printer Menus 175 Admin Menu Use the Admin Menu menu to configure a variety of printer features Z NOTE A Password is required to enter the Admin Menu menu when Panel Lock Setissetto Enable In this case enter the password you specified and p
171. e Plain Specifies the type of paper loaded in the MPF Plain Thick Covers Coated Label Recycled Envelope Plain Side 2 Plain Thick Side 2 Covers Side 2 Coated Side 2 Recycled Side 2 Paper Size A4 Specifies the size of paper loaded in the MPF A5 B5 Letter Folio Legal Executive Envelope 10 Monarch Monarch Landscape DL DL Landscape C5 Custom Size Custom Size Y Available Range Specifies the length of custom size paper 127 355 mm 5 0 14 0 inch Custom Size X Available Range Specifies the width of custom size paper 77 215 mm 3 0 8 5 inch Display Popup On Displays a popup menu that prompts the user to set Paper Type and Paper Size when the paper is loaded in the MPE Off Does not display a popup menu Apply New Settings After you complete the settings click Apply New Settings to apply the changes Understanding the Tool Box Menus 153 EWS Embedded Web Server or Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool Purpose To display the server settings of the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool NOTE When the printer is connected to the USB port this setting cannot be displayed Values Print Server Settings Click Display to display the server settings for the Dell Printer Configuration Web
172. e ADF or allow more than 35 sheets to be fed to the ADF output tray The ADF output tray should be emptied before it exceeds 35 sheets or your original documents may be damaged NOTE To get the best scan quality especially for gray scale images use the document glass instead of the ADF 1 Place the document s face up on the ADF with the top edge of the documents in first Then adjust the document guides to the correct document size 2 Adjust the document resolution referring to Resolution on page 273 Loading an Original Document on the Document Glass 1 Open the document cover 272 Faxing 2 Place the document face down on the document glass and align it with the registration guide on the top left corner of the glass 3 Adjust the document resolution referring to Resolution on page 273 4 Close the document cover Y NOTE Ensure that no document is in the ADF If any document is detected in the ADF it takes priority over the document on the document glass NOTE If you are faxing a page from a book or magazine lift the document cover until its hinges are caught by the stopper and then close the cover If the book or magazine is thicker than 30 mm start faxing with the cover open Resolution To specify the resolution level to be used for fax transmission 1 Press the lt gt Fax button 2 Pressthe V button until Resolution is highlighted and then press the Y Set button 3 Press the V button until the d
173. e An On or Off setting 4 Select the desired value and then click the associated button with each menu item Driver settings may have precedence over changes previously made and may require you to change the Tool Box defaults Understanding the Tool Box Menus 139 Printer Settings Report The Printer Settings Report tab contains the Printer Information Menu Settings Reports TCP IP Settings Tray Settings Defaults Settings and Fax Settings pages Printer Information Purpose To display the information of your printer Values Dell Service Tag Number Displays the service tag number of your printer Express Service Code Displays the express service code of the printer Printer Serial Number Displays the serial number of the printer Printer Type Displays the type of the printer Asset Tag Number Displays the asset tag of the printer Memory Capacity Displays the memory capacity Processor Speed Displays the processing speed Firmware Version Displays the version of the controller Network Firmware Version Displays the Network Interface Card NIC version MCU Firmware Version Displays the version of the Machine Control Unit MCU firmware Printing Speed Color Displays the speed for color printing Printing Speed Monochrome Displays the speed for monochrome printing Boot Code Version Displays the boot code version Col
174. e changes that can degrade its performance Grain Direction Grain refers to the alignment of the paper fibers in a sheet of paper Grain i la either grain long running the length of the paper or grain short running the width of the paper Tor 60 to 135 g m 16 to 36 Ib bond paper grain long fibers are recommended For paper heavier than 135 g m 36 Ib bond grain short is preferred Print Media Guidelines 203 Fiber Content Most high quality xerographic paper is made from 100 chemically pulped wood Paper containing fibers such as cotton possess characteristics that can result in degraded paper handling Recommended Paper To ensure the best print quality and feed reliability use dry 75 g m 20 lb xerographic paper Business paper designed for general business use also provide acceptable print quality Only use paper able to withstand high temperatures without discoloring bleeding or releasing hazardous emissions The laser printing process heats paper to high temperatures Check with the manufacturer or vendor to determine whether the paper you have chosen is acceptable for laser printers NOTE Always print several samples before buying large quantities of any type of print media When choosing any print media you should consider the weight fiber content and color Unacceptable Paper The following paper types are not recommended for use with the printer e Chemically treated paper used to make copies without carbon
175. e column Phone Number Allows you to view or edit the fax number of an entry registered under the selected speed dial code or enter a fax number for the new entry Apply New Settings Click this button to apply the new settings Restore Settings Click this button to restore the previous settings Back Click this button to return to the top page FAX Group Delete Purpose To delete the fax number group entries registered on the Fax Group page The following items are in the dialog box that appears when you click Delete on the Fax Group top page Values ID Displays the selected group ID Name Displays the name assigned for the group ID Apply New Settings Click this button to apply the new settings Back Click this button to return to the top page Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 135 E Mail Group Top Page Purpose To view the e mail address entries registered on the E Mail Group page Values GroupID Name Displays a group ID and the assigned group name IDs without an entry show Not in Use in the Name column Delete Deletes the entry for the selected group ID Confirm Change Displays a dialog box where you can edit the entry for the selected group ID Create Displays a dialog box where you can create a new entry under the selected group ID E Mail Group Confirm Change Create Purpose To view or edit the e mail address group entries on the E Mail Group page or create a new
176. e device by operating from the operator panel NOTE If the Function Enabled setting for USB Print is setto On Password you need to enter the four digit password to use the print function If the Function Enabled setting for USB Print is setto Of f the print function is disabled For details see Function Enabled on page 197 Supported File Formats Files in the following file formats can be printed directly from a USB storage device PDF TIFF JPEG Printing a File ina USB Memory 1 Insert a USB storage device to the USB port of the printer USB Memory appears 2 Ensure that Print Fromis highlighted and then press the Y Set button Select Document appears 3 Press the V button until the desired file is highlighted and then press the Y Set button 4 Select printing options as required Y NOTE You can print files scanned and stored using the Scan to USB Memory feature Files saved without using the feature such as files created by user may not be printed properly Printing a Report Page By using the Report List menu you can print a various of settings for your printer including printer settings panel settings job history error history color test page protocol monitor address book and fax activity For details about how to print reports or lists see Report List on page 174 Printing 231 232 Printing Copying NOTE The images used in this manual are those of the Dell C1765nfw Colo
177. e facing up into the MPF NOTE Warped or curled prints can cause paper jams Straighten them before setting them NOTE Printing on both sides of the paper is not possible if the document consists of various sizes of papers 3 Ensure that Insert Output to Tray Press Y to Continue Printing is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Print pages in the order page 1 rear of page 2 page 3 rear of page then page 5 rear of page 6 224 Loading Print Media When Using the Priority Sheet Inserter PSI 1 First print the even pages rear sides For a six page document even pages are printed in the order page 6 page 4 then page 2 Ready Error LED blinks and the message appears on the operator panel when the even pages finish printing 2 After the even pages are printed remove the paper stack from the output tray and set them as they are with the blank side facing up into the PSI NOTE Warped or curled prints can cause paper jams Straighten them before setting them NOTE Printing on both sides of the paper is not possible if the document consists of various sizes of papers 3 Ensure that Insert Output to Tray Press Y to Continue Printingis highlighted and then press the Y Set button Print pages in the order page 1 rear of page 2 page 3 rear of page then page 5 rear of page 6 Loading Print Media 225 Using the Output Tray Extension The output tray extension is designed to preve
178. e factory default menu settings Lighter2 Makes the fax lighter than the original Works well with dark print Lighterl Normal Works well with standard typed or printed documents Darkerl Makes the fax darker than the original Works well with light print or faint pencil markings Darker2 Sending a Fax Automatically 1 2 Load the document s face up with top edge in first into the ADF OR Place a single document face down on the document glass and close the document cover For details about loading a document see Loading an Original Document on the ADF on page 272 Press the lt amp Fax button 3 Adjust the document resolution to suit your fax needs For more information see Resolution on page 273 If you need to change the contrast see Lighter Darker on page 274 4 You can select a fax number in one of the following ways 274 e Ensure that Fax to is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the W button until Phone Book is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the gt button to select the recipients e Press the One Touch Dial button a e Press the O Contacts button select All Entries Group Dial or Search using the V button and then press the Y Set button All Entries Displays a list of registered fax numbers Press the gt button to select the recipients Group Dial Press the gt button to select the recipients Search Searches a fax
179. e following encryption types Mixed mode PSK WPA PSK AES WPA2 PSK AES WPA PSK TKIP Open No Security You can select a method to configure a wireless setting from the following WPS PBC Wi Fi WPS Button WPS PBC Operator Panel Menu WPS PIN 2 Auto SSID Setup Manual SSID Setup 1 WPS PBC Wi Fi Protected Setup Push Button Configuration is a method to authenticate and register devices required for wireless configuration by starting WPS PBC on the printer with the Wi Fi WPS button or operator panel menu and then pressing the button provided on the wireless LAN access point Registrar or router This setting is available only when the access point supports WPS PBC WPS PIN Wi Fi Protected Setup Personal Identification Number is a method to authenticate and register devices required for wire less configuration by entering PIN assignments in the printer and computer This setting performed through access point is available only when the access points of your wireless router supports WPS 2 Connecting Your Printer 37 38 WPS PBC Wi Fi WPS Button You can start WPS PBC Wi Fi Protected Setup Push Button Configuration by pressing the Wi Fi WPS button K NOTE WPS PBC is available only when the wireless LAN access point Registrar or router supports WPS PBC NOTE Before starting WPS PBC with the wiri Wi Fi WPS button confirm the position of the WPS button button name may
180. e list at the left side of the page The System Settings page is displayed 4 Select the desired language from Panel Language and then click Apply New Settings Setting the Power Saving Timer Option Y NOTE NOTE A Password is required to enter the Admin Menu menu when Panel Lock Setissetto Enable In this case enter the password you specified and press the Y Set button You can set the power saving timer for the printer The printer waits before it restores the default copy settings if you do not start copying after changing them on the operator panel 1 Press the E Menu button Press the V button until System is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Admin Menu is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until System Settings is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Ensure that Power Saving Timer is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button to select Sleep or Deep Sleep and then press the Y Set button Press the V or A button or enter the desired value using the numeric keypad and then press the Y Set button u O Oo Eh UO N You can select from 5 30 minutes for Sleep or 1 6 minutes for Deep Sleep 8 To return to the previous screen press the Back button Operator Panel 95 96 Operator Panel Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool NOTE The images used in this manual are those of the Dell C1765nfw
181. e mentioned 1 Remove the packaging material from the printer Removing Packaging Material 33 34 Removing Packaging Material Connecting Your Printer Your Dell C1765nf C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer interconnection cable must meet the following requirements Connection type Connection specifications Wireless IEEE 802 11b 802 11g Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer only USB USB 2 0 compatible Ethernet 10 Base T 100 Base TX compatible Wall jack connector RJl1 Phone connector RJ11 NOTE The images used in this manual are those of the Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer unless otherwise mentioned 1 Ethernet Port 2 USB Port 3 Wall Jack Connector LINE 4 Phone Connector PHONE Connecting Your Printer 35 Connecting Printer to Computer or Network Direct Connection A local printer is a printer which is directly attached to your computer using a USB cable If your printer is attached to anetwork go to Ethernet Connection on page 36 To connect the printer to a computer 1 Ensure that the printer computer and any other attached devices are turned off and unplugged from the power source outlet 2 Connect the smaller USB connector into the USB port at the back of the printer USB port 3 Connect the other end of the cable into a USB p
182. e program instead of the operator panel Printing Problems NOTE A Password is required to enter the Admin Menu menu when Panel Lock Set issetto Enable In this case enter the password you specified and press the V Set button Problem Action Job did not print or incorrect characters printed Ensure that Ready appears on the operator panel before you send a job to print Ensure that print media is loaded in the printer Verify that you are using the correct printer driver Ensure that you are using the correct Ethernet or USB cable and that it is securely connected to the printer Verify that the correct print media size is selected If you are using a print spooler verify that the spooler has not stalled Troubleshooting 339 Problem Action Check the interface of your printer from the Admin Menu Determine the host interface you are using Print a panel settings page to verify that the current interface settings are correct Refer to Printing a Report List Using the Operator Panel on page 175 for details on how to print a panel settings page Print media misfeeds or multiple feeds occur Ensure that the print media you are using meets the specifications for your printer See Supported Paper Sizes on page 208 for more information Fan the print media before loading it Ensure that the print media is loaded correctly Ensure that the width and lengt
183. e screen and then click Control Panel Click Hardware and Sound Hardware for Windows Server 2012 gt Devices and Printers gt Add a printer Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box Click Browse and then select the extracted folder in step 1 Click OK Select your printer name and click Next To change the printer name enter the printer name in the Printer name box and then click Next Installation starts Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows 67 10 11 If you do not share your printer select Do not share this printer If you share your printer select Share this printer so that others on your network can find and use it Click Next As the driver installation is completed click Print a test page to print a test page To use this printer as the default printer select the Set as the default printer check box Click Finish Network Connection Setup Network Printer Setup on a Local Network For installing host based printer driver 1 2 3 4 5 68 Insert the Software and Documentation disc into your computer to start Dell Printer Setup Click Install Printer Driver and Software Select Network Installation and then click Next Select Local Installation and then click Next Select the printer you want to install from the printer list and then click Next If the target printer is not displayed on the list click Refresh to refresh the list or click Add Printer to ad
184. ears Select the appropriate time zone from the following drop down list and then press the Y set button Geographic Region Time Zone Africa UTC Accra Bamako Dakar Nouakchott UTC Casablanca UTC 01 00 Algiers Douala Libreville Luanda UTC 01 00 Tunis UTC 01 00 Windhoek UTC 02 00 Cairo UTC 02 00 Harare Johannesburg Kinshasa Tripoli UTC 03 00 Addis Ababa Khartoum Mogadishu Nairobi Setting Up Your Printer 47 Geographic Region Time Zone Americas l TC 10 00 Adak TC 09 00 Alaska TC 08 00 Pacific Time US amp Canada TC 07 00 Arizona Dawson Creek Sonora TC 08 00 Tijuana TC 07 00 Chihuahua Mazatlan TC 07 00 Mountain Time US amp Canada TC 06 00 Cancun Mexico City Monterrey TC 06 00 Central America pa TC 06 00 Central Time US amp Canada TC 06 00 Saskatchewan TC 05 00 Atikokan Resolute TC 05 00 Bogota Lima Panama Quito TC 05 00 Cayman Islands Jamaica Port au Prince TC 05 00 Eastern Time US amp Canada pa TC 05 00 Grand Turk TC 05 00 Havana TC 04 30 Caracas TC 04 00 Asuncion TC 04 00 Atlantic Time Canada TC 04 00 Blanc Sablon TC 04 00 Caribbean Islands TC 04 00 Cuiaba TC 04 00 Georgetown La Paz Manaus TC 04 00
185. ecific factory default Original Type Purpose To select the copy image quality Values Text Suitable for documents with text Text amp Photo Suitable for documents with both text and photos gray tones Photo Suitable for documents with photos Lighter Darker Purpose To set the default copy density level Values Lighter2 Makes the copy lighter than the original Works well with dark print Lighterl Normal Works well with standard typed or printed documents Darkerl Makes the copy darker than the original Works well with light print or faint pencil markings Darker2 Understanding the Printer Menus 165 Sharpness Purpose To set the default sharpness level Values Sharpest Makes the copy sharper than the original Sharper Normal Does not make the copy sharper or softer than the original Softer Makes the copy softer than the original Softest Auto Exposure Purpose To suppress the background of the original to enhance text on the copy Values Off Does not suppress the background On Suppresses the background of the original to enhance text on the copy Color Balance R Purpose To specify the default color balance level of red within the range of 2 to 2 Color Balance G Purpose To specify the default color balance level of green within the range of 2 to 2 Color Balance B Purpose To specify the default color ba
186. ecifications Paper type Weight gsm Remarks Plain Paper 60 90 Plain Thick Paper 91 105 Covers 106 163 Coated 106 163 Inkjet printer paper cannot be used Label a Inkjet printer paper cannot be used Envelopes Recycled 60 105 Print Media Guidelines 209 210 Print Media Guidelines Loading Print Media Loading print media properly helps prevent jams and ensures trouble free printing Before loading print media identify the recommended print side of the print media This information is usually on the print media package NOTE The images used in this manual are those of the Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer unless otherwise mentioned NOTE After loading paper in the feeder specify the same paper type on the operator panel Capacity Multipurpose Feeder MPF can hold e 150 sheets of standard paper e 16 2 mm 0 64 inches of thick paper e One sheet of coated paper e 16 2 mm 0 64 inches of post cards e Five envelopes e 16 2 mm 0 64 inches of labels Priority Sheet Inserter PSI can hold e 10 sheets of standard paper or one sheet of other paper Print Media Dimensions Both MPF and PSI accept print media within the following dimensions e Width 76 2 mm 3 00 inches to 215 9 mm 8 50 inches Length 127 0 mm 5 00 inches to 355 6 mm 14 00 inches Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder MPF Z NOTE Use only laser print media
187. ecure Receive Set onlywhen Panel Lock Set is setto Enable Values Secure Receive Set Disable Does not require a password to print incoming faxes Enable Requires a password to print incoming faxes Change Password Available Range Sets or changes the password required to print incoming faxes 0000 9999 Software Download Purpose To enable or disable download of firmware updates Values Disable Disables firmware updates Enable Enables firmware updates Scan to E Mail Use the Scan to E Mail menu to edit the transmission source NOTE Values marked by an asterisk are the factory default menu settings Edit From Field Purpose To specify whether to enable editing of the transmission source when you use Scan to E mail Values Disable Disables editing of the transmission source Enable Enables editing of the transmission source 198 Understanding the Printer Menus USB Settings Use the USB Settings menu to change printer settings affecting a USB port Z NOTE Values marked by an asterisk are the factory default menu settings USB port Purpose To enable or disable the USB interface The change takes effect after the printer is turned off and then on Values Enable Enables the USB interface Disable Disables the USB interface Panel Language Purpose To specify the language to be used on the operator panel Values English
188. egistration Set Password Online Help Phone Number Order Supplies at o www dell comisupplies E Mail Address Contact Dell Support Apply New Settings Restore Settings Back at support dell com Enter a name and e mail address in the Name and E Mail Address fields Click Apply New Settings Sending an E Mail With the Scanned File 1 0 Aa Ww N Load the document s face up with top edge in first into the ADE OR Place a single document face down on the document glass For details about loading a document see Loading an Original Document on the ADF on page 272 Press the gt Scan button Press the V button until Scan to E Mail is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Ensure that E Mail to is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button to select the setting listed below and then press the Y Set button Keypad Type the e mail address directly and then press the Y Set button Address Book Select the e mail address registered in the E Mail Address Book and then press the Y Set button E Mail Group Select the e mail group registered in the E Mail Groups and then press the Y Set button Y NOTE Users need to be registered before you can select Address Book onthe operator panel Press the gt Start button to send e mail 266 Scanning Faxing EZ Y NOTE If the Function Enabled setting for Fax is setto On Password
189. en the number was manually entered Faxing 275 Sending a Delayed Fax The Delayed Start mode can be used to save scanned documents for transmission at a specified time in order to take advar 1 atage of lower long distance rates Load the document s face up with top edge in first into the ADE OR Place a single document face down on the document glass and close the document cover For details about loading a document see Loading an Original Document on the ADF on page 272 Press the lt gt Fax button Adjust the document resolution to suit your fax needs For more information see Resolution on page 273 If you need to change the contrast see Lighter Darker on page 274 Press the V button until Delayed Start is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until On is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Enter the start time using the numeric keypad or press the V or A button to select the start time and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Fax to is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Ensure that Keypad is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Enter the number of the remote machine using the numeric keypad and then press the Y Set button You can also use speed dial or group dial numbers For more information see Automatic Dialing on page 282 Press the gt Start button to begin faxing Once Delayed Start mode is activated you
190. ent s face up with top edge in first into the ADE OR Place a single document face down on the document glass and close the document cover For details about loading a document see Loading an Original Document on the ADF on page 272 Press the B Copy button Enter the number of copies using the numeric keypad to select the desired value Press the gt Start button to begin copying Copying 235 Color To select mode for color or black and white copying 1 2 3 4 Y Load the document s face up with top edge in first into the ADE OR Place a single document face down on the document glass and close the document cover For details about loading a document see Loading an Original Document on the ADF on page 272 Press the lt S Copy button Press the O Color Mode button to select the desired color mode Press the gt Start button to begin copying NOTE If the Function Enabled setting for Copy is setto On Color Password you need to enter the four digit password to use the copy function If the Function Enabled setting for Copy is set to Of f the copy function is disabled For details see Function Enabled on page 197 Collated To so rt the copy output For example if you make two copies of three page documents one complete three page document will print followed by the second complete document Es 236 NOTE Copying documents with a large amount of data may exhaust available me
191. entry The following items are in the dialog box that appears when you click Confirm Change or Create on the E Mail Group top page Values E Mail Group ID Displays the selected group ID Name Allows you to view or edit the name assigned for the group ID or enter a new group name E Mail Address Address List to Selecting each button displays a list of entries for the group of IDs indicated on the button ID Name Displays a user ID and the name of the user registered under that user ID IDs without an entry show Not in Use in the Name column Address Allows you to view or edit the e mail address of an entry registered under the selected user ID or enter an e mail address for the new entry Apply New Settings Click this button to apply the new settings Restore Settings Click this button to restore the previous settings Back Click this button to return to the top page E Mail Group Delete Purpose To delete the e mail group entries registered on the E Mail Group page The following items are in the dialog box that appears when you click Delete on the E mail Group top page Values ID Displays the selected group ID Name Displays the name assigned for the group ID Apply New Settings Click this button to apply the new settings Back Click this button to return to the top page 136 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool E Mail Default Setup Purpose To set the default e mail s
192. epermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network It indicates no endorsement of the product by Telecom nor does it provide any sort of warranty Above all it provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different make or model nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of Telecom s network services Warnings taken from Specification text 2 11 1 Compliance testing 6 7 Functional tests This equipment is not capable under all operating conditions of correct operation at the higher speeds for which it is designed Telecom will accept no responsibility should difficulties arise in such circumstances 4 5 1 Off hook line impedance 4 This equipment does not fully meet Telecom s impedance requirements Performance limitations may occur quip y P q y when used in conjunction with some parts of the network Telecom will accept no responsibility should difficulties arise in such circumstances 4 9 3 Non voice equipment 4 This equipment is not capable under all operating conditions of correct at the higher speeds for which it is designed Telecom will accept no responsibility should difficulties arise in such circumstances 5 6 1 General requirements automatic dialling devices 3 This equipment shall not be set up to m
193. er 106 Covers 111 119 149 193 CTD Sensor 316 Custom Reduce Enlarge 115 D Data LED 91 Date amp Time 148 190 Date Format 112 Defaults Settings 144 Delayed Start 110 116 173 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 97 Dell ScanCenter 294 Dell Service Tag Number 106 Dell Supplies Management System 291 Dell Technical Support Policy 359 Demo Page 112 Details 106 Determining Values 318 DHCP 123 129 Dimensions 301 Direct Connection 36 Direct Connection Setup 65 Direct Fax 276 Discard Size 111 118 186 271 Display Popup 112 Display Problems 339 DL 208 DL LEF 208 DNS 123 129 Document Feeder Tray 25 28 Document Glass 28 320 Document Guides 28 Document Output Tray 25 Document Size 109 110 115 116 165 169 238 Driver 21 DRPD 117 270 DRPD Pattern 111 118 185 270 E ECM 111 118 186 271 Edit From Field 198 E Mail Alert 100 102 126 129 179 E Mail Alert Settings 124 130 E Mail Alert Setup 97 E mail Alert Setup Page 124 E Mail Default Setup 137 E Mail Group 136 E Mail Server Settings 129 Emulations 301 Encryption 122 127 Entering Values 319 Envelope 111 119 149 150 193 194 206 Envelope 10 208 Environment 302 Environment Sensor Info 161 Environment settings of your web browser 97 Error History 112 175 Ethernet 122 126 176 303 Ethernet Connection 36 Ethernet Port 26 35 EWS 154 180 EWS Setting
194. er IPv4 133 IP Mode 123 128 IP Settings 55 IPv4 123 128 129 131 IPv6 123 128 129 131 J Jam 350 Job History 112 175 Job List 99 107 Job Name 107 Job Status 107 Job Submitted Time 107 Job Time Out 108 113 189 Job Tone 108 113 368 Appendix Job Type 107 Junk Fax Setup 110 117 160 183 270 K Kensington lock 29 L Label 111 119 149 150 193 194 207 LCD 91 LCD Panel 92 Left frame 102 Legal 208 Length Guide 25 Letter 208 Levers 26 324 Lighter Darker 109 110 115 116 165 169 172 239 274 Line Monitor 110 117 182 270 Line Type 110 117 182 270 Link Channel 122 127 Link Quality 122 127 Liquid crystal display 91 Loading Envelope 216 221 Loading Letterhead 205 218 223 Loading Paper 57 Loading Print Media 211 Loading Print Media in Multipurpose Feeder MPF 57 211 Loading Print Media in Priority Sheet Inserter PSI 62 219 Location 101 106 Low Toner Alert Msg 191 LPD 123 126 129 179 M MAC Address 122 127 Maintenance 309 Manual Duplex Printing 224 Manual SSID Setup 41 Margin Left Right 109 110 115 116 167 170 241 Margin Middle 109 110 115 116 167 171 242 Margin Top Bottom 109 110 115 116 167 170 241 Max E Mail Size 110 116 171 Memory 301 Memory Capacity 107 Menu button 92 Menu Items 104 Menu Settings 108 140 MIB Compatibility 302 Mixed Mode PSK 127 mm inch 108
195. er Name list Name and Print Using are automatically entered 7 Click Add When Using Bonjour 1 Turn on the printer 2 Ensure that your Macintosh computer is connected to the network If you use wired connection connect the Ethernet cable between the printer and the network If you use wireless connection ensure that wireless connection is configured properly on your Macintosh computer and printer 3 Start the Printer Setup Utility K NOTE You can find Printer Setup Utility in the Utilities folder in Applications Click Add Click Default Browser in the Printer Browser dialog box Select the printer connected via Bonjour from the Printer Name list Name and Print Using are automatically entered 7 Click Add 86 Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Macintosh When Using IP Printing 1 2 on SO Ol A Turn on the printer Ensure that your Macintosh computer is connected to the network If you use wired connection connect the Ethernet cable between the printer and the network If you use wireless connection ensure that wireless connection is configured properly on your Macintosh computer and printer Start Printer Setup Utility NOTE You can find Printer Setup Utility in the Utilities folder in Applications Click Add Click IP Printer in the Printer Browser dialog box Select Line Printer Daemon LPD for Protocol Type the IP address for the printer in the Address area Select the model of your pr
196. er Running Windows Canceling a Job From the Taskbar When you send a job to print a small printer icon appears in the right corner of the taskbar 1 Double click the printer icon A list of print jobs appears in the printer window Select the job you want to cancel Press lt Delete gt on the keyboard Canceling a Job From the Desktop 1 w N A Minimize all programs to reveal the desktop Click Start gt Devices and Printers for Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2 Click Start gt Printers and Faxes for Windows XP and 2003 Click Start gt Control Panel gt Hardware and Sound gt Printers for Windows Vista Click Start gt Control Panel gt Printers for Windows Server 2008 Right click the bottom left corner of the screen and then click Control Panel Hardware and Sound gt Devices and Printers for Windows 8 Right click the bottom left corner of the screen and then click Control Panel Hardware gt Devices and Printers for Windows Server 2012 A list of available printers appears Right click the printer that you selected when you sent the job for print and then select See what s printing Select the printer driver A list of print jobs appears in the printer window Select the job you want to cancel Press lt Delete gt on the keyboard 230 Printing Direct Print Using the USB Storage Device The Print From USB Memory feature allows you to print files stored in a USB storag
197. er users e If file or folder that has the same name as the one you specified already exists 031 535 Press the Y Set button Check if other user is not operating file in storage location you specified 031 536 031 537 Press the Y Set button Check if storage location has free space 031 555 Press the Y Set button to clear the message 031 556 031 557 Press the Y Set button Change the file name that already exists on FTP server 031 558 Press the Y Set button to clear the message 031 571 031 574 Press the Set button Check DNS connection or check if name of forwarding destination server is registered with DNS 031 575 Press the Y Set button Set DNS address or set forwarding destination server address as IP address 031 576 Press the Y Set button Check if the printer communicates with forwarding destination FTP server For example check connection of network cable and if the IP address of the server is correct 031 578 Press the Y Set button Check if login name user name and password are correct 031 579 Press the Y Set button Check if storage location is correct 031 582 Press the Set button Check if the file name you specified can be created in storage location Check if storage location has free space 031 584 Press the Set button Check if the folder name you specified can be created in storage location Check if the folder that has the same name as the one you specified already exists 031 585 Press
198. erences dialog box appears Specify the fax settings For more information click the Help of the driver NOTE The settings done here are only applied to a single fax job Basic Qualty Image Orientation Standard 203 x 98 DPI le Sind Paper Size Landscape Letter 8 5x 11 in y Letter 8 5x 11 in D LL 5 Click OK to close the Printing Preferences dialog box 6 Click Print The Set Check Fax Transmission dialog box appears Faxing 277 7 278 Specify the destination for the recipient in one of the following ways e Enter a name and phone number directly e Select a recipient from a phone book saved on your computer e Select a recipient from a database other than a phone book or address book For more information on how to specify the destination see the Help of the driver Recipient Setting Name Recipient List Add gt Phone Number Name Phone Number Edit My Phone Book File C Users ills hal A A ci v Delete Add to Phone Book Delayed Send Delayed Send Hour Minute wo E 00 ee Cue NOTE Enter the password in the Password field in the Authorization area before sending a fax if the Fax service is locked with a password Click Start Sending Faxing For Macintosh NOTE The names of the windows and the buttons may be different from those given in the fo
199. ers in Nearby Printers select Add Other Printer or Scanner for Mac OS X 10 7 Select the printer connected via Bonjour from the Printer Name list Name and Print Using are automatically entered Click Add Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Macintosh 85 When Using IP Printing 1 2 u oO Ol E O Turn on the printer Ensure that your Macintosh computer is connected to the network If you use wired connection connect the Ethernet cable between the printer and the network If you use wireless connection ensure that wireless connection is configured properly on your Macintosh computer and printer Open the System Preferences and click Print amp Fax Print amp Scan for Mac OS X 10 7 Click the Plus sign and click IP Select Line Printer Daemon LPD for Protocol Type the IP address for the printer in the Address area Select the model of your printer for Print Using K NOTE When the printing is set up using IP printing the queue name is displayed as blank You do not need to specify it Click Add Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10 4 11 When Using a USB Connection 1 Turn on the printer 2 Connect the USB cable between the printer and Macintosh computer 3 Start Printer Setup Utility NOTE You can find Printer Setup Utility in the Utilities folder in Applications Click Add 5 Click Default Browser in the Printer Browser dialog box Select the printer connected via USB from the Print
200. ervice is locked with a password 6 Click OK Receiving a Fax About Receiving Modes NOTE To use the Telephone Fax mode or Ans Machine Fax mode attach an answering machine to the phone connector Y on the back of your printer When the memory is full the fax is received in the Telephone mode Loading Paper for Receiving Faxes The instructions for loading paper in the PSI are the same whether you are printing faxing or copying except that faxes can only be printed on Letter A4 or Legal sized paper For details about loading paper see Loading Print Media on page 211 For details about setting the paper type and size in the PSI see Print Media Guidelines on page 203 Receiving a Fax Automatically in the Fax Mode Your printer is preset to the fax mode at the factory If you receive a fax the printer automatically goes into the fax mode after a specified period of time and receives the fax To change the interval at which the printer goes into the fax mode after receiving an incoming call see Available Fax Settings Options on page 270 Receiving a Fax Manually in the Telephone Mode To receive a fax manually pick up the handset of the external telephone and follow the instructions below 1 1 Press the lt gt Fax button when you hear fax tones on the external telephone Off Hook appears 2 Press the gt Start button 3 Press the V button until Manual Receive is highlighted and then press the Y Set but
201. es link on the first screen to order an additional toner cartridge Printer Jobs Use the Printer Jobs menu to contain information on the Job List page and Completed Jobs page These pages show the details of the status regarding each protocol or job Printer Settings Use the Printer Settings menu to change printer settings and view the settings in the operator panel remotely Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 99 Print Server Settings Use the Print Server Settings menu to change the type of printer interface and necessary conditions for communications Print Volume Use the Print Volume option to check the number of pages printed for each paper size Address Book Use the Address Book menu to view or edit the e mail address phone number server address and fax number entries in the Address Book or to register new entries Printer Information Use the Printer Information menu to display the information of your printer Tray Settings Use the Tray Settings menu to get information about the paper size and type of paper loaded in the Multipurpose Feeder MPF E Mail Alert Use the E Mail Alert menu to receive an e mail when the printer needs supplies or intervention Enter your name or the key operator name in the e mail list box to be notified Set E Mail Alert also when using the Scan to E mail feature Set Password Use the Set Password menu to lock the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool with a password so tha
202. esired menu item is highlighted and then press the Y Set button NOTE Values marked by an asterisk are the factory default menu settings Standard Suitable for documents with normal sized characters Fine Suitable for documents containing small characters or thin lines or documents printed using a dot matrix printer Super Fine Suitable for documents containing extremely fine detail The super fine mode is enabled only if the remote machine also supports the super fine resolution Ultra Fine Suitable for documents containing photographic images Y NOTE Faxes scanned in the Super Fine mode transmit at the highest resolution supported by the receiving device Original Type To select the default original type for the current fax job 1 Press the lt e Fax button 2 Press the V button until Original Type is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Faxing 273 3 Press the V button to select the desired setting and then press the Y Set button Text Suitable for documents with text Photo Suitable for documents with photos Lighter Darker To adjust the contrast to make the fax lighter or darker than the original 1 2 3 Press the lt gt Fax button Press the V button until Lighter Darker is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the gt or lt button to select the desired setting and then press the Y Set button Z NOTE Values marked by an asterisk are th
203. esponds For example at a command prompt on a network computer type ping followed by the new IP address for example 192 168 0 11 ping 192 168 0 11 If the printer is active on the network you will receive a reply Setting the IP Address 55 56 Setting the IP Address Loading Paper NOTE The images used in this manual are those of the Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer unless otherwise mentioned Y NOTE To avoid paper jams do not remove the priority sheet inserter while a printing is in progress NOTE Use only laser print media Do not use ink jet paper in your printer NOTE For printing envelopes see Loading Print Media on page 211 Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder MPF 1 Open the front cover by pulling out the instruction sheet 2 Pull the PSI out Loading Paper 57 3 Remove the instruction sheet attached to the PSI with adhesive tape P K NOTE Read the instruction sheet before you use the PSI 4 Pull the length guide forward until it stops 58 Loading Paper 6 Adjust the paper width guides to their maximum 7 Before loading the print media flex the sheets back and forth and then fan them Straighten the edges of the stack on a level surface Loading Paper 59 9 Adjust the width guides and length guides until they rest lightly against the edges of the stack of print media Y NOTE Depending on the size of print media first slide the
204. essed NTFS files in color Y Show pop up description for folder and desktop items IM Use simple file sharing Recommended Restore Defaults Click OK and then close the window Right click the folder and then select Properties Select the Sharing tab and then select Share this folder Enter a shared name in the Share name box u oo ld A NOTE Write down this shared name because you will use this name in the next setting procedure 256 Scanning 11 12 New Folder Properties General Sharing Security Customize You can share this folder with other users on your network To enable sharing for this folder click Share this folder O Do not share this folder Share name Mys hare Comment User limit Maximum allowed O Allow this number of users To set permissions for users who access this folder over the network click Permissions E To configure settings for offline access click Caching Windows Firewall is configured to allow this folder to be shared with other computers on the network View your Windows Firewall settings Click on Permissions to create a write permission for this folder Click Add Apply Search user login name by clicking Advanced or enter the user login name in the Enter the object names to select box and click Check Names to confirm Example of user login name MySe1f Select Users or Groups Sele
205. ettings 108 112 113 125 146 174 USB port 199 System Settings page 112 USB storage device 264 T WwW TCP IP 128 Wall Jack Connector 26 35 43 303 TCP IP Settings 123 128 143 152 Warranty 360 Telephone 117 270 Warranty information 21 Telephone Fax 117 270 Web Link Customization 112 122 152 Temperature 302 WEP 128 Bit ASCII 13 Bytes 127 TIFF File Format 116 171 WEP 128 Bit Hex 26 Bytes 127 Time Format 112 WEP 64 Bit ASCII 5 Bytes 127 Time Zone 112 WEP 64 Bit Hex 10 Bytes 127 Time Out 123 129 White Document Cover 320 Tone Pulse 110 117 182 270 White Strip 320 Toner Access Cover 25 Wi Fi 180 Toner Refresh 120 195 Wi Fi WPS button 38 92 Top frame 101 Backlight 93 Transfer Belt 26 Windows Image Acquisition WIA 248 372 Appendix Wireless Connection 37 Wireless LAN 122 127 Wireless Problems 356 Wireless Settings 122 127 Wireless Setup 177 Wireless Status 177 WPA2 PSK AES 127 WPA PSK TKIP 127 WPS 178 WPS PBC 38 39 WPS PIN 40 WSD 76 123 126 129 Y Yellow terminator 44 Appendix 373 374 Appendix
206. ew Settings After you complete the settings click Apply New Settings to apply the changes Registration Adjustment Purpose To set Color Registration Adjustment individual yellow magenta cyan correction settings When Auto Registration Adjustment is set to On the printer prints the color registration chart and adjusts the color registration by using the chart Color registration adjustment need to be made during the initial setup of the printer or when the printer is moved to a different location Values Auto Registration Adjustment Off Automatically adjusts color registration On Does not automatically adjust color registration Auto Correct Click Start to automatically correct color registration Print Color Regi Chart 12 Click Start to print a color registration chart Color Registration Yellow Available Range Specifies lateral perpendicular to paper feed Adjustment 1 Lateral l 5 5 direction color adjustment values individually Magenta Available Range 5 5 Cyan Available Range 5 5 Color Registration LY Left Yellow Available Range Specifies process paper feed direction color Adjustment 2 Process i 5 5 adjustment values individually LM Left Magenta Available Range 5 5 LC Left Cyan Available Range 5 5 RY Right Yellow Available Range 5 5 RM Right Magenta Available Range 5 5 RC Right Cyan Available Range 5 5 Ap
207. ey operator in the e mail list box On the operator panel you can also confirm the following e Any supply or maintenance items that require attention replacing However the printer can only display information about one item at a time e Amount of toner remaining in each toner cartridge Conserving Supplies You can change several settings in your printer driver to conserve toner cartridge and paper Supply Setting Function Toner cartridge Toner Saving Mode in the Graphics This check box allows the users to select a print mode that uses less tab of the printer driver toner When this feature is used the image quality will be lower than when it is not used Print media Multiple Up in the Layout tab of The printer prints two or more pages on one side of a sheet The the printer driver available numbers that each printer driver can print one sheet of paper are as follows Printer driver for Microsoft Windows 2 4 8 or 16 pages e Printer driver for Macintosh 2 4 6 9 or 16 pages Combined with the duplex setting Multiple Up allows you to print up to 32 pages on one sheet of paper 16 images on the front and 16 on the back Storing Print Media To avoid potential paper feeding problems and uneven print quality there are several things you can do e To achieve the best possible print quality store print media in an environment where the temperature is approximately 21 C 70 F and the relative humidity i
208. f 1 mm 0 1 inch Available Range 0 50 mm 0 0 2 0 inch 170 Understanding the Printer Menus Margin Middle Purpose To specify the value of the middle margin Values 0 mm 0 0 inch Specify the value in increments of 1 mm 0 1 inch Available Range 0 50 mm 0 0 2 0 inch TIFF File Format Purpose To specify the default TIFF file format Values TIFF V6 Sets the default TIFF file format to TIFF V6 TIN2 Sets the default Tiff file format to TTN2 Image Compression Purpose To specify the image compression level Values High Sets the image compression level to High Medium Sets the image compression level to Medium Low Sets the image compression level to Low Max E Mail Size Purpose To specify the maximum size of e mail that can be sent within the range of 50 K bytes to 16384 K bytes The default is 2048 K bytes Understanding the Printer Menus 171 Fax Defaults Use the Fax Defaults menus to configure a variety of fax features Z NOTE The FAX service cannot be used unless you set up a country code under Country If Country is not set up a message Set The Country Code appears on the display NOTE Values marked by an asterisk are the factory default menu settings Resolution Purpose To specify the resolution level to be used for fax transmission Values Standard Suitable for documents with normal sized characters Fine Su
209. f sender on the header of faxes Fax Header Name Displays the name of sender to be printed on the header of faxes Fax Number Displays the fax number to be printed on the header of faxes Fax Cover Page Displays whether to attach a cover page to faxes DRPD Pattern Displays the Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection DRPD setting Sent Fax Fwd Displays whether to forward incoming faxes to a specified destination Fax Fwd Number Displays the fax number of the destination to which incoming faxes are to be forwarded Prefix Dial Displays whether to set a prefix dial number Prefix Dial Num Displays a prefix dial number This number dials before any auto dial number is started Discard Size Displays whether to discard text or images at the bottom of a fax page when the entire page does not fit onto the output paper ECM Displays whether to enable the Error Correction Mode ECM Modem Speed Displays the fax modem speed when a fax transmission or reception error occurs Fax Activity Displays whether to automatically print a fax activity report after every 50 incoming and outgoing fax communications Understanding the Tool Box Menus 145 Fax Transmit Displays whether to print a transmission report after every fax transmission or only when an error occurs Fax Broadcast Displays whether to print a transmission report after every fax transmission to multiple destinations or only when an error occurs Fax Protocol Displays whether to
210. feature specified in E Mail List 2 Select Alerts for List 2 Supplies Alerts Displays the e mail alert receive status for consumables Paper Handling Alerts Displays the e mail alert receive status for paper handling Service Call Displays the e mail alert receive status for service calls 124 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool Print Server Settings The Print Server Settings tab contains the Basic Information Port Settings Wireless LAN TCP IP E Mail Alert Bonjour mDNS SNMB Scan To PC and Reset Print Server pages Basic Information Purpose To configure the basic information of the printer NOTE The Auto Refresh feature is effective for the contents of the top frame Printer Status page Job List page and Completed Jobs page Values System Settings Printer Name Specifies the name of the printer using up to 31 alphanumeric characters Location Specifies the location of the printer using up to 63 alphanumeric characters Contact Person Specifies the contact name number and other information of the administrator and service center using up to 63 alphanumeric characters Administrator E Mail Specifies the contact address of the administrator and service Address center using up to 63 alphanumeric characters Asset Tag Number Enter the asset tag number for the printer EWS Settings Auto Refresh Automatically refreshes the contents of the status display pages Auto Refresh Interva
211. g a fax at a specified time 0 00 23 59 AM PM1 00 12 59 Z NOTE A maximum of 19 delayed fax jobs can be stored in this printer Print from USB Defaults Layout Purpose To automatically enlarge print documents when you print directly from a USB storage device Values Auto Automatically enlarges print documents to fit on the paper Off Does not enlarge print documents Tray Settings Use the Tray Settings menu to set the paper size and type of paper loaded in the Multipurpose Feeder MPF NOTE Values marked by an asterisk are the factory default menu settings MPF Purpose To specify the paper loaded in the MPE Values Paper Size A4 210 x 297 mm A5 148 x 210 mm B5 182 x 257 mm Letter 8 5 x 11 Folio 8 5 x 13 Legal 8 5 x 14 Executive 7 25 x 10 5 Envelope 10 4 1x9 5 Monarch Env 3 9x7 5 Monarch Env L 7 5x3 9 Understanding the Printer Menus 173 DL Env 110x220 mm DL Env L 220x110 mm C5 Envelope 162 x 229 mm Custom Size Portrait Y 297mm 11 7inch Specifies the length of the custom size Available Range Paper 127 355 mm 5 0 14 0 inches Landscape X 210mm 8 3inch Specifies the width of the custom size Available Range paper 77 215 mm 3 0 8 5 inches Paper Type Plain Plain Thick Covers Coated Label Recycled Envelope Plain S2 Plain Thick S2
212. g that the call is a telephone call Ans Machine Fax The printer can share a telephone line with an answering machine In this mode the printer will monitor the fax signal and pick up the line if there are fax tones If the phone communication is using serial transmission in your country such as Germany Sweden Denmark Austria Belgium Italy France and Switzerland this mode is not supported DRPD Before using the Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection DRPD option a distinctive ring service must be installed on your telephone line by the telephone company After the telephone company has provided a separate number for faxing with a distinctive ring pattern configure the fax setup to monitor for that specific ring pattern Auto Rec Fax Sets the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode after receiving an incoming call Auto Rec TEL FAX Sets the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode after the external telephone receives an incoming call Auto Rec Ans FAX Sets the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode after the external answering machine receives an incoming call Line Monitor Sets the volume of the line monitor which audibly monitors a transmission through the internal speaker until a connection is made Ring Tone Volume Sets the volume of the ring tone which indicates that an incoming call is a telephone call throug
213. gateway address of the printer Values TCP IP Settings Host Name Specifies the host name IP Mode Specifies the IP mode IPv4 IP Address Mode Selects the IP address mode Manual IP Address Manually sets the IP address Manual Subnet Mask Manually sets the subnet mask Manual Gateway Address Manually sets the gateway address IPv6 Use Manual Address To set the IP address manually Manual Address Manually sets the IP address To 128 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool specify an IPv6 address enter the address followed by a slash and then 64 For details consult your system administrator Stateless Address 1 3 Displays the stateless addresses Link Local Address Displays the link local address Manual Gateway Address Manually sets the gateway address Auto Configure Gateway Address Displays the gateway address DNS DNS Domain Name Specifies the domain name of the domain name server Up to 255 alphanumeric characters periods and hyphens can be used If you need to specify more than one domain name separate them using a comma or semicolon IPv4 Get DNS Server Address from Specifies whether to get the DHCP DNS server address automatically from the DHCP server Manual DNS Server Address Sets the DNS server address IPv6 Manual DNS Server Address Sets the DNS server address LPD Connection Time Out Sets the connecti
214. ge Displays whether to attach a cover page to faxes DRPD Pattern Displays the Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection DRPD setting Sent Fax Forward Displays whether to forward incoming faxes to a specified destination Fax Forward Number Displays the fax number of the destination to which incoming faxes are to be forwarded Prefix Dial Displays whether to set a prefix dial number Prefix Dial Number Displays a prefix dial number This number dials before any auto dial number is started Discard Size Displays whether to discard text or images at the bottom of a fax page when the entire page does not fit onto the output paper ECM Displays whether to enable the Error Correction Mode ECM Modem Speed Displays the fax modem speed Fax Activity Displays whether to automatically print a fax activity report after every 50 incoming and outgoing fax communications Fax Transmit Displays whether to print a transmission report after every fax transmission or only when an error occurs Fax Broadcast Displays whether to print a transmission report after every fax transmission to multiple destinations or only when an error occurs Fax Protocol Displays whether to print a protocol monitor report after every fax transmission or only when an error occurs Country Displays the country where the printer is used Paper Density Plain D
215. ge the printer settings and keep track of printing trends If you are a network administrator you can copy the printer settings to one or all printers on the network using your web browser Setting Up the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool Ensure that you activate JavaScript in your browser before using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool It is recommended that you configure the environment settings of your web browser before using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool Y NOTE The Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool pages may be unreadable if the language differs from that of your web browser Setting Up From Web Browser It is recommended that you configure both the environment settings of your web browser and the operator panel before using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 97 For Internet Explorer Setting Up the Display Language 1 Select Internet Options from Tools on the menu bar 2 Select Languages in the General tab 3 Specify the display language in order of preference in the Language list For example gt Italian Italy it IT e Spanish Traditional Sort es ES tradnl e German Germany de DE e French France fr FR English United States en us e Danish da DK e Dutch Netherlands nl NL e Norwegian Bokmal no e Swedish sv SE Setting the IP Address of the printer to Non Proxy 1 Select Internet Options from the Tools menu 2 Click LAN
216. h guides are adjusted correctly Ensure that the Priority Sheet Inserter PSI is securely inserted Do not overfill the print media sources Do not force print media into the PSI or the Multipurpose Feeder MPF when you load it Otherwise it may skew or buckle Ensure that the print media is not curled Load the recommended print side correctly for the type of print media you are using See Loading Print Media on page 211 for more information Turn the print media over or around and try printing again to see if feeding improves Do not mix print media types Do not mix reams of print media Remove the top and bottom curled sheets of a ream before loading the print media Load a print media source only when it is empty The envelope is creased after printing Ensure that the envelope is loaded as instructed in Loading an Envelope in the Multipurpose Feeder MPF on page 216 or Loading an Envelope in the Priority Sheet Inserter PSI on page 221 Page breaks in unexpected places Increase the setting for Time Out in the Printer Settings menu in the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool Print media does not stack neatly in the output tray Turn the print media stack over in the PSI and MPF Printer does not duplex pages Select Flip on Short Edge or Flip on Long Edge from the Duplex menu on the Paper Output tab in the printer driver 340 Troubleshooting
217. h the internal speaker when Receive Mode is set to Telephone Fax Line Type Sets the line type Tone Pulse Sets the dialing type Resend Delay Specifies the interval between transmission attempts Redial Attempts Specifies the number of redial attempts to make when the destination fax number is busy If you enter 0 the printer will not redial Redial Delay Specifies the interval between redial attempts Junk Fax Setup Sets whether to reject faxes sent from unwanted numbers by accepting faxes only from the fax numbers registered in the Phone Book Remote Receive Sets whether to receive a fax by pressing a remote receive code on the external telephone Remote Rev Tone Specifies the remote receive code in two digits to start Remote Receive Fax Header Sets whether to print the information of sender on the header of faxes Fax Header Name Sets the name of sender to be printed on the header of faxes Up to 30 alphanumeric characters can be entered Fax Number Sets the fax number of the printer to be printed on the header of faxes Fax Cover Page Sets whether to attach a cover page to faxes DRPD Pattern Sets the DRPD setting from Pattern 1 to Pattern 7 DRPD is a service provided by some telephone 210 Faxing companies Option Description Forward Settings Sets whether to forward incoming faxes to a specified destination Fax Fwd Number Specifies the fax number of the
218. he WSD printer is displayed in the form of http IP address ws Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows 77 Es EZ NOTE If no WSD printer is displayed in the list enter the printer s IP address manually to create a WSD printer To enter the printer s IP address manually follow the instructions below For Windows Server 2008 R2 to create a WSD printer you must be a member of Administrators group 1 Click The printer that want isn t listed 2 Select Add a printer using a TCP IP address or hostname and click Next 3 Select Web Services Device from Device type 4 Enter the printer s IP address in the Hostname or IP address text box and click Next NOTE Before installing the driver using the Add Printer wizard on Windows Server 2008 R2 or Windows 7 perform one of the followings e Establish the Internet connection so that Windows Update can scan your computer e Add the printer driver to your computer in advance 5 Install the printer driver on your computer If you are prompted for an administrator password or confirmation type the password or provide confirmation 6 Complete the additional steps in the wizard and then click Finish 7 Print a test page to verify print installation c For Windows Vista Windows 7 Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2 Click Start gt Devices and Printers Start gt Control Panel gt Hardware and Sound gt Printers for Windows Server 2008 and Windows V
219. he access points on wireless network 6 Press the V button until the desired access point appears and then press the Y Set button If the desired access point does not appear go to Manual SSID Setup on page 41 Y NOTE Some hidden SSID may not be displayed If the SSID is not detected turn on SSID broadcast from the router 7 Enter the passphrase or WEP key When the encryption type of the selected access point is WPA WPA2 or Mixed in step 6 Enter the passphrase and then press the Y Set button When the encryption type of the selected access point is WEP in step 6 Enter the WEP key and then press the Y Set button K NOTE A passphrase is an encryption key for WPA and WPA2 encryption which consists of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters It may be described as a key on some access points or routers For details refer to the manual supplied with the access point or router 8 The Restart System screen appears and the printer is rebooted wireless LAN connection setting is completed 40 Connecting Your Printer Manual SSID Setup NOTE A Password is required to enter Admin Menu when Panel Lock Set is setto Enable In this case enter the oOo Ny QO 30d A WwW N 10 11 password you specified and press the V Set button Press the E Menu button Press the V button until System appears and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Admin Menu appears and then press the Y Set button Press
220. he computer click Yes otherwise contact your administrator to continue the desired action Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box Click Browse then select the extracted folder in step 1 and then click OK Select your printer name and click Next To change the printer name enter the printer name in the Printer name box and then click Next Installation starts As the driver installation is completed click Print a test page to print a test page To use this printer as the default printer select the Set as the default printer check box Click Finish Windows 8 Windows 8 64 bit Edition or Windows Server 2012 1 o Nn ow Eh Ww N 10 11 Extract the zip file you downloaded to your desired location Right click the bottom left corner of the screen and then click Control Panel Click Hardware and Sound Hardware for Windows Server 2012 gt Devices and Printers gt Add a printer Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box Click Browse and then select the extracted folder in step 1 Click OK Select your printer name and click Next To change the printer name enter the printer name in the Printer name box and then click Next Installation starts If you do not share your printer select Do not share this printer If you share your printer select Share this printer so that others on your network can find and use it Click Next As the driver installation is completed click
221. he document cover For details about loading a document see Loading an Original Document on the ADF on page 272 240 Copying Press the B Copy button Press the V button until Mult iple Up is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the W button to select the desired setting and then press the Y Set button NOTE Values marked by an asterisk are the factory default menu settings Off Does not perform multiple up printing Auto Automatically reduces the original pages to fit onto one sheet of paper ID Copy Prints the original pages onto one sheet of paper in the original size Manual Prints the original pages onto the one sheet of paper in the size specified in Reduce Enlarge 5 If necessary customize the copy settings including the number of copies contrast and image quality See Setting Copy Options on page 235 6 Press the gt Start button to begin copying When you are using the document glass and Multiple Up is set to Auto ID Copy or Manual the display prompts you for another page Press the W button to select Yes or No and then press the Y Set button 7 Tf you select Yes press the V button to select Continue or Cancel and then press the Y Set button Margin Top Bottom To specify the top and bottom margins of the copy 1 Load the document s face up with top edge in first into the ADE OR Place a single document face down on the document glass and close the document
222. he file format of the 017 970 scanned image 017 980 Press the Y Set button to clear the message 017 981 017 988 024 914 Load the specified paper See Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder MPF on page 211 or Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter PSI on page 219 024 969 Load the appropriate paper See Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder MPF on page 211 or Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter PSI on page 219 026 720 Press the Y Set button to clear the message 026 721 026 722 026 723 026 750 026 751 026 752 027 446 Change IP address to avoid duplication Turn off the printer and turn it on again 027 452 031 521 Press the Y Set button Confirm login able computer with your system administrator 031 526 Press the Y Set button Check DNS connection or check if forwarding destination server is registered with DNS 031 529 Press the Y Set button Check if password is correct 031 530 Press the Set button Check if storage location is correct Storage location you specified is DFS setting and check it it is linked to other server Specify directly linked server share name and storage location 296 Understanding Printer Messages Error Code What you can do 031 533 Press the Y Set button Check the following 031 534 e If the file name you specified is not used by oth
223. he reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for thick plain paper within the range of 3 to 3 Covers Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for cover paper within the range of 3 to 3 Label Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for labels within the range of 3 to 3 Coated Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for coated paper within the range of 3 to 3 Recycled Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for recycled paper within the range of 3 to 3 Envelope Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for envelopes within the range of 3 to 3 Adjust Fusing Unit Purpose To specify the optimum temperature settings for printing for the fusing unit To decrease the temperature set negative values To increase the temperature set positive values The default settings may not give the best output on all paper types When the printed paper has curled try to decrease the temperature When the toner does not fuse on the paper properly try to increase the temperature NOTE The print quality changes depending on the values you select for this item Values Plain Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for plain paper within the range of 3 to 3 Plain Thick Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for thick plain paper within the range of 3 to 3 Covers Sets the temperature settings for the fusing
224. ia The task is complete recommended for the printer Is the problem recovered Contact Dell Troubleshooting 345 Fog ABC DEF Action Yes No 1 Is the whole page printed light Contact Dell Go to action 2 2 Start Clean Developer The task is complete Contact Dell a Launch the Tool Box and click Clean Developer on the Diagnosis tab b Click Start Is the problem recovered Bead Carry Out BCO Action Yes No 1 If the printer is installed in a high altitude location set the altitude of The task is complete Contact Dell the location a Launch the Tool Box and click Adjust Altitude on the Printer Maintenance tab b Select the value close to the altitude of the location where the printer is installed Is the problem recovered 346 Troubleshooting Auger mark SS ARO NN a E D om Action Yes 1 The toner cartridges may be low or need to be replaced Confirm the amount of toner in each toner cartridge a Check the toner level in the Status tab in the Status Monitor b Replace the toner cartridges as necessary Is the problem recovered The task is complete Go to action 2 Start Clean Developer a Launch the Tool Box and click Clean Developer on the Diagnosis tab b Click Start Is the problem recovered The task is complete Contact Dell Wrinkled Stained paper a a BC Action Yes
225. ice For example Pattern 7 is the New Zealand FaxAbility distinctive ringing pattern rings for 400ms stops for 800ms rings for 400ms and stops for 1400ms This pattern is repeated over and over again This printer only responds to Distinctive Alert cadence s DA4 in New Zealand Forward Settings Purpose To set whether to forward incoming faxes to a specified destination Values Off Does not forward incoming faxes Forward Only Forwards the incoming faxes to a specified destination Print and Forward Prints the incoming fax and forwards it to a specified destination Understanding the Printer Menus 185 Fax Fwd Number Purpose To enter the fax number of the destination to which incoming faxes will be forwarded Prefix Dial Purpose To select whether to set a prefix dial number Values Off Does not set a prefix dial number On Sets a prefix dial number Prefix Dial Num Purpose To set a prefix dial number of up to five digits This number dials before any auto dial number is started It is useful for accessing the Private Automatic Branch Exchange PABX Discard Size Purpose To set whether to discard text or images at the bottom of a fax page when the entire page does not fit onto the output paper Values Off Prints any excess at the bottom of a fax page without discarding it On Discards any excess at the bottom of a fax page Auto Reduction Automatically reduces
226. ics tab in Printing Preferences of the printer driver ensure that the Toner Saving Mode check box is not selected Is the problem recovered Contact Dell Troubleshooting 341 Toner smears or print comes off Stain on back side ABC DEF Action Yes 1 The print media surface may be uneven Try changing the Paper Type setting in the printer driver For example change the plain paper to thick a On the Paper Output tab in Printing Preferences of the printer driver change the Paper Type setting Is the problem recovered The task is complete Go to action 2 Verify that the correct print media is being used See Supported Paper Types on page 209 If not use the print media recommended for the printer Is the problem recovered The task is complete Go to action 3 Adjust the fusing unit temperature a Launch the Tool Box and click Adjust Fusing Unit on the Printer Maintenance tab b Adjust the fixing temperature by turning up the value for your printing media c Click Apply New Settings d Click close box to exit Tool Box Is the problem recovered The task is complete Contact Dell 342 Troubleshooting Random spots Blurred images ABC DEF 0 Action Yes 1 Ensure that the toner cartridges are installed correctly See Installing a Toner Cartridge on page 312 Is the problem recovered The task is complete Go to ac
227. ide facing down and the flap turned to the right To prevent DL and Monarch from being wrinkled they are recommended to be loaded with the print side facing up flap opened and facing you 216 Loading Print Media When Loading C5 Load envelopes with the side to be printed on facing up with the flap open 7X CAUTION Never use envelopes with windows or coated linings These lead to paper jams and can cause damage to the printer NOTE If you do not load envelopes in the MPF right after they have been removed from the packaging they may bulge To avoid jams flatten them as shown below when loading them in the MPF Loading Print Media 217 NOTE If envelopes are still not fed correctly add some bending to the flap of the envelopes as shown in the following illustration The amount of the bending shall be 5 mm 0 20 inches or less Y NOTE To confirm the correct orientation of each print media such as envelopes see the instruction on the Envelope Paper Setup Navigator on the printer driver Loading Letterhead Load the letterhead in the printer with the print side facing up Ensure that the title on the letterhead enters the printer first 218 Loading Print Media Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter PSI Y NOTE To avoid paper jams do not remove the PSI while printing is in progress Z NOTE Use only laser print media Do not use ink jet paper in this printer 1 Open the fron
228. ies 200 Sets the default enlargement ratio when you set A5 gt A4 141 A5 gt B5 122 the default measurement unit to millimeter 100 Does not enlarge or reduce the size of a copied image B5 gt A5 81 A4 gt A5 70 Sets the default reduction ratio when you set the default measurement unit to millimeter 50 Custom Sets the default reduction enlargement ratio to the custom size inch series 200 Sets the default enlargement ratio when you set Statement gt Legal 154 Statement gt Letter 129 the default measurement unit to inch 100 Does not enlarge or reduce the size of a copied image Legal gt Letter 78 Ledger gt Letter 64 50 Sets the default reduction ratio when you set the default measurement unit to inch Custom Sets the default reduction enlargement ratio to the custom size Custom Reduce Enlarge Available Range Reduces or enlarges the image to the custom 25 400 size when Reduce Enlarge is set to Custom Original Type Text Suitable for documents with text Text amp Photo Suitable for documents with both text and photos gray tones Photo Suitable for documents with photos Document Size A4 Sets the document size to A4 A5 Sets the document size to A5 B5 Sets the document size to B5 Letter Sets the document size to Letter Folio Sets the document size to Folio Legal
229. in the Set Password page in the Security menu For more information see Set Password on page 132 Details of the Menu Items Printer Status Printer Status Printer Events Printer Information Printer Jobs Job List Completed Jobs Printer Settings Printer Settings Report Menu Settings Reports Printer Settings System Settings Secure Settings Copy Defaults Copy Color Balance Copy Settings Scan Defaults Fax Defaults Fax Settings Printer Maintenance 104 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool Paper Density Adjust Transfer Roller Adjust Fusing Unit Auto Registration Adjustment Color Registration Adjustment Clean Developer Adjust Altitude Reset Defaults Non Dell Toner Clock Settings Web Link Customization Print Server Settings Print Server Reports Print Server Setup Page E Mail Alert Setup Page Print Server Settings Basic Information Port Settings Wireless LAN Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer only wa TCP IP E Mail Alert Bonjour mDNS SNMP Scan to PC Reset Print Server Security Set Password IP Filter IPv4 Print Volume Print Volume Address Book Fax E Mail Address Book Top Page A
230. ing and you notice lights flickering Select a high value if your printer is in constant use In most circumstances this keeps the printer ready to operate with minimum warm up time Select a value between 5 and 30 minutes for the power saver timer mode if you want a balance between energy consumption and a shorter warm up period The printer automatically returns to the standby mode from the power saver timer mode when it receives data from the computer You can also return the printer to the standby mode by pressing any button on the operator panel 188 Understanding the Printer Menus Auto Reset Purpose To automatically reset the settings for COPY SCAN or FAX to the defaults and return to the standby mode after you do not specify any settings for the specified time Values 45sec lmin 2min 3min 4min Fault Time Out Purpose To specify the time taken by the printer before it cancels jobs that stop abnormally The print job is cancelled if it times out Values Off Disables the fault time out On 60sec Specifies the time taken by the printer before it cancels for jobs that stop abnormally Available Range 3 300sec Job Time Out Purpose To specify the amount of time that the printer waits for data to arrive from the computer The print job is cancelled if it times out Values Off Disables the job time out On 30sec Specifies the amount of time that the
231. ings The following tabbed pages are displayed at the top of the right frame Printer Settings Report The Printer Settings Report tab contains the Menu Settings and Reports pages Menu Settings Purpose To display the current settings of your printer Values System Settings Power Saver Timer Sleep Displays the time taken by the printer before it enters the power saver timer sleep after it finishes a job Power Saver Timer Deep Sleep Displays the time taken by the printer before it enters the power saver timer deep sleep after it goes into the power saver timer mode 1 Auto Reset Displays the time taken by the printer before it automatically resets the settings for Copy Scan or Fax on the operator panel to the defaults when no additional settings are made Panel Select Tone Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted when the operator panel input is correct Off indicates that the tone is disabled Panel Alert Tone Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted when the operator panel input is incorrect Off indicates that the tone is disabled Job Tone Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted when a job is complete Off indicates that the tone is disabled Alert Tone Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted when a problem occurs Off indicates that the tone is disabled Out of Paper Tone Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted when the printer
232. int the Job History report Error History Click Start to print the Error History report Address Book Click Start to print the Address Book report Color Test Page Click Start to print the Color Test Page 112 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool Printer Settings The Printer Settings tab contains the System Settings Secure Settings Copy Defaults Copy Color Balance Copy Settings Scan Defaults Fax Defaults and Fax Settings pages System Settings Purpose To configure the basic printer settings Values Power Saver Timer Sleep Specifies the time taken by the printer before it enters the power saver timer mode 1 after it finishes a job Power Saver Timer Deep Sleep Specifies the time taken by the printer before it enters the power saver timer mode 2 after it goes into the power saver timer mode 1 Auto Reset Specifies the time taken by the printer before it automatically resets the settings for Copy Scan or Fax on the operator panel to the defaults when no additional settings are made Panel Select Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the operator panel input is correct or disables the tone Panel Alert Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the operator panel input is incorrect or disables the tone Job Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when a job is complete or disables the tone Alert Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is e
233. inter driver opens Select the appropriate settings for the specific job you are sending to print Print settings selected from the driver have precedence over the default menu settings selected from the operator panel or Tool Box You may need to click Preferences from the initial Print box to see all the available system settings you can change If you are not familiar with a feature in the printer driver window open the online Help for more information To print a job from a typical Microsoft Windows application 1 Open the file you want to print 2 From the File menu select Print 3 Verify that the correct printer is selected in the dialog box Modify the system settings as needed such as the pages you want to print or the number of copies 4 To adjust system settings not available from the first screen such as Quality Paper Size or Image Orientation click Preferences The Printing Preferences dialog box appears Specify the print settings For more information click Help Click OK to close the Printing Preferences dialog box Click Print to send the job to the selected printer Printing 229 Canceling a Print Job There are several methods for canceling a print job Canceling From the Operator Panel To cancel a job after it has started printing 1 Press the X Cancel button NOTE Printing is canceled only for the current job All the following jobs will continue to print Canceling a Job From the Comput
234. inter for Print Using K NOTE When the printing is set up using IP printing the queue name is displayed as blank You do not need to specify it Click Add Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Macintosh 87 88 Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Macintosh Using Your Printer 12 Operator de 81 POCO COPPER CPE O a aA 91 13 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool coconononconoos 97 14 Understanding the Tool Box Menus ccnccccncnconcnonccnnnnononos 139 15 Understanding the Printer Menus ooocconccccnnnconanonncnnonononos 163 16 Print Media Guidelines cscssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssarsnsees 203 17 Loading Print Mediasi 211 90 Operator Panel NOTE The images used in this manual are those of the Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer unless otherwise mentioned Using the Operator Panel Buttons The operator panel has a 4 line by 28 character liquid crystal display LCD light emitting diodes LED control buttons and numeric keypad which allow you to control the printer 10 4 5 6 7 8 6 9 10 11 z5 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15141312 One Touch Dial button e Calls up the stored Fax number registered in the Phone Book The first four fax numbers in the Phone Book are assigned to the buttons in row order starting from the top corner GB Copy button e Moves to the top level of the Copy menu lt gt Fax button e Moves to the t
235. inting Problems i riiai aE n a a Ra 339 Print QualityProblems 0 0 000000 eee enue 341 The outputistoolight 2 2 22 020000022 ee eee 341 Toner smears or print comes off Stain on back side 342 Contents 11 Appendix 12 Random spots Blurred images o o o 343 The entire outputisblank 2 2 o oo 343 Streaks appear on the output o e 00000000 343 Pitched colordots 2 ic E a ee a PE a 344 Vertical blanks uo ica ad ee a as 344 Motter a it PA e Sed o ar ia a ai 344 GhOStNG do ta de Oe BS dl nt RG a a 345 PO Na ds ahs EE ri 346 Bead Carry Dut BCO o o o 346 Augerimatky cee be hee aye a a EE oe de 347 Wrinkled Stained paper 2 a 347 The top margins is incorrect o o o e 348 Color registration is out of alignment 349 Protrudent Bumpy Paper o 350 DAM A E II chain WE OE ek AIS EA DR 350 Misf ed jam i se pa o aa ee a e a ho 350 Multivfeedjam 2 2 20 0 02 ee a a a e a 351 Copy Problem 0042 die ia a Seed A 352 Fax Problems oi oe Sk eee ea Sel Gab ae 352 Scanning Problems 0 0 0000 353 Scanner Driver Printer Utility Problems 355 Wireless Problems Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer only 356 Other Problems oo a EG 356 Contacting Service 356
236. ion in your country such as Germany Sweden Denmark Austria Belgium Italy France and Switzerland this mode is not supported DRPD Before using the Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection DRPD option a distinctive ring service must be installed on your telephone line by the telephone company After the telephone company has provided a separate number for faxing with a distinctive ring pattern configure the fax setup to monitor for that specific ring pattern Auto Rec Fax Available Range Sets the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode after receiving 0 255 seconds an incoming call Auto Rec Fax Tel Available Range Sets the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode after the 0 255 seconds external telephone receives an incoming call Auto Rec Ans Fax Available Range Sets the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode after the 0 255 seconds external answering machine receives an incoming call Line Monitor Off Turns off the volume of the line monitor Low Specifies the volume of the line monitor which audibly monitors a transmission Medium through the internal speaker until a connection is made High Ring Tone Volume Off Turns off the volume of the ring tone Low Specifies the volume of the ring tone which indicates that an incoming call is a Medium telephone call through the internal speaker when Receive Mode is set to Telephone Fax High Line Type PSTN Sets the line ty
237. ion where the driver is available Select Yes if you want this printer to be set as the default printer and then click Next If you want to verify installation click Print a test page Click Finish When a test page is printed successfully installation is complete For Windows 7 Windows 7 64 bit Edition Windows Server 2008 R2 1 2 Click Start gt Devices and Printers Click Add a Printer to launch the Add Printer wizard Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows 83 on SO dl Select Add a network wireless or Bluetooth printer If the printer is listed select the printer and click Next or select The printer that I want isn t listed Click Select a shared printer by name and type in the path of the printer in the text box and then click Next For example lt server host name gt lt shared printer name gt The server host name is the name of the server computer that identifies it to the network The shared printer name is the name assigned during the server installation process If this is a new printer you may be prompted to install a printer driver If no system driver is available you need to specify the path to the available drivers Confirm the printer name and then click Next Select Yes if you want this printer to be set as the default printer and then click Next If you want to verify installation click Print a test page Click Finish When a test page is printed successfully installa
238. ipherals is provided by the original manufacturer including those purchased and or installed through Software amp Peripherals DellWare ReadyWare and Custom Factory Integration CFI DellPlus Online Services You can learn about Dell products and services on the following websites www dell com www dell com ap Asian Pacific countries only www dell com jp Japan only www euro dell com Europe only www dell com la Latin American and Caribbean countries www dell ca Canada only You can access Dell Support through the following websites and e mail addresses e Dell Support websites support dell com support euro dell com Europe only e Dell Support e mail addresses mobile_support us dell com support us dell com la techsupport dell com Latin America and Caribbean countries only apsupport dell com Asian Pacific countries only Dell Marketing and Sales e mail addresses apmarketing dell com Asian Pacific countries only sales_canada dell com Canada only e Anonymous file transfer protocol FTP ftp dell com Log in as user anonymous and use your e mail address as your password Appendix 359 Warranty and Return Policy Dell Computer Corporation Dell manufactures its hardware products from parts and components that are new or equivalent to new in accordance with industry standard practices For information about the Dell warranty for your printer see support dell com Recycling Information It i
239. isplays the paper density of plain paper Label Displays the paper density of labels Adjust Transfer Roller Plain Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller for plain paper Plain Thick Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller for thick plain paper Covers Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller for cover paper Label Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller for labels Coated Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller for coated paper Recycled Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller for recycled paper Envelope Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller for envelopes Adjust Fusing Unit Plain Displays the temperature setting of the fusing unit for plain paper Plain Thick Displays the temperature setting of the fusing unit for thick plain paper Covers Displays the temperature setting of the fusing unit for cover paper Label Displays the temperature setting of the fusing unit for labels Coated Displays the temperature setting of the fusing unit for coated paper Recycled Displays the temperature setting of the fusing unit for recycled paper Envelope Displays the temperature setting of the fusing unit for envelopes Auto Registration Adjustment Displays whether to automatically adjust color registration Adjust Altitude Displays the altitude of the location where the printer is installed Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 111 Non Dell Toner Displa
240. ista For Windows 8 Windows Server 2012 Right click the bottom left corner of the screen and then click Control Panel gt Hardware and Sound Hardware for Windows Server 2012 gt Devices and Printers Right click the printer you just created and then click Printer properties Properties for Windows Server 2008 and Windows Vista On the General tab click Print Test Page When a test page is printed successfully installation is complete Setting Up for Shared Printing You can share your new printer on the network using the Software and Documentation disc that shipped with your printer or using Windows Point and Print or peer to peer method However if you use either of the Microsoft methods you will not get features such as the status monitor and other printer utilities which will get installed with the Software and Documentation disc If you want to use the printer on a network share the printer and install its drivers on all the computers on the network K NOTE You need to purchase the Ethernet cable separately for shared printing For Windows XP Windows XP 64 bit Edition Windows Server 2003 Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition 1 Click Start gt Printers and Faxes Right click this printer icon and select Properties Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network clients using this printer 2 3 From the Sharing tab check the Share this printer check box and then type a name in the Share n
241. itable for documents containing small characters or thin lines or documents printed using a dot matrix printer Super Fine Suitable for documents containing extremely fine detail The Super Fine mode is enabled only if the remote machine also supports the super fine resolution See the notes below Ultra Fine Suitable for documents containing photographic images Y NOTE Faxes scanned inthe Super Fine mode transmit at the highest resolution supported by the receiving device Original Type Purpose To select the default document type Values Text Suitable for documents with text Photo Suitable for documents with photos Lighter Darker Purpose To set the default copy density level Values Lighter2 Makes the fax lighter than the original Works well with dark print Lighterl Normal Works well with standard typed or printed documents Darkerl Makes the fax darker than the original Works well with light print or faint pencil markings Darker2 172 Understanding the Printer Menus Delayed Start Purpose This feature enables you to set a specific time for the fax transmission to start Once Delayed Start mode is activated your printer stores all of the documents to be faxed into its memory and sends them at the specified time After faxing in the Delayed Start mode is complete the data in the memory is cleared Values 21 00 PM9 00 Specify the fax transmission start time when sendin
242. ition or Windows Server 2008 R2 1 2 3 4 DoS SO al 10 11 12 13 14 Extract the zip file you downloaded to your desired location Click Start gt Devices and Printers Click Add a printer When you use Windows Server 2008 R2 click Add a local or network printer as an administrator If the User Account Control dialog box appears click Yes Y NOTE If you are an administrator on the computer click Yes otherwise contact your administrator to continue the desired action Click Add a local printer Select the port connected to this product and then click Next Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box Click Browse and then select the extracted folder in step 1 Click OK Select your printer name and click Next To change the printer name enter the printer name in the Printer name box and then click Next Installation starts If you do not share your printer select Do not share this printer If you share your printer select Share this printer so that others on your network can find and use it Click Next As the driver installation is completed click Print a test page to print a test page To use this printer as the default printer select the Set as the default printer check box Click Finish Windows 8 Windows 8 64 bit Edition or Windows Server 2012 1 on oo of Eh O N Extract the zip file you downloaded to your desired location Right click the bottom left corner of th
243. job is being sent to the correct port The printer scans very slowly Graphics are scanned more slowly than text when using the Scan to E mail or Scan to Network feature Communication speed becomes slow in scan mode because of the large amount of memory required to analyze and reproduce the scanned image Scanning images at a high resolution takes more time than scanning at a low resolution Document misfeeds or multiple feeds occur in the ADE Ensure that the document s paper type meets the specifications for the printer See Supported Paper Types on page 209 for more information Check whether the document is properly loaded in the ADE Ensure that the document guides are adjusted properly Ensure that the number of document sheets do not exceed the maximum capacity of the ADE Ensure that the document is not curled Fan the document well before loading it in the ADE Vertical stripes appear on the output when scanned using the ADE Clean the ADF glass See Cleaning the Scanner on page 320 A smear appears at the same location on the output when scanned using the document glass Clean the document glass See Cleaning the Scanner on page 320 Images are skewed Ensure that the document is loaded straight in the ADF or on the document glass Diagonal lines appear jagged when scanned using the ADE If the document uses thick media try scanning it from the documen
244. k the Order Supplies at to order toner for your printer You can also order toner cartridges by the following method 1 Click Start gt All Programs gt Dell Printers gt Dell C1765 Color Multifunction Printer gt Dell Supplies Management System The Dell Supplies Management System window appears Select your printer from the Select Printer Model list If ordering from the web a Select a web address from the Select Reorder URL list b Click the Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site The Dell C1765nf C1765nfw Color MPF Dell Supplies Management System screen appears c Enter the Service Tag and then click OK The Service Tag is located inside the toner access cover of your printer Dell supplies web site appears Service Tag Express Service Code XXXXXXX 000 000 000 00 If you order by phone call the number that appears in the Order by Phone section 30 About the Printer Printer Setup 5 Removing Packaging Material ococcoconccncncncononconnnnonoss 33 6 Connecting YOUR Praia 35 T Setting Up Your Printer andhacaciiravandtioiiincwsenandink 47 8 Setting the IP Address ui 53 AIN AA as NA 57 10 Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows 32 Removing Packaging Material This chapter provides an overview of your Dell C1765nf C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer NOTE The images used in this manual are those of the Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer unless otherwis
245. k to display the Install From Disk dialog box Click Browse then select the extracted folder in step 1 and then click OK Select your printer name and click Next To change the printer name enter the printer name in the Printer name box and then click Next If you do not share your printer select Do not share this printer If you share your printer select Share this printer so that others on your network can find and use it Click Next Installation starts As the driver installation is completed click Print a test page to print a test page To use this printer as the default printer select the Set as the default printer check box Click Finish Windows 7 or Windows 7 64 bit Edition 1 2 3 70 Extract the zip file you downloaded to your desired location Click Start gt Devices and Printers Click Add a printer Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows 10 11 12 13 Click Add a network wireless or Bluetooth printer Select your printer or click The printer that I want isn t listed When you select your printer go to step 8 When you click The printer that I want isn t listed go to step 6 Select Add a printer using a TCP IP address or host name and then click Next Select TCP IP Device from Device type and enter the IP address for Hostname or IP address and then click Next If the User Account Control dialog box appears click Yes NOTE If you are an administrator on t
246. key from WEP Key 1toWEP Key 4 and then press the Y Set button Proceed to step 11 eal FU Select the encryption type from No Security or Wi If you do not set security for your wireless network Ensure thatNo Security appears and then press the Y Set button To use WEP encryption a Press the V button until WEP appears and then press the Y Set button b Enter the WEP key and then press the Y Set button c Press the V button to highlight the desired transmit key from WEP Key 1toWEP Key 4 and then press the Y Set button The Restart System screen appears and the printer is rebooted wireless LAN connection setting is completed Connecting Your Printer 41 Reconfiguring the Wireless Setting To change the wireless setting through an Ethernet or wireless connection from your computer perform the following NOTE To change the wireless setting through wireless connection ensure that the wireless connection setting is completed in Wireless Connection Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer Only on page 37 NOTE The following settings are available when the network mode is set to infrastructure in Wireless Connection Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer Only on page 37 1 Check the IP address of the printer For details about how to check the IP address of the printer see Verifying the IP Settings on page 55 2 Launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool by entering the IP
247. l Sets the time interval for refreshing the contents of the status display pages automatically from 15 to 600 seconds Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 125 Port Settings Purpose To enable or disable printing connectors and management protocol features NOTE The settings in the Port Settings page will be valid only when the printer is rebooted When you change or configure the settings click Apply new settings to apply the new settings NOTE Values marked by an asterisk are the factory default menu settings Values Ethernet Ethernet Settings Auto Detects Ethernet transmission rate and the duplex settings automatically 10Base I Half Duplex Selects 10Base T Half Duplex as the default value 10Base Full Duplex Selects 10Base T Full Duplex as the default value 100Base X Half Duplex Selects 100Base TX Half Duplex as the default value 100Base TX Full Duplex Selects 100Base TX Full Duplex as the default value Current Ethernet Settings Displays the current settings of Ethernet MAC Address Displays the MAC address of the printer Port Status LPD Specifies whether to enable LPD Port9100 Specifies whether to enable Port9100 E Mail Alert Specifies whether to enable the E Mail Alert feature SNMP Specifies whether to enable the SNMP WSD Specifies whether to enable the WSD port Bonjour mDNS Specifies whether to enable the Bonjour mDNS feature
248. l OK Yellow Cartridge Level OK Black Cartridge Level OK Paper Trays Status Capacity Multipurpose Feeder Add Paper 150 sheets Output Tray Status Capacity Output Tray ok I 150 sheets Size Letter 8 5 x11 l Printer Status Links to the Printer Status menu 2 Printer Jobs Links to the Printer Jobs menu 3 Printer Settings Links to the Printer Settings Report menu 4 Print Server Settings Links to the Print Server Reports menu 5 Print Volume Links to the Print Volume menu 6 Address Book Links to the Address Book menu 7 Printer Information Links to the Printer Status menu 8 Tray Settings Links to the Tray Settings menu 9 E Mail Alert Links to the Print Server Settings menu 10 Set Password Links to the Security menu 11 Online Help Links to the Dell Support website 12 Order Supplies at Links to the Dell web page 13 Contact Dell Support at Links to the Dell support page web address support dell com 102 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool Right Frame The right frame is located on the right side of all pages The contents of the right frame correspond to the menu that you select in the left frame For details on the items displayed in the right frame see Details of the Menu Items on page 104 Buttons in the Right Frame Printer Status Printer Jobs Printer Settings Print Server Settings Print Volu
249. l System is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Report List is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Address Book is highlighted and then press the Y Set button A list of your speed dial entries is printed 284 Faxing Other Ways to Fax Using the Secure Receiving Mode You may need to prevent your received faxes from being accessed by unauthorized people You can turn on the secure fax mode using the Secure Receive option to restrict printing out all of the received faxes when the printer is unattended In the secure fax mode all incoming faxes will get saved in the memory When the mode turns off any faxes stored will be printed NOTE Before operation ensure that Panel Lock Set is setto Enable To turn the secure receiving mode on 1 un O Of Eh amp BD Press the El Menu button Press the V button until System is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Admin Menu is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Secure Settings is highlighted and then press the Set button Press the V button until Secure Receive is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Ensure that Secure Receive Set is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Enable is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Y NOTE The factory default password is 0000 To return
250. lance level of blue within the range of 2 to 2 Gray Balance Purpose To specify the default gray balance level within the range of 2 to 2 166 Understanding the Printer Menus Multiple Up Purpose To print two original pages to fit onto one sheet of paper Values Off Does not perform multiple up printing Auto Automatically reduces the original pages to fit onto one sheet of paper ID Copy Prints the original pages onto one sheet of paper in the original size Manual Prints the original pages onto the one sheet of paper in the size specified in Reduce Enlarge Margin Top Bottom Purpose To specify the value of the top and bottom margins Values 4 mm 0 2 inch Specify the value in increments of 1 mm 0 1 inch Available Range 0 50 mm 0 0 2 0 inch Margin Left Right Purpose To specify the value of the left and right margins Values 4 mm 0 2 inch Specify the value in increments of 1 mm 0 1 inch Available Range 0 50 mm 0 0 2 0 inch Margin Middle Purpose To specify the value of the middle margin Values 0 mm 0 0 inch Specify the value in increments of 1 mm 0 1 inch Available Range 0 50 mm 0 0 2 0 inch Understanding the Printer Menus 167 Scan Defaults Use the Scan Defaults menus to configure a variety of scanner features Z NOTE Values marked by an asterisk are the factory default menu settings Scan to Network Purpose
251. le beside the arrow on the printer until its tip reaches the interior of the printer as illustrated below and then pull it out 7 Repeat the same procedure for the other three holes 8 Insert the cleaning rod back to its original location 9 Replace the black cartridge by adjusting it to the associated cartridge holder and then insert it firmly by pressing near the center of the label until the cartridge clicks Maintaining Your Printer 315 10 Replace the other three cartridges as well 11 Close the toner access cover Cleaning the Color Toner Density CTD Sensor Clean the CTD sensor only when an alert for the CTD sensor is shown on the Status Monitor or operator panel 1 Ensure that the printer is turned off 2 Push the rear cover release handle and open the rear cover 316 Maintaining Your Printer 3 Clean the CTD sensor inside the printer with a clean dry cotton swab 4 Close the rear cover 5 Tum on the printer Adjusting Color Registration This section describes how to adjust the color registration when you first install the printer or after moving it to a new location NOTE A Password is required to enter the Admin Menu menu when Panel Lock Setissetto Enable In this case enter the password you specified and press the Set button Performing Auto Adjust Auto Adjust allows you to correct the color registration automatically The Operator Panel 1 2 3 4 5 6
252. lect Printers c Right click the printer you just created and select Properties d On the General tab click Print Test Page When a test page is printed successfully installation is complete For Windows 7 Windows 7 64 bit Edition Windows Server 2008 R2 1 2 3 4 5 Click Start gt your user name gt Network Start gt Network for Windows Server 2008 R2 Locate the host name of the server computer and then double click the host name Right click the shared printer name and then click Connect Click Install driver Wait until the driver is copied from the server to the client computer A new printer object will be added to the Printers folder The time taken for these activities varies based on network traffic Print a test page to verify installation a Click Start gt Devices and Printers b Right click the printer you just created and select Printer properties c On the General tab click Print Test Page When a test page is printed successfully installation is complete For Windows 8 Windows 8 64 bit Edition Windows Server 2012 1 oF 0 N Point to the bottom right corner of the screen and then click Search gt Type Network in the search box click Apps and then click Network Locate the host name of the server computer and then double click the host name Right click the shared printer name and then click Connect Click Install driver Wait until the driver is copied from the server to the client co
253. les Learn more about sharing and security Windows Firewall is configured to allow this folder to be shared with other computers on the network View your Windows Firewall settings MyShare Properties General Sharing Customize Local sharing and security To share this folder with oth of this computer only drag it to the Shared Documents folder To make this folder and its subfolders private so that only you have access select the following check box C Make this folder private Network sharing and security As a security measure Windows has disabled remote access to this computer However you can enable remote access and safely share files by running the Network Setup Wizard If you understand the security risks but want to share files without running the wizard click here Learn more about sharing and security Enable File Sharing If you enable sharing on this computer without using the Network Setup Wizard the computer could be vulnerable to attacks from the Internet We strongly recommend that you run the Network Setup Wizard to protect your computer A SS sharing Recommended 5 Select Allow network users to change my files Y NOTE When the following screen appears click If you understand the security risks but want to share files without running the wizard click here then select Just enable file sharing and then click OK Scanning 255 6 Click OK Y NOTE
254. lication each scan eventis associated with depends on the setting on the computer 7 Press the gt Start button Scanning Using the TWAIN Driver Your printer supports the Tool Without An Interesting Name TWAIN driver for scanning images TWAIN is one of the standard components provided by Windows XP Windows Vista Windows 7 Windows 8 Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008 and works with various scanners Scanning 247 NOTE Ensure that the printer is connected to the computer using the USB cable To scan an image from the PaperPort 1 ao a Aa Ww 7 8 9 Load the document s face up with top edge in first into the ADE OR Place a single document face down on the document glass For details about loading a document see Loading an Original Document on the ADF on page 272 On the Windows Start menu click Nuance PaperPort 14 from All Programs and then click PaperPort for Windows 8 click the PaperPort icon on the Start screen In the Desktop tab click Scan Settings in the Function Pane group Click Select in the Scan or Get Photo pane In the Available Scanners dialog box select TWAIN Dell C1765 MFP Scanner and then click OK Select your scanning preferences and click Preview to display the preview image Y NOTE The illustration may vary for different operating systems Dell C1765nf nfw MFP TWAIN Driver USB lt Basic Scanning mage Guay mage Options Oo pam CU 1800 2400 ex 500 1
255. llowing procedure depending on the application you are using Z NOTE When using a USB connection on Mac OS 10 4 x upgrade Common Unix Printing System CUPS software to version 1 2 12 or later You can download it from CUPS web site 1 Open the file you want to send by fax 2 Open the print dialog box from the application and then select Dell C1765nf Color MFP Fax or Dell C1765nfw Color MFP Fax Printer Dell C1765nfw Color MFP Fax Presets Default Settings Copies fi Pages e All From 1 to 1 Paper Size A4 210 by 297 mm Orientation Ta 1 TextEdit Print header and footer Rewrap contents to fit page Cancel Amina 3 Specify the fax settings Y NOTE The settings done here are only applied to a single fax job Click Print The Fax Recipient dialog box appears Specify the destination for the recipient in one of the following ways e Enter a name and phone number directly e Select a recipient from a phone book saved on your computer 0 00 Set Check Fax Transmission Recipient List Name Name Phone Number Phone Number My Address Book file Default dma Look Up Address Book Delete Add to Address Book Authorization Delayed Send _ Delayed Send Password Time 2012 06 13 21 09 Stop Sending Start Sending Faxing 279 K NOTE Enter the password in the Password field in the Authorization area before sending a fax if the Fax s
256. lltS ccoo oia ta he a 201 16 Print Media GuidelineS ooo o oo o 203 Paper ce v es 8 ee Oe a es Ae ee A 203 Paper Characteristics 2 2 ee 203 Recommended Paper 0 000 eee eee eee 204 Unacceptable Paper E a eee eee 204 Selecting Papera ge Saath rc Beebe DPS 204 Selecting Preprinted Media and Letterhead 205 Printing on Letterhead o o o e e 205 Loading Letterhead o o o e e eee 205 Selecting Pre Punched Paper o o 206 Envelopes coa aa Pe aa ae 206 Labels 2 0 4 2 yee we bd be ha ae Ble Se ee wee hee wee wen eae 207 Storing Print Media 2 23 02 a wa ON Be eR eee 207 Identifying Print Media and Specifications 208 Supported Paper Sizes 2 2 e 208 Supported PaperTypes 00 000 eee eee eee 209 Paper Type Specifications 00000 eee 209 17 Loading Print Media 0 211 Capacitar dal io SO a ea ee wha ce lee o Ee 211 Print Media Dimensions o o e 211 Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder MPF 211 Loading an Envelope in the Multipurpose Feeder MPF 216 Loading Letterhead o o o 218 Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter PSI 219 Loading an Envelope in the Priority Sheet Inserter PSI 221 Loading Letterhead
257. lutions other than the following are achieved by driver s resolution conversion 200 x 200 dots 25 4 mm 1 inch 300 x 300 dots 25 4 mm 1 inch Default 600 x 600 dots 25 4 mm 1 inch 1200 x 1200 dots 25 4 mm 1 inch Color bit depth 24 bit WIA TWAIN Mono bit depth 1 bit for Line art and 8 bit for Gray scale Effective scanning length Document glass 297 mm 11 69 inches ADF 355 6 mm 14 inches Effective scanning width 215 9 mm 8 5 inches Scan speed Text mode Black amp White 641 22 psec line 600 dots 25 4 mm 1 inch 1265 19 usec line 1200 dots 25 4 mm 1 inch Color 2176 52 psec line 600 dots 25 4 mm 1 inch 4363 36 usec line 1200 dots 25 4 mm 1 inch 304 Specifications Facsimile Specifications Item Description Compatibility ITU T Group 3 Applicable line Public Switched Telephone Network PSTN Data coding Black amp White 1bit JBIG MMR MR MH encoding Color Not supported Max modem speed 33 6 Kbps Transmission speed Approx 3 seconds page Transmission time applies to memory transmission of text data scanned in Standard resolution with ECM using only ITU T No 1 Chart Scanning speed Document glass approx 3 seconds A4 at standard fax resolution mode ADF approx 5 seconds Letter at standard fax resolution mode 7 5 seconds Letter at fine fax resolution mode Maximum document length Document glass 2
258. lve the problem contact Dell See Contacting Dell on 134 211 pao 191 310 193 700 This message indicates the printer is in the non Dell toner mode 300 Understanding Printer Messages Specifications NOTE The images used in this manual are those of the Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer unless otherwise mentioned Operating System Compatibility Your Dell C1765nf C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer is compatible with Microsoft Windows XP Windows XP 64 bit Edition Windows Vista Windows Vista 64 bit Edition Windows 7 Windows 7 64 bit Edition Windows 8 Windows 8 64 bit Edition Windows Server 2003 Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2008 64 bit Edition Windows Server 2008 R2 Windows Server 2012 Mac OS X Version 10 4 11 10 5 10 6 and 10 7 Power Supply Rated Voltage 220 240 VAC 110 127 VAC Frequency 50 60 Hz 50 60 Hz Current S 0A 110A Dimensions Height 338 mm 13 31 inches Width 410 mm 16 14 inches Depth 379 mm 14 92 inches Weight only the toner cartridges are included e Dell C1765nf Color Multifunction Printer 14 8 kg 32 63 lb e Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer 14 9 kg 32 85 Ib Memory Base memory 128 MB Page Description Language PDL Emulation Operating System and Interface PDL Emulations Host based printing system OSes Windows XP Windows XP 64 bit Edition Windows Vista Windows Vista 64 bi
259. ly executes counter measures for curling separating discharge of the paper Apply New Settings After you complete the settings click Apply New Settings to apply the changes Web Link Customization Purpose To specify a link used for ordering consumables Values Select Reorder URL Select the Regular or Premier URL Regular Displays the regular web address http accessories us dell com sna PrinterSeg aspx Premier Displays the premier web address http premier dell com Apply New Settings After you complete the settings click Apply New Settings to apply the changes TCP 1P Settings Purpose To configure TCP IP settings Values IP Address Mode AutoIP Automatically sets the IP address BOOTP Uses BOOTP to set the IP address RARP Uses RARP to set the IP address DHCP Uses DHCP to set the IP address Panel Manually sets the IP address IP Address Manually sets the IP address allocated to the printer Subnet Mask Manually sets the subnet mask Gateway Address Manually sets the gateway address Apply New Settings After you complete the settings click Apply New Settings to apply the changes Restart printer to apply new settings Click Restart printer to apply new settings to apply the changes 152 Understanding the Tool Box Menus Tray Settings Purpose To specify the paper size and type of paper loaded in the Multipurpose Feeder MPF Values Paper Typ
260. m warm up time Select a value between 5 and 30 minutes for the power saver timer mode if you want a balance between energy consumption and a shorter warm up period The printer automatically returns to the standby mode from the power saver timer mode when it receives data from the computer You can also return the printer to the standby mode by pressing any button on the operator panel 2 Disable printing with larger paper size is available only in the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool and the Tool Box 3 The default for mm inch varies depending on country specific factory default Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 113 Secure Settings Panel Lock Purpose To restrict access to Admin Menu with a password and to set or change the password NOTE This menu sets a password to lock the operator panel When you change the password for the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool click Set Password on the left frame and set the password Values Panel Lock Set Restricts access to Admin Menu with a password New Password Sets a password that is required to access Admin Menu Re enter Password Enter the new password again to confirm Software Download Purpose To set whether to enable download of software updates Function Enabled Purpose To enable the services to be password enabled and allow the user to change it NOTE This menu sets a password to limit the Copy Scan Fax and USB Print services When yo
261. m administrator NOTE When you assign an IP address manually in IPv6 Mode use the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool To open the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool use the link local address To check a link local address see Verifying the IP Settings on page 55 NOTE Depending on the address class the range of the IP address assigned may be different On Class A for example an IP address in the range from0 0 0 0to127 255 255 255 will be assigned For assignment of IP addresses contact your system administrator You can assign the IP address by using the operator panel or using the Tool Box The Operator Panel For more information on using your operator panel see Operator Panel on page 91 NOTE A Password is required to enter Admin Menu when Panel Lock Set is setto Enable In this case enter the password you specified and press the V Set button 1 Tum on the printer Ensure that Ready appears on the operator panel Press the E Menu button Press the V button until System appears and then press the Y set button Press the V button until Admin Menu appears and then press the Y set button Press the V button until Network appears and then press the Y set button Press the V button until TCP IP appears and then press the Y set button Press the V button until 1Pv4 appears and then press the Y set button Ensure that Get IP Address appears and then press the Y set button Press the V
262. me Engish Address Book ARAS vin sorer seare LS Printer Information Basic Information Port Settings Wireless LAN TCP IP E Mail Alert Bonjour mDHS SNMP Scan to PC Reset Print Server Tray Settings a ie Basic Information ZE reres E Mail Alert Set Password System Settings Pinter Hane Online Help Location Order Supplies at www dell comisupplies C ntact Person Administrator E Mail Address Contact Dell Support at Asset Tag Humber supportdell com EWS Settings Auto Refresh Interval 30 seconde 16 600 1 2 3 1 Refresh button Receives the current printer configuration and updates the latest information in the right frame 2 Apply New Settings button Submits new settings made on the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool to the printer The new settings replace the old settings of the printer 3 Restore Settings button Restores the old settings New settings will not be submitted to the printer Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 103 Changing the Settings of the Menu Items Some menus allow you to change the printer settings through the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool When you access these menus the authentication window appears on the screen Enter a user name and password of the administrator by following the prompts displayed in the dialog box The default user name is admin and the default password is left blank NULL You can change only the password
263. ment output tray or cannot find any jammed document there open the document output tray Clearing Jams 327 8 Remove the document from the ADF feed roller or the feed area by carefully pulling the document in the direction of the arrow shown in the following illustration 328 Clearing Jams Clearing Paper Jams From the Front of the Printer A WARNING Before performing any of the following procedures read and follow the safety instructions in the mportant Information K NOTE To resolve the error displayed on the operator panel you must clear all print media from the print media path 1 Pull the PSI out Clearing Jams 329 3 Replace the PSI in the printer AN WARNING When putting the PSI back into the printer do not use excessive force Doing so could damage the PSI or the inside of the printer 4 Press the Y Set button Clearing Paper Jams From the Back of the Printer AN WARNING Before performing any of the following procedures read and follow the safety instructions in the mportant Information AN WARNING To prevent electric shock always turn off the printer and disconnect the power cable from the grounded outlet before performing maintenance AN WARNING To avoid burns do not clear paper jams immediately after printing The fusing unit becomes extremely hot during use NOTE To resolve the error displayed on the operator panel you must clear all print media from the print media path
264. mitted when a problem occurs or disables the tone Out of Paper Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted when the printer runs out of paper or disables the tone Auto Clear Alert Tone Sets the volume of the tone that is emitted 5 seconds before the printer performs auto clear or disables the tone All Tones Sets the volume of all the alert tones or disables all the tones Job Time Out Specifies the amount of time that the printer waits for data to arrive from the computer The print job is cancelled if it times out Panel Language Used to set the language on the operator panel Disable printing with larger Specifies whether to print jobs if the paper set in the tray of the printer is larger than the paper paper size size set in the printer driver the paper size does not have to match Auto Log Print Specifies if a job history needs to be printed after every 20 jobs mm inch Specifies the measurement unit displayed after the numeric value on the operator panel 1 Enter 5 in Power Saver Timer Sleep to put the printer in the power saver timer mode five minutes after it finishes a job This uses less energy but requires more warm up time for the printer Enter 5 if your printer shares an electrical circuit with room lighting and you notice lights flickering Selecta high value if your printer is in constant use In most circumstances this keeps the printer ready to operate with minimu
265. mory If a memory shortage occurs cancel the collating by turning Col lated to Uncollated on the operator panel 3 sf 3 sj Load the document s face up with top edge in first into the ADE OR Place a single document face down on the document glass and close the document cover For details about loading a document see Loading an Original Document on the ADF on page 272 Press the lt Copy button Ensure that Collated is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button to select the desired setting and then press the Y Set button NOTE Values marked by an asterisk are the factory default menu settings Uncollated Does not sort the copy job Collated Sorts the copy job Auto Automatically determines which output mode for the copy job If necessary customize the copy settings including the number of copies contrast and image quality See Setting Copy Options on page 235 Press the gt Start button to begin copying Copying Reduce Enlarge To reduce or enlarge the size of a copied image from 25 percent to 400 percent when you copy original documents from the document glass or ADE NOTE When you make a reduced copy black lines may appear at the bottom of your copy NOTE This item is available only when Multip1e Up is setto Off or Manual 1 Load the document s face up with top edge in first into the ADE
266. mputer A new printer object will be added to the Printers folder The time taken for these activities varies based on network traffic Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows 81 6 Print a test page to verify installation a Right click the bottom left corner of the screen and then click Control Panel gt Hardware and Sound Hardware for Windows Server 2012 gt Devices and Printers b Right click the printer you just created and select Printer properties c On the General tab click Print Test Page When a test page is printed successfully installation is complete Peer to Peer If you use the peer to peer method the printer driver is installed on each client computer The client computers can modify the drivers and handle the print jobs For Windows XP Windows XP 64 bit Edition Windows Server 2003 Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition 1 Click start Start for Windows Server 2003 Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition gt Settings for Windows XP Windows XP 64 bit Edition Printers and Faxes Click Add a Printer to launch the Add Printer wizard Click Next Select A network printer or a printer attached to another computer and then click Next If the printer is not listed type in the path of the printer in the text box What printer do you want to connect to O Eind a printer in the directory Connect to this printer for to browse for a printer select this option and click Next Name se
267. n Windows Vista Windows 7 and Windows 8 Printer Setup for Scan to WSD Setup the printer and computer for connection using WSD Checking the Printer Setting To use the Scan to WSD function WSD needs to be set to Enable See Protocol on page 179 for details Setting Up the Computer NOTE For Windows 8 the computer automatically connects the printer using WSD There is no need to install the printer manually For Windows 7 1 Click Start gt Computer gt Network 2 Right click the icon for the printer and then click Install The printer is connected using WSD For Windows Vista 1 Click Start gt Network 2 Right click the icon for the printer and then click Install 3 Click Continue The printer is connected using WSD Procedures for WSD Scan 1 Load the document s facing up with top edge in first into the ADE OR Place a single document facing down on the document glass For details about loading a document see Loading an Original Document on the ADF on page 272 Press the gt Scan button Press the V button until Scan to WSD is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Ensure that Scan to is highlighted and then press the Y Set button oa FF q N Press the V button until the desired computer you want to send the scan job to is highlighted and then press the Y Set button 6 Press the V button until the desired scan event is highlighted and then press the Y Set button NOTE Which app
268. n the operator panel Medium input Is correct High Panel Alert Tone Off Does not emit a tone when the operator panel input is incorrect Low Emits a tone at the specified volume when the operator panel Medium input is incorrect High Job Tone Off Does not emit a tone when a job is complete Low Emits a tone at the specified volume when a job is complete Medium High 146 Understanding the Tool Box Menus Alert Tone Off Does not emit a tone when a problem occurs Low Emits a tone at the specified volume when a problem occurs Medium High Out of Paper Off Does not emit a tone when the printer runs out of paper Tone Low Emits a tone at the specified volume when the printer runs out Medium of paper High Auto Clear Alert Off Does not emit a tone before the printer performs auto clear Tone Low Emits a tone at the specified volume 5 seconds before the Medium printer performs auto clear High All Tones Off Disables all the alert tones Low Specifies the volume of all the alert tones at once Medium High Job Time Out 0 Disables the job time out Available Range Specifies the amount of time that the printer waits for data to arrive from the 5 300 seconds computer The print job is cancelled if it times out Fault Time Out 0 Disables the fault time out Available Range Specifies the time taken by the printer before it cancels jobs that stop abnormally 3 300 seconds The prin
269. n the printer selection window 54 Setting the IP Address Verifying the IP Settings You can confirm the settings by using the operator panel printing the printer settings report or using the ping command Z NOTE A Password is required to enter Admin Menu when Panel Lock Set is setto Enable In this case enter the password you specified and press the V Set button The Operator Panel 1 2 3 4 5 6 Press the E Menu button Press the V button until System appears and then press the Y set button Press the V button until Admin Menu appears and then press the Y set button Press the V button until Network appears and then press the Y set button Press the V button until TCP IP appears and then press the Y set button Press the V button until IPv4 appears and then press the Y set button Check the IP address displayed on the operator panel The System Settings Report 1 Print the system settings report For details about how to print a system settings report see Printing a Report List Using the Operator Panel on page 175 Verify the correct IP address subnet mask and gateway address are listed in the system settings report under Wired Network or Wireless Network If the IP address shows 0 0 0 0 the factory default an IP address has not been assigned To assign one for your printer see Assigning an IP Address on page 53 The Ping Command Ping the printer and verify that it r
270. nd a fax to the external line number To use Prefix Dial you must do the following from the operator panel oo N OOo F WO DS _ Aa WwW N O Press the El Menu button Press the V button until System is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Admin Menu is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Fax Settings is highlighted and then press the V Set button Press the V button until Line Type is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the W button until PBX is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the 5 Back button to return to the previous menu Press the V button until Prefix Dial is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until On is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the 5 Back button to return to the previous menu Press the W button until Prefix Dial Numis highlighted and then press the Y Set button Enter an up to five digit prefix number from 0 9 and Press the Y Set button when the prefix dial number on the display is correct Reboot the printer by turning the power switch off and then on Faxing 271 Sending a Fax You can fax data from your printer You can also directly fax data transferred from the computer running a Microsoft Windows operating system Loading an Original Document on the ADF NM CAUTION Do not load more than 35 sheets into th
271. ndicates that the tray is available Capacity Displays the maximum capacity of the output tray Cover Status Closed Indicates that the cover is closed Open Indicates that the cover is open Printer Type Displays the type of the printer Color Laser is displayed normally Printing Speed Displays the printing speed Printer Events Purpose When faults such as Out of Paper or Rear Cover 1s Open occur the details of all alerts or indications of faults are displayed in the Printer Events page Values Location Displays the location where the error occurred Details Displays the details of the error Printer Information Purpose To display the system information of the printer This page can also be displayed by clicking Printer Information in the left frame Values Dell Service Tag Number Displays Dell s service tag number Asset Tag Number 106 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool Displays the asset tag number of the printer Printer Serial Number Displays the serial number of the printer Memory Capacity Displays the memory capacity Processor Speed Displays the processing speed Printer Revision Levels Firmware Version Displays the version of the controller Network Firmware Version Displays the NIC version Printer Jobs The Printer Jobs menu contains information on the Job List and Completed Jobs pages These pages show the details of the status regar
272. ne when a problem occurs Low Emits a tone at the specified volume when a problem occurs Medium High 190 Understanding the Printer Menus Out of Paper Off Does not emit a tone when the printer runs out of paper Low Emits a tone at the specified volume when the printer runs out of paper Medium High All Tones Off Disables all the alert tones Low Sets the volume of all the alert tones at once Medium High mm inch Purpose To specify the measurement unit displayed after the numeric value on the operator panel Values Millimeters mm Specifies the default measurement unit Inches NOTE The default for mm inch varies depending on country specific factory default Auto Log Print Purpose To automatically print a job history report after every 20 jobs Values off Does not automatically print a job history report On Automatically prints a job history report NOTE The job history report can also be printed using the Report List menu Low Toner Alert Msg Purpose To specify whether to show the alert message when the toner is low Values Off Does not show the alert message when the toner is low On Shows the alert message when the toner is low Understanding the Printer Menus 191 Power On Wizard Purpose To perform initial setup for the printer Values Yes Performs the initial setup for the printer No Does not perform the
273. ng is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the Y button until Yes is highlighted and then press the Y Set button u Oo FP WwW N The printer restarts automatically to apply the settings Understanding the Printer Menus 201 202 Understanding the Printer Menus Print Media Guidelines Print media can be paper labels envelopes and coated paper among others Your printer provides high quality printing on a variety of print media Selecting the appropriate print media for your printer helps avoid printing troubles This section describes selecting print media caring for print media and loading the print media in Multipurpose Feeder MPF or Priority Sheet Inserter PSI NOTE The images used in this manual are those of the Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer unless otherwise mentioned Paper For the best print quality in oor use 75 gm 20 lb xerographic grain long paper For the best print quality in black and white use 90 g m 24 lb xerographic grain long paper Before buying large quantities of any print media it is recommended that you try a sample first When loading paper identify the recommended print side on the paper package and load the paper accordingly See Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder MPF on page 211 and Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter PSI on page 219 for detailed loading instructions Paper Characteristics The following paper char
274. ngs Report Printer Maintenance and Diagnosis tabs K NOTE The Password dialog box appears the first time you try to change settings on Tool Box when Panel Lock is set on the printer In this case enter the password you specified and click OK to apply the settings Starting the Tool Box Click Start gt All Programs gt Dell Printers gt Dell C1765 Color Multifunction Printer gt Tool Box NOTE The Select Printer window appears in this step when multiple printer drivers are installed on your computer In this case click Dell C1765nf Color Multifunction Printer or Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer listed in Printer Name and then click OK The Tool Box opens Using the Tool Box to Change the Printer Settings You can select menu items and corresponding values from the Tool Box To select a new value as a setting 1 Click Start gt All Programs gt Dell Printers gt Dell C1765 Color Multifunction Printer gt Tool Box Y NOTE The Select Printer window appears in this step when multiple printer drivers are installed on your computer In this case click Dell C1765nf Color Multifunction Printer or Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer listed in Printer Name and then click OK The Tool Box opens Click the Printer Maintenance tab Select the desired menu item Each menu item has a list of values for the menu item A value can be A phrase or word to describe a setting A numerical value that can be changed
275. nt print media from falling from the printer after the print job is complete Before printing a document ensure that the output tray extension is fully extended NOTE When you pull out envelopes or small size print media lift up the scanner unit 226 Loading Print Media Printing Copying Scanning and Faxing A ach teak cet taeda zal Ge Gok atlas ec 229 A A 233 ZU SG ai VIN Ge a a 245 DVS AMM A a A 267 227 228 Printing This chapter covers tips for printing how to print certain lists of information from your printer and how to cancel a job Tips for Successful Printing Tips on Storing Print Media Store your print media properly For more information see Storing Print Media on page 207 Avoiding Paper Jams K NOTE It is recommended that you try a limited sample of any print media you are considering using with the printer before purchasing large quantities By selecting appropriate print media and loading it properly you can avoid paper jams See the following instructions on loading print media Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder MPF on page 211 Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter PSI on page 219 e Avoiding Jams on page 323 If you experience a jam see Jam on page 350 for instructions Sending a Job to Print Install the printer driver to use all the features of the printer When you choose Print from an application a window representing the pr
276. nt to multiple locations For example if you enter 0 you can send a document to the locations registered between 01 and 09 Group Dialing If you frequently send the same document to several destinations you can create a group of these destinations and set them under a one digit group dial location This allows you to use a group dial number setting to send the same document to all the destinations in the group NOTE You cannot include one group dial number within another group dial number Setting Group Dial 1 Press the E Menu button 2 Press the V button until System is highlighted and then press the Y Set button 3 Press the V button until Admin Menu is highlighted and then press the Y Set button 4 Press the V button until Phone Book is highlighted and then press the Y Set button 5 Press the V button until Group Dial is highlighted and then press the Y Set button 6 Press the V button until the desired group dial number between 1 and 6 is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Ensure that Name is highlighted and then press the Y Set button 8 Enter the name and then press the vA Set button Ensure that Speed Dial No is highlighted and then press the Y Set button 10 Press the V button until the desired number is highlighted press the gt button to select the speed dial numbers and then press the Y Set button 11 Ensure that Apply Settings is highlighted and then press the Y Set button 12
277. ntation To change the folders click Browse Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows Click Finish to exit the wizard when the Ready to Print screen appears If necessary click Print Test Page to print a test page For installing XML Paper Specification XPS printer driver NOTE Download and install the XPS printer driver at support dell com K NOTE The XPS driver is supported on the following operating systems Windows Vista Windows Vista 64 bit Edition Windows 7 Windows 7 64 bit Edition Windows 8 Windows 8 64 bit Edition Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2008 64 bit Edition Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows Server 2012 Windows Vista or Windows Vista 64 bit Edition 1 u 0 or Aa W N 10 11 12 13 Extract the zip file you downloaded to your desired location Click Start gt Control Panel Hardware and Sound gt Printers Click Add a printer Click Add a network wireless or Bluetooth printer Select printer or click The printer that I want isn t listed Select Add a printer using a TCP IP address or hostname and then click Next Select TCP IP Device for Device type and enter the IP address for Hostname or IP address and then click Next If the User Account Control Continue dialog box appears click Continue NOTE If you are an administrator on the computer click Continue otherwise contact your administrator to continue the desired action Click Have Disk to display the
278. ny subfolder leave the space blank To store the scanned document in the folder you created under the share folder enter the path as following Example Share Folder name MyShare Second level folder name MyPic Third level folder name John You should now see MyShare Mypic John in your directory 4 MyShare Share folder L 7 MyPic L PE John In this case enter the following item Server Path AMyPicX John For FTP Enter the server path to store the scanned document 6 Server Port Number Enter the Server Port Number If you are unsure you can enter the default value of 139 for SMB and 21 for FTP 7 Login Name Enter the user account name that has access to the shared folder on your computer or FTP server 8 Login Password Enter the password corresponding to the above login name NOTE Empty password is not valid in the Scan to Computer feature Ensure that you have a valid password for the user login account See Confirming a Login name and Password on page 251 for details on howto add a password in your user login account 9 Re enter Password Re enter your password After you configured settings go to Sending the Scanned File on the Network on page 263 From the Address Book Editor 1 Click Start gt All Programs gt Dell Printers gt Dell C1765 Color Multifunction Printer gt Address Book Editor The Select Device window appears Select your printer from the list Click OK Click Tool Ne
279. o Adjust Yes Automatically adjusts color registration No Does not automatically adjust color registration Clean Developer Purpose To rotate the developer motor and stir the toner in the toner cartridge Values Yes Stirs the toner in a new toner cartridge No Does not stir the toner in a new toner cartridge 194 Understanding the Printer Menus Toner Refresh Purpose To use up a toner cartridge when you need to replace it before the end of its life or to stir the toner in a new toner cartridge Values Yellow Yes Cleans the toner in the yellow toner cartridge No Does not clean the toner in the yellow toner cartridge Magenta Yes Cleans the toner in the magenta toner cartridge No Does not clean the toner in the magenta toner cartridge Cyan Yes Cleans the toner in the cyan toner cartridge No Does not clean the toner in the cyan toner cartridge Black Yes Cleans the toner in the black toner cartridge No Does not clean the toner in the black toner cartridge Transfer Roller Refresh Purpose Specify whether to execute counter measures for curling separating discharge of the paper Values Off Does not automatically execute counter measures for curling separating discharge of the paper On Automatically executes counter measures for curling separating discharge of the paper Initialize NVM Purpose To initialize NVM non volatile memory for system pa
280. ocument face down on the document glass For details about loading a document see Loading an Original Document on the ADF on page 272 Press the gt Scan button Ensure that Scan to USB Memory is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the W button until the your desired folder is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the gt Start button Scanning Sending an E M ail with the Scanned Image To send an e mail attached with the scanned image from your printer follow the steps below Set up E Mail Server Settings of E Mail Alert on the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool See E Mail Alert on page 100 for more details For information about your e mail server contact your system administrator or your local Internet service provider ISP e Setup the e mail address book through the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool See Setting an E Mail Address Book on page 265 for more details Setting an E Mail Address Book 1 Open a web browser 2 Type in the IP addre ss of the printer in the address bar and click Go The printer s Web page appears 3 Click the Address Book tab The login dialog box appears Type in the administrator login ID and password registered on the printer Click Address Book CS moras fa defeultexp lang en us 2 gt BE x 8 den a765ntw Color MEP Printer Status Printer Jobs Printer Settings Print Server Settings Print Volume
281. oes not solve the problem contact Dell See Contacting Dell on page 360 092 310 Clean the CTD sensor See Cleaning the Color Toner Density CTD Sensor on page 316 093 423 Replace the specified toner cartridge soon Order a new consumable from www dell com supplies 093 424 See Replacing Toner Cartridges on page 310 093 425 093 426 093 919 Re install or replace the specified toner cartridge See Replacing Toner Cartridges on page 310 093 920 093 921 093 922 093 930 Remove the specified toner cartridge and install a new one If you do not replace the toner cartridge print 093 931 quality problems may occur Order a new consumable from www dell com supplies 093 932 See Replacing Toner Cartridges on page 310 093 933 093 960 Replace the specified toner cartridge with the supported one Order a new consumable from 093 961 www dell com supplies 093 962 See Replacing Toner Cartridges on page 310 093 963 093 970 Re install the specified toner cartridge See Installing a Toner Cartridge on page 312 093 971 093 972 093 973 Understanding Printer Messages 299 Error Code What you can do 117 331 Turn off the printer and then on If this does not solve the problem contact Dell See Contacting Dell on 117 332 page 360 117 333 117 334 117 340 117 342 117 343 117 344 117 346 117 348 117 349 117 350 117 351 117 366 124 333 Turn off the printer and then on If this does not so
282. on Type window gt Select destination server on the Server Selection window in the Add Roles and Features Wizard Check the Print and Document Services check box on the Server Roles window and then click Next Select features on the Features window gt Confirm installation selections on the Confirmation window Click Install WSD Printer Setup You can install your new printer on the network using Windows Add Printer wizard When installing using the Software and Documentation disc that shipped with your printer see Network Connection Setup on page 68 for details Y NOTE Installing WSD printer for Windows 8 Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows Server 2012 is available only with the Add Printer wizard Installing a Printer Driver Using the Add Printer Wizard 1 For Windows Vista Windows 7 Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2 Click Start gt Devices and Printers Start gt Control Panel Hardware and Sound gt Printers for Windows Server 2008 and Windows Vista For Windows 8 Windows Server 2012 Right click the bottom left corner of the screen and then click Control Panel gt Hardware and Sound Hardware for Windows Server 2012 gt Devices and Printers Click Add a printer to launch the Add Printer wizard Select Add a network wireless or Bluetooth printer In the list of available printers select the one you want to use and then click Next Y NOTE In the list of available printers t
283. on again If a scan application is running close the application once restart the application and then try scanning again The scanner driver has not been registered on your computer and cannot be accessed from ScanButton Manager Install the scanner driver If the driver is installed uninstall it and then reinstall it Failed to scan your document on the printer via ScanButton Manager Ensure that your computer and the printer is properly connected with the USB cable Check whether the printer is on If the printer is on reboot it by turning the power switch off and then on again If a scan application is running close the application once restart the application and then try scanning again Failed to create an image file via ScanButton Manager Ensure that there is sufficient space in your hard disk Uninstall ScanButton Manager on your computer and then reinstall it Failed to initialize ScanButton Manager Uninstall ScanButton Manager on your computer and then reinstall it Failed to execute ScanButton Manager Uninstall ScanButton Manager on your computer and then reinstall it An unexpected error occurred on ScanButton Manager Uninstall ScanButton Manager on your computer and then reinstall it Troubleshooting 355 Wireless Problems Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer only Problem Action Cannot setup wireless connection Ensure that the Ethernet
284. on time out period from to 1000 seconds IP Filter 1Pv4 Specifies the IP address and subnet mask to be permitted or denied access to the printer Port9100 Port Number Sets the port number from 9000 to 9999 Connection Time Out Sets the connection time out period between and 1000 seconds IP Filter 1Pv4 Specifies the IP address and subnet mask to be permitted or denied access to the printer HTTP Port Number Sets the port number This must be 80 or between 8000 and 9999 Simultaneous Connections Displays the maximum number of connections received simultaneously by the client Connection Time Out Sets the connection time out period from to 255 seconds WSD Port Number Sets the port number This must be 80 or between 8000 and 9999 Receive Sets the receive time out period from 1 to 65535 seconds Time Out Notification Delivery Time Sets the notification time out period from 1 to 60 seconds Out Maximum Number of TTL Sets the maximum number of TTL from 1 to 10 Maximum Number of Sets the maximum number of notifications from 10 to 20 Notification E Mail Alert Purpose To configure settings for E Mail Alert This page can also be displayed by clicking E Mail Alert in the left frame Values E Mail Server Settings Primary SMTP Gateway Sets the primary SMTP gateway SMTP Port Number Specifies the SMTP port number This must be 25 587 or between 5000 and 65535 E Mail Send Authentication Specifies the authentication
285. onnector 26 35 43 303 Plain 111 119 149 193 Plain Thick 111 119 149 193 Point and Print 80 Port Settings 126 Port Status 123 126 Port9100 123 126 129 179 Power Connector 26 Power On Wizard 192 Power Saver Timer 95 Power Saver Timer Deep Sleep 108 113 Power Saver Timer Sleep 108 113 Power Saving Timer 95 188 Power Supply 301 Power Switch 25 Prefix Dial 111 118 186 271 Prefix Dial Num 186 Prefix Dial Number 111 118 271 Premier 112 Print Cartridge Level 106 Print from USB 109 114 Print Head Cleaning Rod 25 Print media 309 Print Media Dimensions 211 Print Media Guidelines 203 Print Quality Guarantee 302 Print Quality Problems 341 370 Appendix Print Server Reports 122 Print Server Settings 100 102 122 125 Print Server Setup Page 122 Print Volume 100 102 133 Printer Driver Pre install Status 65 Printer Events 106 Printer Information 100 102 106 140 Printer Jobs 99 102 107 Printer Maintenance 118 Printer Page Count 133 Printer Revision Levels 107 Printer Serial Number 107 Printer Settings 99 102 108 113 Printer Settings Report 108 Printer Software 291 Printer specification 301 Printer Status 99 102 106 Printer Type 106 Printing 229 Printing on Letterhead 205 Printing Problems 339 Printing Speed 106 Printing Status Window 291 Priority Sheet Inserter PSI 25 Processor Speed 107 Product Features 23 Proto
286. ons and Warnings 17 18 Notes Cautions and Warnings Dell C1765nf C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer User s Guide Click the links to the left for information on the features options and operation of your Dell C1765nf C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer For information on other documentation included with your Dell C1765nf C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer see Finding Information on page 21 Y NOTE In this manual Dell C1765nf C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer is referred to as the printer Conventions The following describe the meaning of the symbols and fonts used in this manual Bold texts pos Texts in Courier New font Names of hardware button on the operator panel Screen names on the LCD panel Menus commands windows or dialog boxes displayed on the computer screen Menus and messages displayed on the LCD panel Characters entered from the computer Directory paths Key on the keyboard of the computer Indicates a path to a certain item within a procedure on a computer Cross references in this manual Characters entered from the operator panel Messages displayed on the computer screen Dell C1765nf C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer User s Guide 19 20 DellTMC1765nf C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer User s Guide Finding Information NOTE The images used in this manual are those of the Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer unless otherwise mentioned
287. op level of the Fax menu Data LED e Lights up for incoming outgoing or pending Fax jobs Ready Error LED Lights up when the printer is ready Ready LED e Lights up when the printer has an error Error LED gt lt button e Moves a cursor or highlight right or left AV button e Moves a cursor or highlight up or down Y Set button A Confirms the entry of values MA Contacts button e Moves to the Address Book menu for the Fax and Scan services Y Re dial Pause button e Calls up the last telephone number the printer dialed e Pauses a telephone number Operator Panel 91 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 92 X Cancel button Cancels the current processing or pending job B amp W Color LED e Lights up to indicate which color mode is selected Q Color Mode button e Switches between color mode and black and white mode gt Start button e Starts the job lt Backspace button e Deletes characters and numbers A Speed Dial button e Calls up a stored telephone number Numeric keypad e Enters characters and numbers AC All Clear button e Resets the current setting and returns to the top menu Back button e Returns to the previous screen LCD Panel e Displays various settings instructions and error messages gt Scan button e Moves to the top level of the Scan menu El Menu button e Moves to the top level of the Print F
288. or Table Version Displays the color table version Menu Settings Purpose To display the current settings of your printer Values System Settings Sleep Displays the time taken by the printer before it enters Sleep mode after it finishes a job Deep Sleep Displays the time taken by the printer before it enters Deep Sleep mode after it goes into Sleep mode Auto Reset Displays the time taken by the printer before it automatically resets the settings for Copy Scan or Fax on the operator panel to the de settings are made aults when no additional Panel Select Tone Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted when the operator panel input is correct Off indicates that the tone is disabled Panel Alert Tone 140 Understanding the Tool Box Menus Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted when the operator panel input is incorrect Off indicates that the tone is disabled Job Tone Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted when a job is complete Off indicates that the tone is disabled Alert Tone Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted when a problem occurs Off indicates that the tone is disabled Out of Paper Tone Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted when the printer runs out of paper Off indicates that the tone is disabled Auto Clear Alert Tone Displays the volume of the tone that is emitted 5 seconds before the printer performs
289. or components such as printer driver e Customer Care Contact information order status warranty and repair information e Downloads Drivers e Manuals Printer documentation and product specifications Go to support dell com Select your region and fill in the requested details to access help tools and information 22 Finding Information Product Features This chapter describes the product features and indicates their links Scanning to a USB Storage Device Printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper Multiple Up DEL A With Dell C1765nf C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer Multiple Up Print allows you to print multiple pages on a single you don t need a PC to connect your USB storage device to save sheet of paper This feature allows you to reduce the paper the scanned data Insert your USB storage device in the port on consumption the printer and save the scanned data directly to your USB For more information see Multiple Up on page 240 storage device For more information see Scanning to USB Storage Device on page 264 2 Sided Printing Manual Duplex Print Print From USB Memory USB Direct Print ALT Ca Manual Duplex Print is to print two or more pages on the front Print From USB Memory feature allows you to print directly and back side of a single sheet of paper manually This feature from your USB storage device without starting your computer allows yo
290. ormats PDE TIFE or JPEG when you are selecting a file for Printing in the USB storage device from USB Memory feature If the target file is in a deep hierarchy in the USB storage device move the file to the root directory in the USB storage device with your computer Shorten the target file name in the USB storage device with your computer and try printing again Contacting Service When you call for printer service be prepared to describe the problem you are experiencing or the error message on the display You need to know the model of your printer type and serial number See the label located inside the side door of your printer 356 Troubleshooting Appendix 357 358 Appendix Dell Technical Support Policy Technician assisted technical support requires the cooperation and participation of the customer in the troubleshooting process and provides for restoration of the operating system software program and hardware drivers to the original default configuration as shipped from Dell as well as the verification of appropriate functionality of the printer and all Dell installed hardware In addition to this technician assisted technical support online technical support is available at Dell Support Additional technical support options may be available for purchase Dell provides limited technical support for the printer and any Dell installed software and peripherals Support for third party software and per
291. ort of your computer NM CAUTION Do not connect the printer USB cable to the USB port available on the keyboard Ethernet Connection To connect the printer to a network 1 Ensure that the printer computer and any other connected devices have been turned off and all cables have been disconnected 2 Connect the Ethernet cable Ethernet port Y NOTE Connect the Ethernet cable only if you need to setup a wired connection 36 Connecting Your Printer To connect the printer to the network connect one end of an Ethernet cable into the Ethernet port at the rear of the printer and the other end to a LAN drop or hub To setup a wireless connection see Wireless Connection Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer Only on page 37 Wireless Connection Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer Only The specifications of wireless setting function are described below Item Specification Connectivity Wireless Connectivity Standard IEEE 802 11b 802 11g compliant Bandwidth 2 4 GHz Data Transfer Rate IEEE 802 11b mode 11 5 5 2 1 Mbps IEEE 802 11g mode 54 48 36 24 18 12 9 6 Mbps Security 64 40 bit key 128 104 bit key WEP WPA PSK TKIP AES WPA2 PSK AES IEEE 802 1x attestation function of WPA 1x non corresponds Mixed Mode PSK Wi Fi Protected Setup WPS Push Button Configuration PBC Personal Identification Number PIN 1 WPS 2 0 compliant WPS 2 0 works on access points with th
292. ory memory for system parameters Address Book data for fax or Address Book data for e mail After executing this function and rebooting the printer the menu parameters or data are reset to their default values Values Reset Defaults and Restart Click Start to initialize the system parameters Printer Reset Defaults of User Fax Click Start to initialize the fax number entries in the Address Book Section Reset Defaults of User Click Start to initialize the e mail and server address entries in the Address Book Scan Section Non Dell Toner Purpose To use toner cartridge of another manufacturer Y NOTE Using non Dell brand toner cartridges may make some printer features unusable reduce print quality and decrease the reliability of your printer Dell recommends only new Dell brand toner cartridges for your printer Dell does not provide warranty coverage for problems caused by using accessories parts or components not supplied by Dell NOTE Before you use toner cartridge of another manufacturer be sure to restart the printer Clock Settings Purpose To set the date and time and regional time zone of the printer NOTE Values marked by an asterisk are the factory default menu settings Values Date Format yy mm dd Specifies the date format mm dd yy dd mm yy Time Format 12 Hour Clock Specifies the time format 24H Time Zone Specifies the time zone Set Date Specifies
293. ounts 3 Click User Accounts 4 Click Create a password for your account and add in a password for your user login account For Mac OS X 10 4 10 5 10 6 1 Click System Preferences gt Accounts 2 Select Change Password 3 Enter a password for your user login account in New password 4 Re enter the password in Verify After you confirmed a login user name and password go to Specifying a Destination to Store the Document on page 252 When using FTP The Scan to Computer Server feature requires a user name and a password For your user name and password contact your system administrator Specifying a Destination to Store the Document When using SMB Share a folder to store the scanned document using the following procedure For Windows Vista Windows 7 Windows 8 Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2008 R2 Windows 2012 1 Create a folder in the desired directory on your computer Example of folder name MyShare 2 Right click the folder and then select Properties 252 Scanning General Sharing Security Previous Versions Customize Network File and Folder Sharing New Folder a Not Shared Network Path Not Shared Advanced Sharing Set custom permissions create multiple shares and set other advanced sharing options e Advanced Sharing Password Protection People must have a user account and password for this computer to access shared folders To change this setting use
294. paper also known as carbonless paper carbonless copy paper CCP or no carbon required NCR paper e Preprinted paper with chemicals that may contaminate the printer e Preprinted paper that can be affected by the temperature in the fusing unit e Preprinted paper that require a registration the precise print location on the page greater than 0 09 inches such as optical character recognition OCR forms In some cases you can adjust registration with your software program to successfully print on these forms e Coated paper erasable bond synthetic paper thermal paper Rough edged rough or heavily textured surface paper or curled paper e Recycled paper containing more than 25 post consumer waste that do not meet DIN 19 309 e Multiple part forms or documents e Print quality may deteriorate blank spaces or blotches may appear in the text when printing on talc or acid paper e Moist paper that may cause wrinkle Selecting Paper Proper paper selection helps prevent jams and ensures trouble free printing To help avoid jams or poor print quality Always use new dry and undamaged paper e Before loading the paper identify the recommended print side of the paper This information is usually indicated on the paper package Do not use paper that you have cut or trimmed yourself Do not mix print media sizes weights or types in the same source This may result in a paper jam Do not remove the PSI while a job is prin
295. pe to PSTN PBX Sets the line type to PBX Tone Pulse Tone Sets the dialing type to Tone Pulse 10PPS Sets the dialing type to Pulse 10 pulse per second Resend Delay Available Range Specifies the interval between transmission attempts 3 255 seconds Redial Attempts Available Range Specifies the number of redial attempts to make when the destination fax number 0 9 is busy If you enter 0 the printer will not redial Redial Delay Available Range Specifies the interval between redial attempts Understanding the Tool Box Menus 159 Junk Fax Setup Off Does not reject faxes sent from unwanted numbers On Rejects faxes sent from unwanted numbers by accepting faxes only from the fax numbers registered in the Phone Book Remote Receive Off Disables the remote receive feature On Receives a fax by pressing a remote receive code on the external telephone after picking up the handset of the telephone Remote Rev Tone Available Range Specifies the remote receive code in two digits to start Remote Receive 00 99 Fax Header On Prints the information of sender on the header of faxes Off Does not print the information of sender on the header of faxes Fax Header Name Sets the name of sender to be printed on the header of faxes Up to 30 alphanumeric characters can be entered Fax Number Sets the fax number of the printer to be printed on the header of faxes Fa
296. ply New Settings After you complete the settings click Apply New Settings to apply the changes 1 This item is available only when Auto Registration Adjustment is set to Off 2 The color registration chart prints a lattice pattern of yellow magenta and cyan lines On the chart find the values on the right side that are next to the line that is perfectly straight for each of the three colors If the value for this line is 0 color registration is not needed If the value for this line is any value other than 0 specify the adjustment values under Color Registration Adjustment 150 Understanding the Tool Box Menus Adjust Altitude Purpose To specify the altitude of the location where the printer is installed The discharge phenomenon for charging the photo conductor varies with barometric pressure Adjustments are performed by specifying the altitude of the location where the printer is being used NOTE An incorrect altitude adjustment setting leads to poor printing quality incorrect indication of remaining toner Values 0 meter Specifies the altitude of the location where the printer is installed 1000 meters 2000 meters 3000 meters Apply New Settings After you complete the settings click Apply New Settings to apply the changes Reset Defaults Purpose To initialize NVM non volatile memory for system parameters or Address Book data After executing this function and rebooting the printe
297. print a protocol monitor report after every fax transmission or only when an error occurs Country Displays the country where the printer is used Printer Maintenance The Printer Maintenance tab contains the System Settings Date amp Time Paper Density Adjust Transfer Roller Adjust Fusing Unit Registration Adjustment Adjust Altitude Reset Defaults Non Dell Toner Transfer Roller Refresh Mode Web Link Customization TCP IP Settings Tray Settings EWS Scan Defaults Fax Defaults Copy Defaults and Fax Settings pages System Settings Purpose To configure the power saving mode auto clear time warning tones time out time operator panel language settings job log auto print and mm inch setting Values Power Saver Timer Sleep Available Range Specifies the time taken by the printer before it enters Sleep 5 30 minutes mode after it finishes a job Deep Sleep Available Range Specifies the time taken by the printer before it enters Deep 1 6 minutes Sleep mode after it goes into Sleep mode Auto Reset 45 seconds Specifies the time taken by the printer before it automatically resets the settings for Copy Scan or Fax on the operator panel to the defaults when no additional 1 minute fi settings are made 2 minutes 3 minutes 4 minutes Alert Tone Panel Select Off Does not emit a tone when the operator panel input is correct Tone Low Emits a tone at the specified volume whe
298. r the menu parameters or data are reset to their default values For details see Resetting Defaults on page 162 Values System Section Click to initialize the system parameters User Fax Section Click to initialize the fax number entries in the Address Book User Scan Section Click to initialize the e mail and server address entries in the Address Book Non Dell Toner Purpose To use toner cartridge of another manufacturer NOTE Using non Dell brand toner cartridges may make some printer features unusable reduce print quality and decrease the reliability of your printer Dell recommends only new Dell brand toner cartridges for your printer Dell does not provide warranty coverage for problems caused by using accessories parts or components not supplied by Dell NOTE Before you use toner cartridge of another manufacturer be sure to restart the printer Values Non Dell Toner Off Does not use toner cartridge of another manufacturer On Uses toner cartridge of another manufacturer Apply New Settings After you complete the settings click Apply New Settings to apply the changes Understanding the Tool Box Menus 151 Transfer Roller Refresh Mode Purpose To execute counter measures for curling separating discharge of the paper Values Transfer Roller Off Does not automatically execute counter measures for curling separating discharge Refresh Mode of the paper On Automatical
299. r Account Control dialog box appears click Continue Y NOTE If you are an administrator on the computer click Continue otherwise contact your administrator to continue the desired action As the driver installation is completed click Print a test page to print a test page Click Finish Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 64 bit Edition NOTE You must log in as an administrator 1 oo wn OO oO ah WwW NN 66 Extract the zip file you downloaded to your desired location Click Start gt Control Panel Hardware and Sound gt Printers Click Add a printer Click Add a local printer Select the port connected to this product and then click Next Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box Click Browse and then select the extracted folder in step 1 Click OK Select your printer name and click Next Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows 10 11 12 13 To change the printer name enter the printer name in the Printer name box To use this printer as the default printer select the Set as the default printer check box Click Next Installation starts If you do not share your printer select Do not share this printer If you share your printer select Share this printer so that others on your network can find and use it Click Next As the driver installation is completed click Print a test page to print a test page Click Finish Windows 7 Windows 7 64 bit Ed
300. r Multifunction Printer gt Tool Box Y NOTE The Select Printer window appears in this step when multiple printer drivers are installed on your computer In this case click Dell C1765nf Color Multifunction Printer or Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer listed in Printer Name and then click OK The Tool Box opens Click the Printer Maintenance tab Select Registration Adjustment from the list at the left side of the page The registration adjustment page is displayed 4 Clear the On check box for Auto Registration Adjustment Click Start next to Print Color Regi Chart The color registration chart is printed Determining Values On the color registration chart printed find the straightest lines where the two black lines and the colored line are most closely aligned for each color Y M and C If you find the straightest line make a note of the value 5 5 indicated by the straightest line for each color When the value is 0 for each color you do not need to adjust the color registration When the value is not 0 enter the value according to the procedure in Entering Values on page 319 318 Maintaining Your Printer LY LM Lc RY RM RC 5 5 5 5 5 5 hh 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 42 2 2 2 1 1 41 41 1 41 0 o 0 o 0 0
301. r Multifunction Printer unless otherwise mentioned NOTE If the Function Enabled setting for Copy is setto On Password you need to enter the four digit password to use the copy function If the Function Enabled setting for Cop y is set to Of f the copy function is disabled For details see Function Enabled on page 197 Loading Paper for Copying The instructions for loading print documents are the same whether you are printing faxing or copying For more details see Loading Print Media on page 211 Preparing a Document You can use the document glass or the Automatic Document Feeder ADF to load an original document for copying scanning and sending a fax You can load up to 35 sheets of 75 g m 20 lb documents for one job using the ADF or one sheet at a time using the document glass AN WARNING Avoid loading documents that are smaller than 5 5 in by 5 5 in 139 7 mm by 139 7 mm or larger than 8 5 in by 14 in 215 9 mm by 355 6 mm different sizes or weights together or booklets pamphlets transparencies or documents having other unusual characteristics in ADF AN WARNING Carbon paper or carbon backed paper coated paper onion skin or thin paper wrinkled or creased paper curled or rolled paper or torn paper cannot be used in ADF AN WARNING Do not use the documents with staples paper clips or exposed to adhesives or solvent based materials such as glue ink and correcting fluid in ADF NOTE To get the be
302. r example lt server host name gt lt shared printer name gt The server host name is the name of the server computer that identifies it on the network The shared printer name is the name assigned during the server installation process If this is a new printer you may be prompted to install a printer driver If no system driver is available specify the location where the driver is available Select Yes if you want this printer to be set as the default printer and then click Next If you want to verify installation click Print a test page Click Finish When a test page is printed successfully installation is complete For Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2008 64 bit Edition 1 2 3 Click Start gt Control Panel gt Printers Click Add a Printer to launch the Add Printer wizard Select Add a network wireless or Bluetooth printer and then click Next If the printer is listed select the printer and click Next or select The printer that I want isn t listed and type in the path of the printer in the Select a shared printer by name text box and click Next For example lt server host name gt lt shared printer name gt The server host name is the name of the server computer that identifies it on the network The shared printer name is the name assigned during the server installation process If this is a new printer you may be prompted to install a printer driver If no system driver is available specify the locat
303. r printer Connecting Your Printer 45 46 Connecting Your Printer Setting Up Your Printer Setting Initial Settings on the Operator Panel You need to set the printer language country clock date and time when you turn on printer for the first time When you turn the printer on the wizard screen to perform the initial setup appears on the operator panel Follow the steps below to set the initial settings K K 7 NOTE If you do not start configuring the initial settings Ready appears on the operator panel in three minutes After that you can set the following initial setup by enabling Power On Wizard onthe operator panel or Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool if needed NOTE For more information on operator panel see Understanding the Printer Menus on page 163 NOTE For more information on Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool see Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool on page 97 1 Ensure that Please Select Language appears and then select the language you want to use on the operator panel from the following drop down list and then press the Y set button English Frangais Italiano Deutsch Espa ol Nederlands Dansk Norsk Svenska Press the Y set button to start setting the country Ensure that Please Select Country appears Select your country from the drop down list and then press the of set button 4 Ensure that Please Select Time Zone app
304. r printer stores all the documents to be faxed to its memory and sends them at the specified time After faxing in the Delayed Start mode is complete the data in the memory is cleared Es NOTE If you turn off and on the printer the stored documents are sent as soon as the printer is activated Sending a Fax from the Driver Direct Fax You can send a fax directly from your computer by using the driver Es NOTE Only black and white faxes can be sent using Direct Fax Example Send data via the Dell C1765nf Color MFP FAX or Dell C1765nfw Send fax Color MFP FAX driver IW gt Sending machine Dell Receiving machine fax C1765nf C1765nfw Color machine multifunction Multifunction Printer printer 216 Faxing For Windows Y NOTE The names of the windows and the buttons may be different from those given in the following procedure depending on the application you are using EZ NOTE To use this feature you must install the fax driver 1 Open the file you want to send by fax Color MFP FAX Click Preferences Open the print dialog box from the application and then select Dell C1765nf Color MFP FAX or Dell C1765nfw Select Printer Badd Printer 5 Dell C1765nfw Color MFP Current Page SFax dh Microsoft XPS Documen sh PaperPort Image Printer r Number of copies 1 Collate ijt 22 33 Ga a a 4 The Printing Pref
305. r that is 60 gsm or more The task is complete Go to action 3a Is the problem recovered 350 Troubleshooting Action Yes 2c Ensure that the envelope is properly loaded in the MPF as instructed in Loading an Envelope in the Multipurpose Feeder MPF on page 216 Is the problem recovered The task is complete Go to action 3b 2d Ensure that the print media is not curled Is the problem recovered The task is complete Go to action 3a Ze Is the print media damp Go to action 3c Go to action 3a 3a Fan the print media Is the problem recovered The task is complete Go to action 3c If you are performing manual duplex printing or if using an envelope contact Dell 3b If the envelope is deformed correct it or use another envelope Is the problem recovered The task is complete Go to action 3a 3c Turn over the print media Is the problem recovered The task is complete Go to action 4 Use print media that is not damp Is the problem recovered The task is complete Contact Dell Multi feed jam Action Yes 1 Remove the paper from the PSI and then ensure that papers are inserted properly in the MPF Is the problem recovered The task is complete Go to action 2 2 Isthe print media damp Go to action 3a Go to action 3b 3a Use print media that is not damp The task is complete Go
306. r the selected user ID Address Book Confirm Change Create Purpose To view or edit the address book entries on the Address Book page or create a new entry The following items are in the dialog box that appears when you click Confirm Change or Create on the Address Book top page Values ID Fax Speed Dial Displays the selected user ID Name Allows you to view or edit the name of the user registered under the user ID or enter a name for the new entry Phone Number Allows you to view or edit the phone number of the user or enter a phone number for the new entry E mail Address Allows you to view or edit the e mail address of the user or enter an e mail address for the new entry Delete Click this button to delete the entry for the user ID This button is available only on the dialog box for editing an existing entry Apply New Settings Click this button to apply the new settings Restore Settings Click this button to restore the previous settings Back Click this button to return to the top page Address Book Delete Purpose To delete the address book entries registered on the Address Book page The following items are in the dialog box that appears when you click Delete on the Address Book top page Values ID Fax Speed Dial Displays the selected user ID Name Displays the name of the of the user registered under the selected user ID Phone Number Displays the phone num
307. rameters Address Book data for fax or Address Book data for e mail After executing this function and rebooting the printer the menu parameters or data are reset to their default values For details see Resetting Defaults on page 201 Values User Fax Section Yes Initializes the fax number entries in the Address Book No Does not initialize the fax number entries in the Address Book User Scan Section Yes Initializes the e mail and server address entries in the Address Book No Does not initialize the e mail and server address entries in the Address Book System Section Yes Initializes the system parameters No Does not initialize the system parameters Understanding the Printer Menus 195 Non Dell Toner Purpose To use toner cartridge of another manufacturer Y NOTE Using non Dell brand toner cartridges may make some printer features unusable reduce print quality and decrease the reliability of your printer Dell recommends only new Dell brand toner cartridges for your printer Dell does not provide warranty coverage for problems caused by using accessories parts or components not supplied by Dell Y NOTE Before you use toner cartridge of another manufacturer be sure to restart the printer Values Off Does not use toner cartridge of another manufacturer On Uses toner cartridge of another manufacturer Adjust Altitude Purpose To specify the altitude of the location where the printer i
308. ransmission report only when an error occurs Print Disable Does not print a transmission report after a fax transmission to multiple destinations Understanding the Printer Menus 187 Protocol Monitor Purpose To set whether to print a protocol monitor report which helps you identify the cause of a communication problem Values Print Always Prints a protocol monitor report after every fax transmission Print On Error Prints a protocol monitor report only when an error occurs Print Disable Does not print a protocol monitor report after a fax transmission Country Purpose To select the country where the printer is used System Settings Use the System Settings menu to configure a variety of printer features NOTE Values marked by an asterisk are the factory default menu settings Power Saving Timer Purpose To specify the time for transition to power saver mode Values Sleep 5min Specifies the time taken by the printer before it enters Sleep mode after it finishes a Available Range job 530min Deep Sleep 6min Specifies the time taken by the printer before it enters Deep Sleep mode after it goes Available Range into Sleep mode 1 6min Enter 5 in Sleep to put the printer in the power saver timer mode five minutes after it finishes a job This uses less energy but requires more warm up time for the printer Enter 5 if your printer shares an electrical circuit with room light
309. re name text box Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network clients using this printer Click Apply and then click OK For Windows 8 Windows 8 64 bit Edition Windows Server 2012 1 2 3 4 5 6 Right click the bottom left corner of the screen and then click Control Panel Hardware and Sound Hardware for Windows Server 2012 gt Devices and Printers Right click the printer icon and select Printer properties On the Sharing tab click Change Sharing Options if exists Select the Share this printer check box and then type a name in the Share name text box Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network clients using this printer Click Apply and then click OK To check that the printer is shared Ensure that the printer object in the Printers Printers and Faxes or Devices and Printers folder is shared The share icon is shown under the printer icon Browse Network or My Network Places Find the host name of the server and look for the shared name you assigned to the printer Now that the printer is shared you can install the printer on network clients using the Point and Print method or the peer to peer method Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows 79 Point and Print Point and Print is a Microsoft Windows technology that allows you to connect to a remote printer This feature automatically downloads and installs the printer driver For
310. ress the Y Set button Phone Book Use the Phone Book menu to configure the speed dial and group dial settings Speed Dial Purpose To store up to 99 frequently dialed numbers in speed dial locations See also Storing a Number for Speed Dialing on page 282 Group Dial Purpose To create a group of fax destinations and register it under a two digit dial code Up to 6 group dial codes can be registered See also Setting Group Dial on page 283 Network Use the Network menu to change the printer settings affecting jobs sent to the printer through the wired or wireless network NOTE Values marked by an asterisk are the factory default menu settings Ethernet Purpose To specify the communication speed and the duplex settings of Ethernet The change takes effect after the printer is turned off and then on Values Auto Detects the Ethernet settings automatically 10BASE T Half Uses 10base T half duplex 10BASE T Full Uses 10base T full duplex 100BASE TX Half Uses 100base TX half duplex 100BASE TX Full Uses 100base TX full duplex NOTE For Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer this item is not displayed when the Ethernet cable is disconnected and Wi Fi is setto On 176 Understanding the Printer Menus Wireless Status Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer only Purpose To display the information on the wireless signal strength No changes can be made on
311. rom Scanner or Camera Paint button gt From scanner or camera for Windows 7 Windows 8 Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows Server 2012 The Scan using Dell C1765 MFP Scanner window appears Y NOTE The illustration may vary for different operating systems gt Scan using Dell C1765 MFP Scanner What do you wantto scan issnooscnnnnconanoccccanccccnoos m Paper source j Flatbed x Select an option below for the type of picture you want to scan B 9 Color picture he Grayscale picture a Black and white picture ortext g Custom Settings You can also Adiust the quality of the scanned picture Legal 8 5x 14 inches 216x 356 Preview scan _ Cancel 4 Select your scanning preferences and click Adjust the quality of the scanned picture to display the Advanced Properties dialog box Select the desired properties including brightness and contrast and then click OK Click Scan to start scanning Click Save As from the File menu on dl Enter a picture name and select a file format and destination to save the picture Scanning to a PC or Server via SMB FTP Overview The Scan to Server Computer feature allows you to scan documents and send the scanned document to a network computer via the FTP or SMB protocol Scanning 249 Computer FTP Server par Sn mn Using SMB Co O You can select the kind of server and specify a destination to store the
312. rom USB Memory Job Status and System menus Wi Fi WPS button Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer only Starts Wi Fi Protected Setup Push Button Configuration Lights up when it is activated and blinks in certain conditions NOTE Moving to a different menu or returning to a previous screen cancels the current entry or setting Make sure to press the Y Set button to save the current entry or setting NOTE For details on how to use the numeric keypad to enter alphanumeric characters see Using the Numeric Keypad to Enter Characters on page 94 Operator Panel Status of Wi Fi WPS Button Backlight Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer only This section describes when the backlight of the Wi Fi WPS button lights up or blinks For more information see Wireless Problems Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer only on page 356 Wi Fi WPS Button Wi Fi Printer Status Error Message Backlight settings Off N A Connected to the network via Ethernet cable Wi Fi settings is not available when an Ethernet cable is connected to the printer Off On The printer enters Sleep Deep Sleep mode On On Wireless link established PE Blinking On Searching for wireless LAN access point or Ga normal router x 1 pP Blinking On Searching Connecting with WPS access Ga slowly point or router during wireless operation a 1 r Blinking On No wireless LAN access point or router
313. rverg O Connect to printer on URL Eve ple hito server printers myprinter printer Gs For example lt server host name gt lt shared printer name gt The server host name is the name of the server computer that identifies it to the network The shared printer name is the name assigned during the server installation process Click Browse for a printer and then click Next If this is a new printer you may be prompted to install a printer driver If no system driver is available specify the location where the driver is available Select Yes if you want this printer to be set as the default printer and then click Next If you want to verify installation click Yes to print a test page Click Finish When a test page prints successfully installation is complete For Windows Vista Windows Vista 64 bit Edition 1 Click Start gt Control Panel gt Hardware and Sound gt Printers 2 Click Add a Printer to launch the Add Printer wizard 82 Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows 3 Select Add a network wireless or Bluetooth printer and then click Next If the printer is listed select the printer and click Next or select The printer that I want isn t listed and type in the path of the printer in the Select a shared printer by name text box and click Next a Ada Printer Find a printer by name or TCP IP address Net Cancel Fo
314. s TC 06 00 Chagos TC 06 30 Cocos Islands TC 07 00 Christmas Island Pacific Ocean TC 11 00 Midway Island Niue Samoa TC 10 00 Cook Islands Hawaii Tahiti TC 09 30 Marquesas Islands TC 08 00 Pitcairn Islands TC 09 00 Gambier Islands TC 06 00 Easter Island TC 06 00 Galapagos Islands TC 09 00 Palau TC 10 00 Guam Port Moresby Saipan TC 11 00 Efate Guadalcanal Kosrae TC 11 30 Norfolk Island TC 12 00 Auckland TC 12 45 Chatham TC 13 00 Tongatapu TC 12 00 Fiji Marshall Islands TC 14 00 Kiritimati 50 Setting Up Your Printer Ensure that Please Enter Date appears Specify the current date and then press the Y set button Ensure that Please Enter Time appears Specify the current time and then press the Y set button 7 Press the Y set button for Fax Setup If you want to skip the Fax Setup press the gt Start button and then restart the printer 8 Ensure that Please Enter Fax Number appears Enter your fax number and then press the Y set button 9 Ensure that Please Enter Name appears Enter a name and then press the Y set button 10 Press the Y set button and then restart the printer Printer Setup Using the Software and Documentation Disc 1 Insert the Software and Documentation disc into your computer to start Dell Printer
315. s Allow Print Spooler to Accept Client Connections K NOTE This step is required for Windows XP 64 bit Edition Windows Vista Windows Vista 64 bit Edition Windows 7 Windows 7 64 bit Edition Windows Server 2003 Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2008 64 bit Edition Windows Server 2008 R2 For Windows XP 64 bit Edition Windows Vista Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008 1 Click Start gt All Programs for Windows Vista only gt Accessories for Windows Vista only gt Run 2 Type gpedit msc and then click OK 3 Click Computer Configuration gt Administrative Templates gt Printers 4 Right click Allow Print Spooler to accept client connections and select Properties 5 On the Setting tab select Enabled and then click OK 6 Restart the computer For Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7 1 Click Start gt All Programs for Windows 7 only gt Accessories for Windows 7 only gt Run Type gpedit msc and then click OK Click Computer Configuration gt Administrative Templates gt Printers Select Enabled and then click OK 2 3 4 Right click Allow Print Spooler to accept client connections and select Edit 5 6 Restart the computer 72 Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows Share the Firewall File and Printer Y NOTE This step is required for Windows XP Windows XP 64 bit Edition Windows Vista Windows Vista 64 bit Edition Windows 7 Windows 7 64 bi
316. s 125 Executive 208 Express Code 192 F F W Version 192 Fault Time Out 189 Fax 117 Fax Activity 111 118 175 187 271 Fax Broadcast 111 118 187 271 Fax button 91 Fax Cover Page 111 118 184 270 Fax Defaults 110 116 156 Fax Forward Number 111 118 Fax Fwd Number 186 271 FAX Group 135 Fax Group 135 Fax Header 110 117 184 270 Fax Header Name 110 117 184 270 Fax Number 111 118 184 270 Fax Problems 352 Fax Protocol 111 118 Fax Service Lock Set 109 114 Fax Settings 110 117 145 159 181 FAX Speed Dial 135 Fax Transmit 111 118 271 File Format 110 116 168 Finding Information 21 Firmware Version 107 Folio 208 Forward Settings 185 271 Front Cover 25 324 Front USB Port 25 FTP Client 123 Function Enabled 114 197 Fusing Unit 324 G Gateway Address 123 128 Group Dial 176 Group Dialing 283 H Host I F 107 Host Name 107 123 128 Appendix 367 How to set up 22 How to use 21 HTTP 123 129 l ID 107 Identifying Print Media and Specifications 208 Image Compression 110 116 171 Important Information 21 Impression Number 107 Infrastructure 127 Initial Settings 47 Initialize NIC NVM and restart printer 132 Initialize NVM 180 195 Installing a Toner Cartridge 312 Installing Printer Drivers 65 85 Interfaces 301 IP Address 53 99 101 123 128 IP address 123 IP Address Mode 123 128 IP Filter 180 IP Filt
317. s 40 e Store cartons of print media on a pallet or shelf rather than directly on the floor e If you store individual packages of print media out of the original carton ensure that they rest on a flat surface so the edges do not buckle or curl Do not place anything on top of the print media packages Maintaining Your Printer 309 Storing Consumables Store consumables in their original packaging until you need to use them Do not store consumables in Temperatures greater than 40 C 104 e An environment with extreme changes in humidity or temperature e Direct sunlight e Dusty places e Acar for a long period of time e An environment where corrosive gases are present e An environment with salty air Replacing Toner Cartridges AN WARNING Before replacing toner cartridges read and follow the safety instructions in the mportant Information Dell toner cartridges are available only through Dell You can order more cartridges online at http www dell com supplies or by phone To order by phone see Contacting Dell on page 360 It is recommended that you use Dell toner cartridges for your printer Dell does not provide warranty coverage for problems caused by using accessories parts or components not supplied by Dell AN WARNING Never throw used toner cartridges into fire The residual toner could explode resulting in burns and injuries AN WARNING Do not shake the used toner cartridge to avoid spilling of toner
318. s device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device 362 Appendix Radio Frequency RF Exposure Information The radiated output power of the Wireless Device is below the Industry Canada IC radio frequency exposure limits The Wireless Device should be used in such a manner such that the potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized This device has also been evaluated and shown compliant with the IC RF Exposure limits under mobile exposure conditions antennas are greater than 20cm from a person s body This device has been certified for use in Canada Status of the listing in the Industry Canada s REL Radio Equipment List can be found at the following web address http www ic gc ca app sitt reltel srch nwRdSrch do lang eng Additional Canadian information on RF exposure also can be found at the following web address http www ic ge ca eic site smt gst nsf eng st08792 html Canada avis d Industry Canada IC Cet appareil num rique de classe B est conforme aux normes canadiennes ICES 003 et RSS 210 Son fonctionnement est soumis aux deux conditions suivantes 1 cet appareil ne doit pas causer d interf rence et 2 cet appareil doit accepter toute interf rence notamment les interf rences qui peuvent affecter son fonctionnement Informations concernant l exposition aux fr quences radio RF La p
319. s installed The discharge phenomenon for charging the photo conductor varies with barometric pressure Adjustments are performed by specifying the altitude of the location where the printer is being used NOTE An incorrect altitude adjustment setting leads to poor printing quality incorrect indication of remaining toner Values 0m 1000m 2000m 3000m Specifies the altitude of the location where the printer is installed 196 Understanding the Printer Menus Secure Settings Use the Secure Settings menu to set a password to limit access to the menus This prevents items from being changed accidentally NOTE Values marked by an asterisk are the factory default menu settings Panel Lock Purpose To restrict access to Admin Menu and Report List For details see Panel Lock Function on page 200 NOTE You can select Disable for Panel Lock Set when all items under Function Enabled are setto On and Secure Receive Setissetto Disable Values Panel Lock Set Disable Does not restrict access to Admin Menu and Report List Enable Restricts access to Admin Menu and Report List with a password Change Password Available Range Sets or changes the password required to access Admin Menu and 0000 9999 Report List Function Enabled Purpose To specify whether to enable each of the printer services or to require a password to use the services and to set or change the password
320. s recommended that customers dispose of their used computer hardware monitors printers and other peripherals in an environmentally sound manner Potential methods include reuse of parts or whole products and recycling of products components and or materials For specific information on Dell s worldwide recycling programs see www dell com recyclingworldwide Contacting Dell You can access Dell Support at support dell com Select your region on the WELCOME TO DELL SUPPORT page and fill in the requested details to access help tools and information You can contact Dell electronically using the following addresses e World Wide Web www dell com www dell com ap Asian Pacific countries only www dell com jp Japan only www euro dell com Europe only www dell com la Latin American and Caribbean countries www dell ca Canada only e Anonymous file transfer protocol FTP ftp dell com Log in as user anonymous and use your e mail address as your password e Electronic Support Service mobile_support us dell com support us dell com la techsupport dell com Latin America and Caribbean countries only apsupport dell com Asian Pacific countries only support jp dell com Japan only support euro dell com Europe only e Electronic Quote Service apmarketing dell com Asian Pacific countries only sales_canada dell com Canada only 360 Appendix New Zealand PTC200 Warnings General warning The grant of a Tel
321. shooting Basic Printer Problems Some printer problems can be easy to resolve If a problem occurs with your printer check each of the following The power cable is connected to the printer and to a properly grounded electrical outlet e The printer is turned on e The electrical outlet is not turned off at any switch or breaker e Other electrical equipment plugged into the outlet is working e When your printer is connected to the network with the Ethernet cable the USB cable is not connected between the printer and the computer When your printer is connected to the computer with the USB cable the Ethernet cable is not connected between the printer and the network If you have checked all of the above and still have a problem turn off the printer wait for 10 seconds and then turn on the printer This often fixes the problem NOTE If error messages are displayed on the operator panel or on your computer screen follow the on screen instructions to resolve the printer problems For details about error messages and error codes see Understanding Printer Messages on page 295 Display Problems Problem Action Menu settings changed from the operator panel have no effect Settings in the software program the printer driver or the printer utilities have precedence over the settings made on the operator panel Change the menu settings from the printer driver the printer utilities or the softwar
322. sion report after every fax transmission to multiple destinations or only when an error occurs Fax Protocol Sets whether to print a protocol monitor report after every fax transmission or only when an error occurs Country Sets the country where the printer is used Printer Maintenance The Printer Maintenance tab contains the Paper Density Adjust Transfer Roller Adjust Fusing Unit Auto Registration Adjustment Color Registration Adjustment Clean Developer Adjust Altitude Reset Defaults Non Dell Toner Clock Settings and Web Link Customization pages Paper Density Purpose To specify the paper density Values Plain Sets the paper density of plain paper Label Sets the paper density of labels 118 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool Adjust Transfer Roller Purpose To specify the optimum voltage settings for printing for the transfer roller To decrease the voltage set negative values To increase the voltage set positive values The default settings may not give the best output on all paper types If you see mottles on the print output try to increase the voltage If you see white spots on the print output try to decrease the voltage Y NOTE The print quality changes depending on the values you select for this item Values Plain Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for plain paper within the range of 3 to 3 Plain Thick Sets t
323. ssible copies It is recommended to clean the scanner at the start of each day and during the day as needed 1 Slightly dampen a soft lint free cloth or paper towel with water 2 Open the document cover White Strip White Document Cover Document Glass ADF Glass Blowlrnm o 320 Maintaining Your Printer 4 Wipe the underside of the white document cover and white sheet until they are clean and dry Maintaining Your Printer 321 Cleaning the ADF Feed Roller Keeping the ADF feed roller clean helps ensure the best possible copies It is recommended to clean the ADF feed roller at regular intervals 1 Open the ADF cover 2 Wipe the ADF feed roller with a dry soft lint free cloth or paper towel until it is clean If the ADF feed roller gets soiled with ink stains paper from the ADF may also be soiled In this case slightly dampen a soft lint free cloth or paper towel with a neutral detergent or water and then remove the contamination from the ADF feed roller until it is clean and dry 322 Maintaining Your Printer Clearing Jams Careful selection of appropriate print media and proper loading allow you to avoid most jams See Print Media Guidelines on page 203 for more information NOTE The images used in this manual are those of the Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer unless otherwise mentioned NOTE Before buying large quantities of any print media it is recommended
324. st example com myhost host name example com domain name IP address IPv4 192 168 1 100 5 Share Name Enter the name of the shared folder on the recipient computer For SMB only 6 Path For SMB To store the scanned document in the share folder directly without creating any subfolder leave the space blank To store the scanned document in the folder you created under the share folder enter the path as following Example Share Folder name MyShare Second level folder name MyPic Third level folder name John You should now see MyShare MyPic John in your directory 53 MyShare Share folder L MyPic L FJ John In this case enter the following item Path MyPic John For FTP Enter the path to store the scanned document 7 Login Name Enter the user account name that has access to the shared folder on your computer or FTP server 8 Login Password Enter the password corresponding to the above login name NOTE Empty password is not valid in the Scan to Server Computer feature Ensure that you have a valid password for the user login account See Confirming a Login name and Password on page 251 for details on how to add a password in your user login account 9 Confirm Login Password Re enter your password 10 Port Number Enter the Server Port Number If you are unsure you can enter the default value of 139 for SMB and 21 for FTP After you configured settings go to
325. st scan quality especially for color or gray scale images use the document glass instead of the ADF Making Copies From the Document Glass Y NOTE A computer connection is not required for copying K NOTE Ensure that no document is in the ADF If any document is detected in the ADF it takes priority over the document on the document glass NOTE Contaminants on the document glass may cause black spots on the copy printout For best results clean the document glass before use For more information see Cleaning the Scanner on page 320 Copying 233 To make a copy from the document glass 1 Open the document cover 2 Place the document face down on the document glass and align it with the registration guide on the top left corner of the glass 3 Close the document cover Y NOTE Leaving the document cover open while copying may affect the copy quality and increase the toner consumption Y NOTE If you are copying a page from a book or magazine lift the document cover until its hinges are caught by the stopper and then close the cover If the book or magazine is thicker than 30 mm start copying with the cover open 4 Customize the copy settings including the number of copies copy size the contrast and the image quality For more information see Setting Copy Options on page 235 To clear the settings use the AC All Clear button 5 Press the gt Start button to begin copying NOTE Press the X Cancel
326. t Edition Windows 7 Windows 7 64 bit Edition Windows 8 Windows 8 64 bit Edition Windows Server 2003 Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2008 64 bit Edition Windows Server 2008 R2 Windows Server 2012 Mac OS X Version 10 4 11 10 5 10 6 and 10 7 Interfaces Standard local USB 2 0 Standard network 10Base T 100Base TX Ethernet IEEE 802 11b 802 11g Wireless Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer only Specifications 301 MIB Compatibility A Management Information Base MIB is a database containing information about network devices such as adapters bridges routers or computers This information helps network administrators manage the network analyze performance traffic errors and so on Dell C1765nf C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer complies with standard industry MIB specifications allowing the printer to be recognized and managed by various printer and network management software systems Environment Operation Temperature 10 32 C Relative humidity 10 85 RH no condensation Print Quality Guarantee Temperature 15 28 C Relative humidity 20 70 RH no condensation Storage Temperature range 20 40 C Storage humidity range 5 80 RH no condensation Altitude Operating Up to 3 100 m 10 000 feet Storage 70 9275 Kpa NOTE For more information on adjusting the altitude see Adjust Altitude on page 151 302 Spe
327. t Edition Windows 8 Windows 8 64 bit Edition Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2008 64 bit Edition Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows Server 2012 For Windows XP 1 Click start gt Control Panel 2 Select Security Center 3 Click Windows Firewall 4 On the Exceptions tab check the File and Printer Sharing check box and then click OK For Windows Vista 1 Click Start gt Control Panel 2 Select Security 3 Click Windows Firewall 4 Click Change settings 5 Click Continue 6 On the Exceptions tab check the File and Printer Sharing check box and then click OK For Windows Server 2008 1 Click Start gt Control Panel 2 Double click Windows Firewall 3 Click Change settings 4 On the Exceptions tab check the File and Printer Sharing check box and then click OK For Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7 1 Click Start gt Control Panel 2 Select System and Security 3 Click Windows Firewall 4 Click Allow a program or feature through Windows Firewall 5 If the check boxes under Allowed programs and features are dimmed click Change settings 6 Check the File and Printer Sharing check box Home Work Private or Public check box is automatically selected according to your settings If File and Printer Sharing Properties dialog box appears click OK 7 Click OK Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows 73 Start Remote Registry NOTE This step is required for Windows Vista Windows Vist
328. t a transmission report after a fax transmission 160 Print On Error Prints a transmission report only when an error occurs Print Always Understanding the Tool Box Menus Prints a transmission report after every fax transmission Fax Broadcast Print Disable Does not print a transmission report after a fax transmission to multiple destinations Print On Error Prints a transmission report only when an error occurs Print Always Prints a transmission report after every fax transmission to multiple destinations Fax Protocol Print Disable Does not print a protocol monitor report Print On Error Prints a protocol monitor report only when an error occurs Print Always Prints a protocol monitor report after every fax transmission Country Selects the country where the printer is used Apply New Settings After you complete the settings click Apply New Settings to apply the changes Restart printer to apply new settings Click Restart printer to apply new settings to apply the changes Diagnosis The Diagnosis tab contains the Chart Print Environment Sensor Info Clean Developer and Refresh Mode pages Chart Print Purpose To print various charts that can be used for diagnosing your printer Values Pitch Configuration Chart Click to print full halftone pages for yellow magenta cyan and black Also outputs pages to check the pitch Ghost Configuration
329. t cover Loading Print Media 219 4 Before loading the print media flex the sheets back and forth and then fan them Straighten the edges of the stack on a level surface 7 Select the paper type from the printer driver if the loaded print media is not standard plain paper If a user specified print media is loaded in the PSI you must specify the paper size setting by using the printer driver 220 Loading Print Media Loading an Envelope in the Priority Sheet Inserter PSI K NOTE Be sure to fully insert the envelope until it stops Otherwise print media that is loaded on the MPF will be fed Z NOTE When you print on envelopes be sure to specify the envelope setting on the printer driver If not specified the print image will be rotated 180 degrees When Loading Envelope 10 DL or Monarch Load envelopes with the side to be printed on facing up the flap side facing down and the flap turned to the right To prevent DL and Monarch from being wrinkled they are recommended to be loaded with the print side facing up flap opened and facing you Loading Print Media 221 When Loading C5 Load envelopes with the side to be printed on facing up with the flap open VAN CAUTION Never use envelopes with windows or coated linings These lead to paper jams and can cause damage to the printer NOTE If you do not load envelopes in the PSI right after they have been removed from the packaging they may bulge To
330. t glass Troubleshooting 353 Problem Action The printer does not properly transfer scan data to a specified destination via the Scan to E mail or Scan to Network feature Check if the following settings have been set correctly on the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool Scan to Network Check the following settings under Address Book gt Server Address e Server Address e Share Name e Server Path e Login Name Login Password Scan to E mail Check the following setting under Address Book gt Fax E Mail e E Mail Address Cannot scan using Windows Image Acquisition WIA on a Microsoft Windows Server 2003 computer Enable WIA on the computer To enable WIA 1 Click Start point to Administrative Tools and then click Services 2 Right click Windows Image Acquisition WIA and then click Start Cannot scan using TWAIN or WIA on a Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 R2 computer Install the Desktop Experience feature on the computer To install Desktop Experience 1 Click Start point to Administrative Tools and then click Server Manager 2 Under Features Summary click Add Features 3 Select the Desktop Experience check box click Next and then click Install 4 Restart the computer Cannot scan using TWAIN or WIA on a Windows Server 2012 computer Install the Desktop Experience feature on the computer To install Desktop Experience 1 Click Server Manager from the Start screen
331. t job is cancelled if it times out Panel Language English Specifies the language to be used on the operator panel French Italian German Spanish Dutch Danish Norwegian Swedish Auto Log Print Off Does not automatically print a job history report On Automatically prints a job history report after every 20 jobs Understanding the Tool Box Menus 147 Disable printing with Off larger paper size Prints even if the paper set in the tray of the printer is larger than the paper size set in the printer driver the paper size does not have to match On Disables printing if the paper size set in the printer driver differs from the paper set in the tray of the printer the paper set in the tray is larger mm inch millimeter mm Specifies the measurement unit displayed after the numeric value on the operator inch panel Apply New Settings After you complete the settings click Apply New Settings to apply the changes 1 Enter 5 in Sleep to put the printer in the Sleep mode five minutes after it finishes a job This uses less energy but requires more warm up time for the printer Enter 5 if your printer shares an electrical circuit with room lighting and you notice lights flickering Selecta high value if your printer is in constant use In most circumstances this keeps the printer ready to operate with minimum warm up time Select a value between 5 and 30 minutes for the power saver timer mode
332. t other users do not inadvertently change the printer settings you selected NOTE You must log in as an administrator to use this feature Online Help Click Online Help to visit the Dell Support web site Order Supplies at www dell com supplies Contact Dell Support at support dell com 100 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool Page Display Format The layout of the page is divided into three sections Top Frame The top frame is located on the top of all pages When the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool is activated the current status and specifications of the printer are displayed in the top frame on every page The following items are displayed in the top frame sb P BCX E sucio mca Printer Status Printer Jobs Printer Settings Print Server Settings Print Volume Address Book Printer Information Tray Settings E Mail Alert Set Password Online Help Order Supplies at www dell comisupplies Contact Dell Support at supportdell com Dell C1765nfw Color MFP Pvg E a ae Pv al Address whe w Prine ias Printer Status Printer Events Printer Information Printer Status Refresh Cyan Cartridge Level OK Magenta Cartridge Level OK Yellow Cartridge Level OK Black Cartridge Level OK Paper Trays Multipurpose Feeder Capacity E 150 sheets Output Tray Output Tray Status OR 50 sheets Capacity Size
333. tart gt Network Right click Network and select Properties The Network an Sharing Center screen appears Click the down arrow button next to either Network discovery To allow your computer to be found on the network and to allow other computers on the network to share the files and folders on your computer click Turn on network discovery Click Apply If the User Account Control dialog box appears click Continue Disable Simple File Sharing Es oo nr oo hy BS NOTE This step is required for Windows XP and Windows XP 64 bit Edition Click Start gt Control Panel Select Appearance and Themes Select Folder Options On the View tab clear the Use simple file sharing Recommended check box and then click OK Click Start gt Control Panel Select Performance and Maintenance Select Administrative Tools Double click Local Security Policy Click Local Policies gt Security Options Right click Network access Sharing and security model for local accounts and select Properties Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows 75 11 Ensure that Classic local users authenticate as themselves is selected 12 Click OK Installing the Printer Driver Y NOTE Installation on Windows XP Home Edition Windows Vista Home Basic Windows Vista Home Premium Windows Vista x64 Home Basic Windows Vista x64 Home Premium Windows 7 Starter Windows 7 Home Basic Windows 7 Home Premium Windows 7
334. ted successfully installation is complete For Windows Vista Windows Vista 64 bit Edition 1 2 3 4 5 80 Click Start gt Network Locate and double click the host name of the server computer Right click the shared printer name and then click Connect Click Install driver Click Continue in User Account Control dialog box Wait until the driver is copied from the server to the client computer A new printer object is added to the Printers folder The duration of this procedure may vary based on the network traffic Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows 6 Print a test page to verify installation a Click Start gt Control Panel gt Hardware and Sound b Select Printers c Right click the printer you just created and select Properties d On the General tab click Print Test Page When a test page is printed successfully installation is complete For Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2008 64 bit Edition 1 2 3 4 5 Click Start gt Network Locate the host name of the server computer and then double click the host name Right click the shared printer name and then click Connect Click Install driver Wait until the driver is copied from the server to the client computer A new printer object will be added to the Printers folder The time taken for these activities varies based on network traffic Print a test page to verify installation a Click Start gt Control Panel b Se
335. that you try a sample first Avoiding Jams se only recommended print media See Print Media Guidelines on page or more information U ly ded print media See Print Media Guidelines on page 203 f f t See Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder MPF on page 211 and Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter PSI on page 219 to load print media properly Do not overload the print media sources Ensure that the stack print media height does not exceed the maximum height indicated by the line with an arrow on each width guide Do not load wrinkled creased damp or curled print media Flex fan and straighten print media before you load it If a jam occurs with print media try feeding one sheet at a time through the MPF or the PSI Do not use print media that you have cut or trimmed yourself Do not mix print media sizes weights or types in the same print media source Ensure that the recommended print side is face up when you insert the print media Keep print media stored in an acceptable environment For more information see Storing Print Media on PP P 8 page 207 Do not remove the PSI during a print job Ensure that all cables that connect to the printer are correctly attached Overtightening the guides may cause jams Clearing Jams 323 Identifying the Location of Paper Jams AN WARNING Do not attempt to clear any jams using tools or instruments This may permanently damage the printer The
336. the El Menu button Press the V button until System is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Report List is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until the report or list you want to print is highlighted and then press the Y Set button The selected report or list is printed Changing Fax Defaults ot A O N Press the E Menu button Press the V button until System is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Ensure that Defaults Settings is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Fax Defaults is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the W button until the desired menu item is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the gt or V button until the desired setting is highlighted or enter the value using the numeric keypad and then press the Y Set button Repeat steps 5 and 6 as needed To return to the previous screen press the 5 Back button Faxing 287 288 Faxing Know Your Printer 22 Understanding Your Printer Software Windows Only 291 23 Understanding Printer Messages ccccccccccccnocconcnconcnconinconons 295 24 SPECHICAON Sida 301 289 290 Understanding Your Printer Software Windows Only Use the Software and Documentation disc that shipped with your printer to install a combination of software programs depending on your operating system
337. the Network and Sharing Center Click the Sharing tab and then select Advanced Sharing OK Cancel Apply Select the Share this folder check box Enter a shared name in the Share name box Y NOTE Note down the shared name as you need to use this name in the next setting procedure Click Permissions to give write permission for this folder Click Add V Share this folder Settings Share name MySharel Add Remove Limit the number of simultaneous users to 10 2 Comments Permissions Caching Con ae Search user login name by clicking Advanced or enter the user login name in the Enter the object names to select box and click Check Names to confirm Example of user login name MySe1f Scanning 253 Select Users or Groups Exa Select this object type Users Groups or Built in security principals Object Types Erom this location XXXX Locations Enter the object names to select examples Myself Check Names 9 Click OK when you are done 10 Click the user login name that you have just entered Select the Full Control check box This will grant you permission to send the document to this folder K NOTE Do not use Everyone as the user login name Permissions for New Folder Share Permissions Group or user names 2 Everyone 2 Myself 00000 Permissions for Karin Full Control Change
338. the Y Set button This will change the password Disabling the Panel Lock 1 onr iow Aa Ww N Press the El Menu button Press the V button until System is highlighted and then press the V Set button Press the V button until Admin Menu is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Enter the password and then press the Y Set button Press the W button until Secure Settings is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Ensure that Panel Lock is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Ensure that Panel Lock Set is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Disable is highlighted and then press the Y Set button 200 Understanding the Printer Menus Resetting Defaults After executing this function and rebooting the printer the menu parameters or data are reset to their default values Z NOTE A Password is required to enter the Admin Menu menu when Panel Lock Setissetto Enable Inthis case enter the password you specified and press the Y Set button Press the E Menu button Press the V button until System is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the YW button until Admin Menu is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the Y button until Maintenance is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Initialize NVM is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the YW button until the desired setti
339. the Y Set button Check server access rights 031 587 031 588 Press the Y Set button Check if storage location has free space 031 589 Press the Y Set button to clear the message 031 594 Press the Y Set button Execute the operation again according to the operation procedure Contact Dell if this message appears repeatedly See Contacting Dell on page 360 031 598 Press the Y Set button Check append access right to the file and if server supports FTP append command 033 503 Press the Y Set button to clear the message 033 513 Press the Y Set button Print the received fax or wait for a while until sending a fax is completed 033 517 Press the Y Set button Check if password is correct 033 518 Press the Y Set button Check if your country code is set correctly 033 519 Press the Y Set button to clear the message 033 787 033 788 Press the Set button Remove the received fax or wait for a while until sending a fax is completed Press the Y Set button to clear the message 034 700 Press the Set button to clear the message Check that the phone line is connected properly See 034 701 Connecting the Telephone Line on page 43 034 702 Understanding Printer Messages 297 Error Code What you can do 034 703 Press the Set button to clear the message Check that the phone line is connected properly See 034704 Connecting the Telephone Line on page 43 034 705 034 706 034 707 034 708 034 709 0
340. the document s face up with top edge in first into the ADE OR Place a single document face down on the document glass and close the document cover For details about loading a document see Loading an Original Document on the ADF on page 272 Press the GB Copy button Press the V button until Lighter Darker is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the gt or lt button to select the desired settings and then press the Y Set button NOTE Values marked by an asterisk are the factory default menu settings Lighter2 Makes the copy lighter than the original Works well with dark print Lighter Normal Works well with standard typed or printed documents Darkerl Makes the copy darker than the original Works well with light print or faint pencil markings Darker2 5 Press the gt Start button to begin copying Sharpness To adjust the sharpness to make the copy sharper or softer than the original 1 Load the document s face up with top edge in first into the ADE OR Place a single document face down on the document glass and close the document cover For details about loading a document see Loading an Original Document on the ADF on page 272 Press the GB Copy button Press the V button until Sharpness is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button to select the desired settings and then press the Y Set button Y NOTE Values marked by an asterisk are the factory default menu settings
341. their default values 1 Click Start gt All Programs gt Dell Printers gt Dell C1765 Color Multifunction Printer gt Tool Box NOTE When multiple printer drivers are installed on your computer the Select Printer window appears In this case click Dell C1765nf Color Multifunction Printer or Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer listed in Printer Name and then click OK The Tool Box opens 2 Click the Printer Maintenance tab 3 Select Reset Defaults from the list at the left side of the page The Reset Defaults page is displayed 4 Select the desired option button The printer restarts automatically to apply the settings 162 Understanding the Tool Box Menus Understanding the Printer Menus When your printer is configured as a network printer available to a number of users the access to the Admin Menu menus can be limited This prevents unauthorized users from using the operator panel to inadvertently change the default menu settings that has been set by the administrator However you can use select settings for individual print jobs using the printer driver Print settings selected from the printer driver have precedence over the default menu settings selected from the operator panel Defaults Settings Use the Defaults Settings menu to configure the default copy scan and fax settings of the printer Copy Defaults Use the Copy Defaults menus to configure a variety of copy features NOTE Values marked by
342. ting e Ensure that the paper is properly loaded in the MPF or PSI e Flex paper back and forth and then fan them Straighten the edges of the stack on a level surface 204 Print Media Guidelines Selecting Preprinted Media and Letterhead When selecting preprinted media and letterhead paper for the printer Use grain long paper for best results Use only forms and letterhead printed using an offset lithographic or engraved printing process Select paper that absorb ink but do not bleed Avoid paper with rough or heavily textured surfaces Use paper printed with heat resistant inks designed for use in xerographic copying machines The ink must withstand temperatures of 225 C 437 F without melting or releasing hazardous emissions Use inks that are not affected by the resin in toner or the silicone in the fusing unit Inks that are oxidation set or oil based should meet these requirements latex inks might not If you are in doubt contact your paper supplier Printing on Letterhead Check with the manufacturer or vendor to determine whether the pre printed letterhead you have selected is acceptable for laser printers Page orientation is important when printing on letterhead Use the following illustration for help when loading letterhead in the print media sources Loading Letterhead Load the letterhead in the printer with the print side facing up Ensure that the title on the letterhead enters the printer first Mul
343. tion 2 2 If you use non Dell brand toner cartridges install Dell brand toner cartridges Is the problem recovered The task is complete Go to action 3 3 Clean up the fusing unit a Load one sheet of paper on the MPE and then print a solid image all over paper b Load the printed sheet with the side to be printed on facing down and then print a blank sheet of paper Is the problem recovered The task is complete Contact Dell The entire output is blank If this trouble comes out contact Dell Streaks appear on the output pp If this trouble comes out contact Dell Troubleshooting 343 Pitched color dots ABC DEF If this trouble comes out contact Dell Vertical blanks AB DE IIJ Action Yes 1 Clean inside the printer and performing test print a Clean inside the printer by using the cleaning rod See Cleaning Inside the Printer on page 313 b Click Print Test Page in Printer properties of the printer driver Is the problem recovered The task is complete Contact Dell Mottle Action Yes 1 Adjust the transfer bias a Launch the Tool Box click Adjust Transfer Roller on the Printer Maintenance tab b Adjust the setting for the type of print media being used Is the problem recovered The task is complete Go to action 2 2 If you use non recommended print media use
344. tion is complete For Windows 8 Windows 8 64 bit Edition Windows Server 2012 1 on SO ol 84 Right click the bottom left corner of the screen and then click Control Panel Hardware and Sound Hardware for Windows Server 2012 gt Devices and Printers Click Add a Printer to launch the Add Printer wizard Select Add a network wireless or Bluetooth printer If the printer is listed select the printer and click Next or select The printer that I want isn t listed Click Select a shared printer by name and type in the path of the printer in the text box and then click Next For example lt server host name gt lt shared printer name gt The server host name is the name of the server computer that identifies it to the network The shared printer name is the name assigned during the server installation process If this is a new printer you may be prompted to install a printer driver If no system driver is available you need to specify the path to the available drivers Confirm the printer name and then click Next Select Yes if you want this printer to be set as the default printer and then click Next If you want to verify installation click Print a test page Click Finish When a test page is printed successfully installation is complete Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Macintosh Installing the Drivers and Software 0 JJ O O bh U
345. tipurpose Feeder MPF Priority Sheet Inserter PSI Print Media Guidelines 205 Selecting Pre Punched Paper Pre punched paper brands can differ in the number and placement of holes and in manufacturing techniques However it may not be possible to print on the paper to depending on the placement of holes on the paper To select and use pre punched paper Test paper from several manufacturers before ordering and using large quantities of pre punched paper Paper should be punched at the paper manufacturer and not drilled into paper already packaged in a ream Drilled paper can cause jams when multiple sheets feed through the printer This may result in a paper jam Pre punched paper can include more paper dust than standard paper Your printer may require more frequent cleaning and feed reliability may not be as good as standard paper Weight guidelines for pre punched paper are the same as non punched paper Envelopes Depending on the choice of envelopes it is possible to expect variable levels of light wrinkling Before buying large quantities of any print media it is recommended that you try a sample first See Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder MPF on page 211 or Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter PSI on page 219 for instructions on loading an envelope When printing on envelopes Use only high quality envelopes that are designed for use in laser printers Set the print media source
346. to 2 0 inch TIFF File Format Sets the TIFF file format to TIFF V6 or TTN2 Image Compression Sets the image compression level Max E Mail Size Sets the maximum size of e mail that can be sent within the range of 50 K bytes to 16384 K bytes The default is 2048 K bytes Fax Defaults Purpose To create your own default fax settings Y NOTE Values marked by an asterisk are the factory default menu settings Values Resolution Standard Suitable for documents with normal sized characters Fine Suitable for documents containing small characters or thin lines or documents printed using a dot matrix printer Super Fine Suitable for documents containing extremely fine detail The super fine mode is enabled only if the remote machine also supports the super fine resolution Ultra Fine Suitable for documents containing photographic images Lighter Darker Sets the default density level to be used for fax transmission Delayed Start Sets the fax transmission start time when sending a fax at a specified time 116 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool Fax Settings Purpose To configure the basic fax settings Y NOTE Values marked by an asterisk are the factory default menu settings Values Receive Mode Telephone Automatic fax reception is turned off You can receive a fax by picking up the handset of the external telephone and then pressing the remote receive code
347. to MPF or PSI Set the paper type to Envelope and select the correct size of envelope from the printer driver For best performance use envelopes made from 75 g m 20 lb bond paper You can use up to 105 g m 28 Ib bond weight for the envelope feeder as long as the cotton content is 25 or less Envelopes with 100 cotton content must not exceed 90 g m 24 Ib bond weight Use only freshly unpackaged undamaged envelopes Use envelopes that can withstand temperatures of 205 C 401 F without sealing excessive curling wrinkling or releasing hazardous emissions If you have any doubts about the envelopes you are considering check with the envelope supplier Adjust the guide to fit the width of the envelopes To load envelope in MPF or PSI the print side must be facing up See Loading an Envelope in the Multipurpose Feeder MPF on page 216 or Loading an Envelope in the Priority Sheet Inserter PSI on page 221 for instructions on loading an envelope Use one envelope size during a print job Ensure that the humidity is low because high humidity more than 60 and the high printing temperatures may seal the envelopes For best performance do not use envelopes that Have excessive curl or twist Are stuck together or damaged in any way Contain windows holes perforations cutouts embossing Use metal clasps string ties or metal folding bars Have an interlocking design Have postage stamps atta
348. ton The printer receives the document Receiving a Fax Automatically in the Telephone Fax or Ans Machine Fax Mode To use the Telephone Fax mode or Ans Machine Fax mode you must attach an external telephone to the phone connector amp on the back of your printer If the caller leaves a message the answering machine stores the message as it would normally If your printer hears a fax tone on the line it automatically starts to receive a fax NOTE If you have set your printer to Auto Answer Fax and your answering machine is switched off or no answering machine is connected to your printer your printer will automatically go into the Fax mode after a predefined time Receiving a Fax Manually Using an External Telephone This feature works best when you are using an external telephone connected to the phone connector Y on the back of your printer You can receive a fax from someone you are talking to on the external telephone without having to go to the printer 280 Faxing When you receive a call on the external telephone and hear fax tones press the two digit number on the external telephone The printer receives the document Press the buttons slowly in sequence If you still hear the fax tone from the remote machine try pressing the two digit keys once again The remote receive code is set to Of f at the factory You can change the two digit number to whatever you choose For details on changing the code see Av
349. tore the document or wait for the job in progress e g a fax transmission or reception to complete Problem Action Blank areas appear at the bottom of each page or on other pages with a small strip of text at the top You may have chosen the wrong paper settings in the user option setting See Print Media Guidelines on page 203 The printer will not send or receive faxes Ensure that the country code is set correctly under E Menu gt System gt Admin Menu gt Fax Settings gt Country Check that the phone line is connected properly See Connecting the Telephone Line on page 43 An error often occurs during a fax transmission or reception Reduce the modem speed under E Menu gt System Admin Menu gt Fax Settings gt Modem Speed Scanning Problems Problem Action The scanner does not work Ensure that you place the document to be scanned face down from the document glass or face up in the ADE There may not be enough available memory to hold the document you want to scan Try the preview function to see if that works Try lowering the scan resolution rate Check that the Ethernet or USB cable is connected properly Ensure that the Ethernet or USB cable is not defective Switch the cable with a known good cable If necessary replace the cable Check that the scanner is configured correctly Check the application you want to use to make certain that the scanner
350. ts Setting Up for Web Services on Devices WSD 76 Adding Roles of Print Services o o o 76 WSD Printer Setup 2 2 ee ee 77 Setting Up for Shared Printing aaa aaa 78 Pointand Prints s aid da a e AA 80 Peer to Peer thane ta LA at lt ar lada dd ele LS oe 82 11 Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Macintosh e a a e ados N ee Gl e e ele de Lal ee ee eee ee 85 Installing the Drivers and Software o 85 Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10 5 or Later Version s 85 Adding a Printer on MacOSX 10 4 11 o o o o o 86 Using Your Printer cata dirt al dais 89 12 Operat r Panel ccr Sek eet a e es 91 Using the Operator Panel Buttons anaa aaa 91 Status of Wi Fi WPS Button Backlight Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer OMY pad coset a A A a AAN 93 Using the Numeric Keypad to Enter Characters 94 Keypad Letters and Numbers a aoaaa a 94 Changing Numbers or Names ooa aaa e 94 InsertingaPause 2 o a 94 Printing a Panel Settings Page ahaaa aaa a 95 Changing the Language 95 Th Operator Panelis ripia Bae Oe ad o 95 The Tool BOX e es ee ra a dE we 95 Setting the Power Saving Timer Option 95 13 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 97 OVEVIO WC cada ei ee ye le tal da le a dd le dd ae
351. ttings of Ethernet transmission rate and the duplex settings Current Ethernet Settings Displays the current Ethernet settings MAC Address Displays the Media Access Control MAC address of the printer Wireless 2 Wireless LAN Displays whether to enable wireless connection SSID Displays the name that identifies the network Network Type Displays the network type from either the Ad Hoc or Infrastructure mode MAC Address Displays the MAC address of the wireless printer setting Link Channel Displays the channel number of the connection Link Quality Displays the quality of the connection Encryption Displays the security method Transmit Key Displays the transmit key 122 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool TCP IP Settings Host Name Displays the host name IP Mode Displays the IP mode IPv4 IP Address Mode Displays the IP address mode IP Address Displays the IP address Subnet Mask Displays the subnet mask Gateway Address Displays the gateway address IPv6 Use Manual Address Displays the manual IP address Manual Address Displays the IP address Stateless Address 1 3 Displays the stateless addresses Link Local Address Displays the link local address Manual Gateway Address Displays the gateway address Auto Configure Gateway Displays the gateway address Address DNS IPv4 Get DNS Server Address from Displays if the printer receives DHCP the DNS server address automatically from the DHC
352. ttings to apply the changes Understanding the Tool Box Menus 155 Fax Defaults Purpose To create your own default Fax settings Values Resolution Standard Suitable for documents with normal sized characters Fine Suitable for documents containing small characters or thin lines or documents printed using a dot matrix printer Super Fine Suitable for documents containing extremely fine detail The super fine mode is enabled only if the remote machine also supports the Super Fine resolution Ultra Fine Suitable for documents containing photographic images Document Type Text Improves the image quality of documents with text Photo Improves the image quality of documents with photos Lighter Darker Lighter2 Makes the fax lighter than the original Works well with dark print Lighter Normal Works well with standard typed or printed documents Darkerl Makes the fax darker than the original Works well with light print or faint pencil Dake markings Delayed Start Available Range Sets the fax transmission start time when sending a fax at a specified time 00 00 23 59 Apply New Settings After you complete the settings click Apply New Settings to apply the changes 156 Understanding the Tool Box Menus Copy Defaults Purpose To create your own default Copy settings Values Color Black amp White Prints in black and white mode Color Prints in color mode Reduce Enlarge mm ser
353. u change the password for the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool click Set Password you change on the left frame and set the password Values Copy Service Lock Set Allows you to set a password for the Copy Service feature Scan Service Lock Set Allows you to set a password for the Scan Service feature Fax Service Lock Set Allows you to set a password for the Fax Service feature Print from USB Allows you to set a password for the USB Print Service feature New Password Sets a password required to use the Copy Scan Fax and USB Print services Re enter Password Enter the new password again to confirm Secure Receive Purpose Allows you to set a password to secure the incoming faxes When the Secure Receive feature is enabled the printer stores incoming faxes and prints them when the correct password is entered on the operator panel K NOTE This menu sets a password to lock printing incoming fax When changing the password for the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool click Set Password on the left frame and set the password Values Secure Receive Set Allows you to set a password to secure the incoming faxes New Password Sets a password that is required to print incoming faxes Re enter Password Enter the new password again to confirm 114 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool Copy Defaults Purpose To create your own default copy settings Values Color
354. u to reduce the paper consumption Without requiring you to start your computer and an For more information see Loading Print Media When Manual application this feature allows quick printing with simple Duplex Printing on page 224 procedures For more information see Direct Print Using the USB Storage Device on page 231 Product Features 23 Printing Through Wireless Connection Wireless Print Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer only a ae The Wireless LAN feature on your printer allows you to install the printer at any location and enables printing without a wired connection to your computer For more information see Wireless Connection Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer Only on page 37 24 Product Features About the Printer This chapter provides an overview of your Dell C1765nf C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer NOTE The images used in this manual are those of the Dell C1765nfw Color Multifunction Printer unless otherwise mentioned Front View 14 131211 10 9 8 Y 1 Operator Panel Automatic Document Feeder ADF Document Feeder Tray Document Output Tray 2 3 4 5 Toner Access Cover 6 Print Head Cleaning Rod 7 8 9 Power Switch Front Cover Paper Width Guides 10 MPF Extension 11 Length Guide 12 Multipurpose Feeder MPF 13 Front USB Port 14 Priority Sheet Inserter PSI Aboutthe Printer 25 Rear View 1 A
355. ubject and message Values Default Subject Allows you to enter the default e mail subject Up to 50 alphanumeric characters can be entered Body Text Allows you to enter the default e mail message Up to 200 alphanumeric characters can be entered Apply New Settings Click this button to apply the new settings Restore Settings Click this button to restore the previous settings Server Address Server Address Top Page Purpose To view the server address entries registered on the Server Address page Values Address List to Selecting each button displays a list of entries for the group of IDs indicated on the button ID Name Displays a server ID and the name of a file directory registered under that server ID IDs without an entry show Not in Use in the Name column Server Address Displays the address of the file directory Delete Deletes the entry for the selected server ID Confirm Change Displays a dialog box where you can edit the entry for the selected server ID Create Displays a dialog box where you can create a new entry under the selected server ID Server Address Confirm Change Create Purpose To view or edit the server address entries on the Server Address page or create a new entry The following items are in the dialog box that appears when you click Confirm Change or Create on the Server Address top page Values ID Displays the selected
356. uissance de sortie mise par l appareil de sans fil Dell est inf rieure a la limite d exposition aux fr quences radio d Industry Canada IC Utilisez l appareil de sans fil Dell de fa on minimiser les contacts humains lors du fonctionnement normal Ce p riph rique a galement t valu et d montr conforme aux limites d exposition aux RF d IC dans des conditions d exposition a des appareils mobiles les antennes se situent moins de 20 cm du corps d une personne Ce p riph rique est homologu pour l utilisation au Canada Pour consulter l entr e correspondant l appareil dans la liste d quipement radio REL Radio Equipment List d Industry Canada rendez vous sur http www ic ge ca app sitt reltel srch nwRdSrch do lang eng Pour des informations suppl mentaires concernant l exposition aux RF au Canada rendez vous sur http www ic ge ca eic site smt gst nsf eng sf08792 html Canada IC statement This product meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications Le pr sent mat riel est conforme aux specifications techniques applicables d Industrie Canada The Ringer Equivalence Number REN is an indication of the maximum number of devices allowed to be connected to a telephone interface The termination of an interface may consist of any combination of devices subject only to the requirement that the sum of the RENs of all the devices not exceed five L indice d quivalence de la sonnerie IES sert
357. unit for cover paper within the range of 3 to 3 Label Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for labels within the range of 3 to 3 Coated Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for coated paper within the range of 3 to 3 Recycled Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for recycled paper within the range of 3 to 3 Envelope Sets the temperature settings for the fusing unit for envelopes within the range of 3 to 3 Auto Registration Adjustment Purpose To specify whether to automatically adjust color registration Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 119 Color Registration Adjustment Purpose To automatically adjust color registration Color registration adjustment need to be made during the initial setup of the printer or when the printer is moved to a different location NOTE The Color Registration Adjustment feature can be configured when Auto Registration Adjustment is set to Off Values Auto Correct Click Start to automatically correct color registration Color Registration Specifies lateral perpendicular to paper feed direction color adjustment values individually for Y Adjustment 1 Lateral Yellow M Magenta C Cyan within the range of 5 to 5 Color Registration Specifies process paper feed direction color adjustment values individually for LY Left Yellow Adjustment 2 Process LM Left Magenta LC Left Cyan RY Right Yellow RM Right Magenta an
358. ution setting to use when you scan an item depends on the item type and how you plan to use the image or document after you scan it in to your computer For the best results use these recommended settings Type Resolution Documents 300 dpi black and white or 200 dpi grayscale or color Documents of poor quality or that contain small text 400 dpi black and white or 300 dpi grayscale Photographs and pictures 100 200 dpi color or 200 dpi grayscale Images for an inkjet printer 150 300 dpi Images for a high resolution printer 300 600 dpi Scanning beyond these recommended resolutions may exceed the capabilities of the application If you require a resolution above those recommended in the above table you should reduce the size of the image by previewing or pre scan and cropping before scanning the image NOTE You can use PaperPort s built in Optical Character Recognition OCR software to copy text from scanned documents so that you can use and edit the text in any text editing word processing or spreadsheet program The OCR process requires textual images scanned at 150 600 dpi and 300 dpi or 600 dpi is recommended for graphics If you prefer to use another application such as Adobe Photoshop you must assign the application to the printer by selecting it from the list of available applications through the Select Software button each time you start scanning If you do not assign an application to the Select Software b
359. utton PaperPort is automatically selected when you start scanning Dell ScanCenter is a PaperPort application that allows you to scan items and send them directly to PaperPort or other programs on your computer without first running PaperPort Dell ScanCenter runs as a separate application from the Microsoft Windows start menu and displays the Dell ScanCenter bar For more information about using Dell ScanCenter refer to the PaperPort s Help menu Y NOTE Dell ScanCenter may not be supported depending on the operating systems Scanning 245 Dell ScanCenter Scan page to PaperPort Desktop Ea SHEE elcome to Dell ScanCenter Load your document into the ADF face up or place your document on the scanner glass face down and then press the button of your choice to scan directly into the selected application Icons on the Dell ScanCenter bar represent the programs that are limited to PaperPort and to Dell ScanCenter To scan and send an item to a program click the program icon and then scan the item Dell ScanCenter automatically starts the selected program when the scan is complete Scanning From the Operator Panel Scan to Application NOTE Ensure that the printer is connected to the computer using the USB cable 1 Load the document s face up with top edge in first into the ADE OR Place a single document face down on the document glass For details about loading a document see Loading an Original Document on the A
360. w Device Address Book Server Scanning 261 hd Address Book File Edit View Register Updated On E Mail Message Settings Y se a PC Fax Address Book Entry Data 0 Group Data 0 The Server Address dialog box appears Address ID 001 E Specify an Address Number 1 Name 2 Server Type Computer Server 3 n A Computer Settings wizard 4 Server Name IP Address 5 Share Name 6 Path 7 Login Name 8 Login Password 9 Confirm Login Password 10 Port Number 139 Y Use Default Port Number Ex To fill in the fields enter the information as follows 1 Name Enter a friendly name that you want it to appear on the Server address book 2 Server Type Select Computer SMB if you store the document in a shared folder of your computer Select Server FTP if you use a FTP server 3 Computer Settings Clicking this button opens the wizard screen which guides you through several steps wizard When you complete the steps in the wizard the items 4 to 10 are entered automatically For details click Help 262 Scanning 4 Sever Name IP Address Enter a server name or IP address of your computer or the FTP server that you have shared out IPv4 and Pv6 are both supported The following are examples e For Computer SMB Server name myhost IP address IPv4 192 168 1 100 e For Server FTP Server name myho
361. x 14 Executive 7 25 x 10 5 1 The default for Document Size varies depending on country specific factory default Lighter Darker Purpose To set the default scan density level Values Lighter2 Makes the scanned image lighter than the original Works well with dark print Lighter Normal Works well with standard typed or printed documents Darkerl Makes the scanned image darker than the original Works well with light print or faint pencil markings Darker2 Understanding the Printer Menus 169 Sharpness Purpose To set the default sharpness level Values Sharpest Makes the scanned image sharper than the original Sharper Normal Does not make the scanned image sharper or softer than the original Softer Makes the scanned image softer than the original Softest Auto Exposure Purpose To suppress the background of the original to enhance text on the scanned image Values Off Does not suppress the background On Suppresses the background of the original to enhance text on the scanned image Margin Top Bottom Purpose To specify the value of the top and bottom margins Values 2 mm 0 1 inch Specify the value in increments of 1 mm 0 1 inch Available Range 0 50 mm 0 0 2 0 inch Margin Left Right Purpose To specify the value of the left and right margins Values 2 mm 0 1 inch Specify the value in increments o
362. x Cover Page Off Does not attach a cover page to faxes On Attaches a cover page to faxes DRPD Pattern Pattern 1 7 Provides a separate number for faxing with a distinctive ring pattern Sent Fax Fwd Off Does not forward incoming faxes Forward Always forwards incoming faxes to a specified destination Print and Forward Always forwards incoming faxes to a specified destination and prints all forwarded incoming faxes Fax Fwd Number Specifies the fax number of the destination to which incoming faxes will be forwarded Prefix Dial Off Does not set a prefix dial number On Sets a prefix dial number Prefix Dial Num Sets a prefix dial number of up to five digits This number dials before any auto dial number is started It is useful for accessing the Private Automatic Branch Exchange PABX Discard Size Off Prints any excess at the bottom of a fax page without discarding it On Discards any excess at the bottom of a fax page Auto Reduction Automatically reduces a fax page to fit it onto the output paper ECM On Enables the ECM To use the ECM the remote machines must also support the ECM Off Disables the ECM Modem Speed 2 4 Specifies the fax modem speed when a fax transmission or reception error occurs 4 8 9 6 14 4 33 6 Fax Activity Auto Print Automatically prints a fax activity report after every 50 incoming and outgoing fax communications No Auto Print Does not automatically print a fax activity report Fax Transmit Print Disable Does not prin
363. xes are not received automatically The FAX mode should be selected Ensure that there is paper in the PSI or MPF Check to see if the display shows Memory Full Check the Junk Fax Setup setting The printer does not send faxes Sending should show up on the display Check the other fax machine you are sending to to see if it can receive your fax The incoming fax has blank spaces or is received in poor quality The fax machine sending you the fax may be faulty A noisy phone line can cause line errors Check your printer by making a copy The toner cartridge may be empty Replace the toner cartridge For details see Replacing Toner Cartridges on page 310 Some of the words on an incoming fax are stretched The fax machine sending you the fax had a temporary document jam There are lines on the documents you send Check your scan glass for marks and clean it See Cleaning the Scanner on page 320 The printer dials a number but the connection with another fax machine fails The other fax machine may be turned off out of paper or cannot answer incoming calls Speak with the other machine operator and ask her him to sort out the problem Documents are not stored in the memory 352 Troubleshooting There may not be enough memory to store the document If the display shows a Memory Full message delete any documents you no longer need from the memory and then res
364. y has provided a separate number for faxing with a distinctive ring pattern configure the fax setup to monitor for that specific ring pattern Auto Rec Fax Purpose To set the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode after receiving an incoming call The interval can be specified within the range of 0 to 255 seconds The default is 0 second Auto Rec TEL FAX Purpose To set the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode after the external telephone receives an incoming call The interval can be specified within the range of 0 to 255 seconds The default is 6 seconds Auto Rec Ans FAX Purpose To set the interval at which the printer goes into the fax receive mode after the external answering machine receives an incoming call The interval can be specified within the range of 0 to 255 seconds The default is 21 seconds Understanding the Printer Menus 181 Line Monitor Purpose To set the volume of the line monitor which audibly monitors a transmission through the internal speaker until a connection is made Values Off Turns off the volume of the line monitor Low Sets the volume of the line monitor Medium High Ring Tone Volume Purpose To set the volume of the ring tone which indicates that an incoming call is a telephone call through the internal speaker when Receive Mode is set to Telephone Fax Values Off Turns off the volume of the ring tone
365. y on your computer Example of folder name MyShare u O ol Eh q N Y NOTE Note down the folder name as you need to use this name in the next setting procedure Select the created folder and then select Get Info from the File menu Check the Shared folder check box and then close the window Open System Preferences and then click Sharing Check the File Sharing check box and then click Options Check the Share Files and folders using SMB check box and your account name Click Done When Using FTP For a destination to store the document contact your system administrator 258 Scanning Configuring the Printer Settings You can configure the printer settings to use the Scan to Server Computer feature with the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool or Address Book Editor From the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 1 Open a web browser 2 Type in the IP address of the printer in the address bar Y NOTE For details on how to check the IP address of the printer see Verifying the IP Settings on page 55 3 Click Go The printer s web page appears 4 Click Address Book if a security login dialog box appears type in the correct user name and password Y NOTE The default user name is admin and the default password is left blank NULL asp Lang en us Printer Status Printer Jobs Printer Settings Print Volume Address Book Printer Information Tray Settings
366. y the middle margin of the copy 1 242 Load the document s face up with top edge in first into the ADE OR Place a single document face down on the document glass and close the document cover For details about loading a document see Loading an Original Document on the ADF on page 272 Press the GB Copy button Press the V button until Margin Middle is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the W or A button or enter the desired value using the numeric keypad and then press the Y Set button NOTE Values marked by an asterisk are the factory default menu settings 0 mm 0 0 inch Specify the value in increments of 1 mm 0 1 inch Available Range 0 50 mm 0 0 2 0 inch Press the gt Start button to begin copying Copying Changing the Default Settings The COPY menu options including contrast and image quality can be set to the most frequently used modes When you copy a document the default settings are used unless they are changed by using the corresponding buttons on the operator panel NOTE While you set copy options pressing the AC All Clear button cancels the changed settings and returns to the default status To create your own default settings 1 2 3 4 5 6 Press the El Menu button Press the V button until System is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Ensure that Defaults Settings is highlighted and then press the Y Set button
367. y the number of printed pages Values Printer Page Count Displays the total number of pages printed since the printer was shipped from the factory Paper Used Displays the number of pages printed for each paper size Address Book The Address Book menu contains the Fax E Mail and Server Address pages Fax E Mail The Fax E Mail page contains the following subpages Address Book Allows you to view edit or create address book entries Fax Group Allows you to view edit or create fax group entries E Mail Group Allows you to view edit or create e mail group entries E Mail Default Setup Allows you to view edit or set the default e mail subject and message Address Book Top Page Purpose To view the address book entries registered on the Address Book page Values Address List to Selecting each button displays a list of entries for the group of user IDs indicated on the button ID Name Displays a user ID and the name of the user registered under that user ID IDs without an entry show Not in Use in the Name column Phone Number Displays the phone number of the user E Mail Address Displays the e mail address of the user Delete Deletes the entry for the selected user ID Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool 133 Confirm Change Displays a dialog box where you can edit the entry of the selected user ID Create Displays a dialog box where you can create a new entry unde
368. your fax number on any fax you send The printer ID containing your telephone number and name or company name will be printed at the top of each page sent from your printer ao oo FF U N Press the E Menu button Press the V button until System is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Admin Menu is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Press the V button until Fax Settings is highlighted and then press the V Set button Press the V button until Fax Number is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Enter your fax number using the number keypad NOTE If you make a mistake while entering numbers press the lt Backspace button to delete the last digit Press the Y Set button when the number on the display is correct Press the A button until Fax Header Name is highlighted and then press the Y Set button Enter your name or company name using the numeric keypad You can enter alphanumeric characters using the numeric keypad including special symbols by pressing the 1 and buttons Faxing 267 10 11 For details on how to use the numeric keypad to enter alphanumeric characters see Using the Numeric Keypad to Enter Characters on page 94 Press the Y Set button when the name on the display is correct To return to the previous screen press the Back button Setting the Time and Date NOTE It may be necessary to reset the correct time
369. ys whether to use toner cartridge of another manufacturer Clock Settings Date Format Displays the default date format Time Format Displays the default time format 24H or 12 Hour Clock Time Zone Displays the default time zone Set Date Displays the date setting Set Time Displays the time setting Web Link Customization Select Reorder URL Displays a link used for ordering consumables which can be accessed from Order Supplies at in the left frame Regular Displays the regular web address http accessories us dell com sna that can be linked to Order Supplies at in the left frame Premier Displays the premier web address http premier dell com that can be linked to Order Supplies at in the left frame Tray Settings MPF Paper Type Displays the paper type setting of the MPF MPF Paper Size Displays the paper size setting of the MPF MPF Custom Size Y Displays the length of custom size paper loaded in the MPE MPF Custom Size X Displays the width of custom size paper loaded in the MPF Display Popup Displays whether to use a popup menu that prompts the user to set Paper Type and Paper Size when the paper is loaded in the MPE Reports Purpose To print the settings and history information of your printer Values System Settings Click Start to print the system settings page Panel Settings Click Start to print the panel settings page Job History Click Start to pr

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

User's manual  - Bambozzi  Page 6  1 Sensor inductivo NCN3 F31K N4 K S  Manuale d`uso MPC RotaCool, it  mV - Crison Instruments  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file